Home

Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Avaya Communication

1. esses ibo SoHo ids jn osea d cR Uds iuc o ipi AT e 243 Chapter 11 Analog 500 2500 type telephones 245 dell C NT TT NU TP Umm 245 Introduction inops M m tee aes m 245 lec non ESPRIT ERI odes ete d cota ai eme eniro cbe aru d dap QM Lupa dn Ene 245 D signate SODAS Tele BONES e 246 Designate My pei aN saisir ke trade ai a a Re icr dn i E RE Re ERR 247 Connect the telephones ndis T 247 Crass bbrpneet The IBS ROIG Vb PG Pr avia p pad n uaa RAS aus NGA inane 248 a cup E Emme 254 Appendix A Meridian Modular Telephones bibendo ng ddb ub QM c coda id ET 257 depu c m m T o HUI serene EE ST a AN repa che Das op e pner rbd reb cvm acr d crc ore ene D oe rS 258 OBE Els TO HIERO oid ceri den itx C Ord etim be oa lr ecu Feci usua tentur ode bed dn ka iua 258 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment requirements nn 258 CES UM ccs tina fat desea cl tata cio dud ado od cba cod utu tls ue Raman succum a sus 259 alise vovit ET TNT IATER M 263 Vs ES SE PICO aces Fusibra bantnr totale FE E rac bandes Fa CORR D D paa A Radon dE da D E RD 264 Message Waiting Lamia ceci corre itte euet raed E E edited Duda obe ts E T E 265 Haridsfree Mute key M2008HF and M2616 only uiis ame rr nd iR a eai rai reads 2
2. ee 331 connections console eeeesseseeeenenn 49 connectors eee 53 54 95 248 286 289 March 2013 luco TE 248 M2317 telephones sssssssssss 289 Meridian Modular Telephones 95 286 continuity testing DC seesssseeeeeeee 237 Contrast MENU crei tete eret e a 66 control gates conference bridge analog 68 control procedure ceccecceceeeeeeeeeeeetenaeeeeeeeeeteess 68 ec 298 392 and TELADAPT snap in connectors 392 Meridian Modular Telephones 298 COVOI S 5rd carece b aba ga c TAa ax c Ln S dE Y Segun 31 54 55 attendant consoles eeeeesss 54 55 BLE GGM EE 2 cross connections eesssseseeeneee 59 98 289 attendant consoles eessseseeenee 59 M2317 telephone cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeees 289 Meridian Modular Telephones 98 custom labeling logos with Brandline Inserts 379 D data calls capability esses 354 data channels cccccecssssececececesseeececeaeseseeeeeseanees 368 data communication failures esses 291 M2317 telephone ccceeccceeeseeceeesssneeeeeesaaes 291 Data 0 0 9s 339 data parameters MCA 0 cccsscceceessseeeee
3. Width 425 mm 16 75 in Depth 245 mm 9 6 in Height front 25 mm 1 in Height back 65 mm 2 5 in Height with display screen panel up 115 mm 4 5 in Weight approximately 2 75 kg 6 Ibs 42 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Dimensions 99S0VVV ESS sduijs ex seyluBis x 18998 eui pue siojyeoipul 10 Spuejs 1993 eui suoneuBisep uunjoo y uj s UsUOdWOD ojjoeds jo uoreoo eui BuiAuepi ueuM seoue1ejei emxe Mo e 01 1ep1o ui A eAroedsei s1ejje pue siequinu YIM pejeqe e1e suuinjoo pue SMOY 9JjoN ejosuoo jo eseq ui U9IIMS 16JSU amp 1 24 IeMOd i t i 3 LJ mm Co LA Ll EI L l C C J0UOW YM Od 0 uonoeuuoo syuawsnipy euinjoA 1espeeH 10 jespueH 104 01002 Jepi S v eui ejdsiq e Aejdsy eui ejdsiq L peace z eui Aeidsiq i 1 eui erds q JO 10 98UU0D Z Z SH spsemdn pay eq ues ueei1os Aejdsiq ewes Bunnquisip 0 ejosuoo Buljoeuuod e qeo 104 10 2euuoo ejeui d g eunyeiuiwiqns urd sz ejosuoo ey uo peyeubisep jou Ajuo sesodind uoneolynuept 1S9 10 Buuequunu ex uoo Meyy SULUN OD RN YOUMS 1JepilS 440 NO Bunybipyoeg ejosuoo josepis yoq ul syoef jespeeu 10 jespueH SMOH Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view March 2013 43 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Attendant consoles Display panel can be tilted upwards Handse
4. Print Firmware Versions on Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones To determine the firmware version information on Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones use the following commands in LD 32 Firmware Version on Unit FWVU Print current firmware versions on the unit You can query and print the firmware versions downloadable flash firmware as well as core firmware Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 219 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download currently on the specified telephone using this command See Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 for a list of current firmware versions FWVUlIscu Firmware version SUMmary FSUM Print the firmware version summary report for all the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones This command prints the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones firmware versions found on the system disk and lists every version together with a count of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones that are found to have this version FSUM The format of the report is as follows M390x SUMMARY REPORT dd ON DISK ff cc nnnn SETS FOUND ff cc nnnn SETS FOUND e x 2 to 5 for Avaya 3902 to 3905 Digital Deskphones dd the flash firmware version found on the system disk ff the downloadable flash firmware version found on the telephones cc the core firmware found on the telephones nnnn the number of telephones found with firmware version ff
5. Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 347 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Symptom Solution Note If using an RS 232 cable to connect the MCA to an ADM3 5 terminal be sure that pin 22 is disconnected Note Change the baud rate before changing the mode from synchronous to asynchronous Note Some terminals may drop DTR with the break If this happens RELEASE is not displayed Distinctive flash Telephone bad A44 A64 interface check LED lit Attach RS 232 cable a MCA bad to DTE No AT echo MCA bad ee P28 Note Set to remote loopback mode E rois Note f equipped with display cr Remote loopback Y cr check with P62 whether it is Terminal mode or Host mode or program P38 when equipped with display cr dial data DN Call connected Type few characters MCA bad Echoes character MCA good 558AAA0649 Figure 84 Flowchart for troubleshooting MCA 348 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Appendix D M2317 telephone Contents This section contains information on the following topics Introduction on page 350 Feature description on page 351 Firmware features on page 351 Software features on page 351 Physical description on page 352 Housing on page 352 Keys on page 352 Software requirements on page 360 Specifications on page 361
6. 29 45 48 49 66 68 ere nil iz C NER ETE EE 49 CESCMDUOM ERES 29 languages available ssssessssss 49 MISERE E 48 softkey alternate functions 66 softkey functions recece 45 testing alphanumeric functionality 68 LCD indicators c ccccccseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 47 354 377 MiPcn rm TCPPPPEERON 354 M3820 M3310 M3110 uesessssss 277 LCDs flashing troubleshooting 344 LED 12 program eerte rite otec 47 55 LD 15 program niente tette 65 LD 31 verification testing ssesssssss 68 LD 32 program niit tentes 289 Level 1 mode accessing sssssssssee 66 line circuit card terminations 59 98 248 294 attendant consoles eeesssseseeeeseeeee 59 line cord requirements ssssssssssss 350 WING Cords MEME 298 Meridian Modular Telephones 298 Listed Directory Numbers display zz logos with Brandline Inserts ssssss 379 Loop Keys Lamps ssssssseeeeee AT 77 described M m 77 LCD indicators oenina cime iei trade aceti 47 loop length zee ace iit t tee te ebd coins tuna 52 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 52 loop power failures
7. PEE PEE E E DOT Fora 2903 DA DOSO E aa areas a a acc o nt tn D RR 108 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone POE TT hie PER TT ere TM PART isun PET 109 Pynya290s Dust DesEpOD E e pra aac adve da Dues qr ara een a des Lg d Ra US arb rt rr Tre 110 gl IC M mE TEE 112 EEO aL Messa kosea Ea Ea nb Luce U AARE DE D LK up PU A MUR EDAM E PEE Nd 112 Pea PNG aio ias unii E A E ne OD dora tiber Lh add o b suse dca lw o duo dur a Danae ede UR 113 Comore DECO Mm 113 S ee poe e a A E DE 114 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones single site Virtual Office 114 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 7 Full Icon Support EEE PEE ET ET cce E Sete tears Nae E SU E E lap c rtc i odo on 114 Feature MEiN asinina M E AN E AAE E EA 116 Foaie packai erie a E ES 116 Feature T a A E e EAT 116 menaa 106 paieti enii 117 Feature VERREM QUUD QUNM HMM NNNM nu dextras muc dE Programmable line feature keys soft labeled seeeisuetan EN TU S aduanan 119 NIS AI NN IT 120 Programmable Features mene ion s 120 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones ai accessories and add c FORES oia teh dcot aod vidis desti 120 Accessory Connection Module T sehasseeies peiska ikiicuuuda T EN busicida 122 Pe HN E E A T E A E cd abc ids a cca d Foedus bendada ra ap n Ede Du DR e n 123 Analog Timina Nis rr seat aaeganeabdinbeecaidgiecs
8. eseseeeseeeeees 344 M3820 M3310 and M3110 telephones 151 153 368 374 S 378 386 388 environmental and safety considerations 386 fixed KEYS MP 374 functions connections and interfaces 368 hardware features and options 378 line engineering ssesssssses 151 387 local alerting tones ssssssssssss 388 DOSILIOMS T iania aiae En n 153 Macintosh computers sssssssseeee 339 major alarm indication status message 48 79 MCA Meridian Communications Adapter 306 333 344 IMSTANING Pe 306 Key Expansion Modules 333 troubleshooting sssessseeeee 344 V 35 Interface sissies aseisiin aas 306 measuring sececnctsaccccnsasadcceesrpadndiecnibanenavesbanacendsess 238 243 background noise ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeees 238 DC loop resistance seeeseeeeeee 243 impulse noise sssssssee 238 Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface 127 Meridian Modular Telephone add ons 319 331 344 External Alerter Boards esssss 331 power supply boards seeeeeeee 319 troubleshooting esses 344 Meridian Modular Telephones 89 95 98 257 267 269 272 281 286 293 298 cross connectio
9. 289 packing and unpacking ssesssse 285 Self3teStS o ciet rt rot b t v ena a ee uh 291 trouble locating procedures 291 BIJEV CIS EN 322 331 344 cable routing ssssssssee 329 for wall mounting rarasira 344 installing and removing de2 981 troubleshooting essssseeseses 344 DLC Digital Line Card ssessssss 368 DN directory number designation window 57 DTI Digital Trunk Interface eeesssssss 81 DTMF dual tone multifrequency tones 78 E E connectors IPE seeeeees 248 El Executive Intrusion essasi 81 electret headsets siiis innnan 372 electromagnetic interference specifications 387 M3820 M3310 and M3110 telephones 387 Emergency status message eseeess 48 Emergency Transfer sessen 79 engineering codes essiri keiina Kaaa i 27 engineering telephone lines sssssss 227 TOWN AME ced rtr erc e cerra er ria Eee dors 227 DIOCCCUIG pe 227 environmental and safety considerations 90 149 273 361 386 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 149 M20168 telephone sss 90 M2317 telephone cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeaeees 361 M3820 M3310 and M3110 telep
10. Scroll to the screen that shows the language file and firmware version using the up or down navigation keys For the latest firmware versions contained in the X11 software Reissue refer to Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 For information on firmware versions which fix particular Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones problems refer to Matrix G in the latest version of the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Advisory Bulletin Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 207 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download The general rules for identifying which versions of firmware are Release 1 and which are Release 2 for the Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones are as follows e Phase 1 firmware vintages are less than version 4 0 40 from LD 32 FWVU response Phase 2 firmware vintages are greater or equal to version 4 0 gt 40 from LD 32 FWVU response but less than version 6 0 60 from LD 32 FWVU response Phase 3 firmware vintages are greater or equal to version 6 0 gt 60 from LD 32 FWVU response Flash Download advisements Since the Flash Downloading feature of the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones takes some bandwidth from the system signaling path while it is operating it is recommended that downloading be scheduled in off peak hours for best results There is some real time impact to the system since the system processor is busy doing the downloads However there is no
11. 3 Is there another loop available YES Remove the bridge tap 5 Is the loop lenght less than 2 1 kft 9 26 AWG cable in the loop Calculate the loop resistance Procedure 3 Is the resistance less than Engineering a telephone line 11 March 2013 229 owt bo enol naa Digital telephones line engineering Is the impulse noise within limits Procedure 5 Is the background noise witin limits Install digital telephone and check performance 230 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Engineering a telephone line 16 Is there another pair available 17 Is this the second time around 18 Collect more detailed loop data and calculate EPL Procedure 7 19 Is EPL less than 12 0 dB Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 231 Digital telephones line engineering 20 Install digital telephone and check performance if not already done Is the performance OK 22 Are the loop diagnostics and noise measurements already done Perform loop diagnostics and measurements Procedures 4 5 and 6 232 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Engineering a telephone line 24 Are impulse noise and background noise within limits March 2013 233 Telephones and Consoles Fundament
12. Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 169 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration 170 Prompt Response Description MTAD CS 1000 and Meridian 1 Time and Date the system puts a block on the time date key on all the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Note VTN primary DN cannot be a primary DN for any other TN and the VTN must be defined as a MARP TN Note The DN of a Virtual Terminal cannot be defined on a Host Terminal and the Host Terminal DN cannot be defined on a Virtual Terminal Table 47 LD 15 Assign a default language and customize Set to Set Messages Prompt Response Description REQ NEW CHG Add new data Change existing data TYPE FTR Features and options CUST Customer number 0 99 Range for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and CS 1000E system DFLT_LAN Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones default G language ENG FRE GER English default French German Dutch Spanish DUT SPA ITA NOR Italian Norwegian Swedish Danish Portuguese SWE DAN POR FIN Finnish Polish Czech Hungarian Japanese Russian POL CZE HUN JAP RUS STS_MSG NO YES Modify Set to Set messages MSG 01 CR text string Keeps current message Input the new message to be displayed up to 24 characters MSG 10 CR text string Keeps current message Input the new message to be displayed up to 24 characters Table 48 LD 11 Configure Callers Lis
13. display which attendant console is the supervisory console and which consoles are active display supplementary information about individual extensions such as the reason the person is away business vacation or illness when the person is due to return and an alternate extension where calls to the person should be directed display a company logo display graphics display text in any one of eight languages have its screen contrast adjusted for easy viewing Power requirements TheBLF CGM obtains its power through the attendant console See Figure 1 Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 32 The requirements are as follows e a reference ground line 0 V power source of 5 V for the CMOS electronics that control the Lamp Field Array module c 50 mA power source of 12 V for the display of the Console Graphics Module c 10 mA backlighting power 30 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installation The BLF CGM has a battery that provides backup power to maintain the Supplementary Information when the console is powered down The battery lifetime is five years To replace the battery return the BLF CGM to the supplier Installation The BLF CGM mounts on the back of the attendant console and is held on by snap fits and screws Itis connected to the console using a 16 way connector that is located on the key
14. seseesse 337 for M2317 re 352 362 operating parameters sseesseeee 337 power supply connections ssss 339 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals RS 232 C connectors s 339 AK keysttlp rancunier a renean ics 65 Alarm indicators sssseee 79 AlGrter urea roe a e RERUEe tees 45 66 68 MENU sie iiia iiaa aiias 68 adjusting speaker volume 45 66 testing pitch volume levels 68 alerting tones ssssesssssssssseeeeeenne entrent 388 M3820 M3310 and M3110 telephones 388 Amphenol connectors eene 50 Analog Terminal Adapter ATA 124 300 CIOSCHIPUON EPI H E 300 Apple Macintosh computers essssee 339 nulle cR 68 Audio and System Interface Printed circuit card 68 ASIBP cardiziscnitieteie Wis esse aa 68 72 control gate eee eee 68 hard reset cervi enam pera Ecrit erri dada ze testing installed firmware ssss 68 ASM Attendant Supervisory Module add ons 39 339 Data Options ssssssseeenees 339 inistallitg acier hoe ra tete bees 39 standoffs er 39 ATA Analog Terminal Adapter 300 installing and removing sss 300 Attendant Administration feature 80 Attendant Cal
15. 90 On hook security TT TNT PET E E T E TT ET douuon eer 90 ETN cite TIT 90 Environmental and safety considerations setis E Regna re re errr cree suom 90 Tempernmre mina 91 meister zs 1 13 NRI o OS 91 Line UNG at assai 91 LOCA NUN OIG ETE a UT 92 Alerg tone choracieng e REV HR 92 ieu ei n ET TO T Dem 92 Power Supply Board inea m ee r P Seen ae eee Miren reai s 92 Local plug in tans orn E iiaa A ES rrr erry etter cere rrr eres 93 Installation re PET PE EE MUR Tm PEPEE opina PEE REE E inte 94 E e e a E N A E A PNA A EA P S EEA T AN 94 Installation and removal of M2016S Secure Set rn UT ditek ee aa 95 Destinos 9 TEES uoi EE eve teu HE a be d v pasa Hari qup baies usas eivsa d dem IRR 98 Disco genie the EERIE is te opuntict d a faci Eu dud aat ouskw od Une Eu uS HE RR RU Fete 98 Chapter 6 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description 101 eel PDC REL D E RN I T 101 rijs tier er 102 va e o C SEES een een ey Rear ber kxd condi Acad ees dian tpe ecu err Seren cado Dep Eua ad E n dari rada 104 Physical description T TN TT TR Sets TET TOUR ethic Stewie nna ere 104 C LP NNRISIEE TDis sj Emm 106 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone
16. se 291 loopback tests eere tre e rnt iiaa 56 68 OOPS AP 227 235 237 diagnostic tests sssees 237 distances VS AWG ccccccccececeseeeseeeseeeeseeseeeeeees 227 requirements c cecccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeetees 235 SOI CHING BREED Dm 235 o EE ooo 235 239 maximum allowable eseeeeee 235 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals vs impulse noise counts sessssssss 239 M M connectors IPE sssesse 248 M2006 Meridian Modular Telephones 95 259 286 2 312 319 331 344 External Alerter Boards ssssusss 331 installing 2 ertet cease 95 286 Power Supply Boards 312 319 wall mounting esseenneee 344 M2008 Meridian Modular Telephones 95 259 286 298 312 319 322 331 344 je des External Alerter Boards sssssuses 331 Inistalllng ietin eese tenen 95 286 Power Supply Boards 312 319 wall mounting eeeeeneeeenn 344 M2016S Meridian Modular Telephones 95 286 298 312 322 331 344 ie To T 10 PME 298 displays 1 1 iterare genda ncs de2 3371 installing e 95 286 Power Supply Boards ssssessss 312 wall MOUNTING esee 344 M2216ACD Meridian Modular Telephones 95 259 286 eI Te rz o 298 EVE
17. If the blank RS 232 connector is not plugged into the data port correctly as described in Step 4 the display reads 90H or AOH 6 Press the asterisk key to repeat the test 7 To exit the test mode press the octothorpe to return to the main Diagnostics menu 8 Press the octothorpe to return to normal operating mode 9 Remove the loopback connector from the Data Port RS 232 jack 56 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Designating keys on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Designating keys on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Refer to the work order to determine the features and key designations for each attendant console Designate each key on the attendant console by placing its feature name from the designation sheet in the key cap that fits on the key The Directory Number DN designation window on the attendant console is located above the keypad Follow the steps in Designating keys on an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 57 to designate keys on an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Designating keys on an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 1 Remove the cap from each key requiring a designation by gently pulling upward on the cap 2 Remove the appropriate designation from the sheet of designations 3 Place the designation in the cap place the cap over the corresponding key and gently press down Repeat this procedure for all keys requiring a designation 4 Insert
18. Place the power supply board so that the alignment pin on the telephone fits into Slot A on the board See Figure 70 M2006 M2008 telephone and option boards on page 315 on Figure 70 M2006 M2008 telephone and option boards on page 315 and Figure 71 M2616 M2216ACD telephone and option boards on page 315 on Figure 71 M2616 M2216ACD telephone and option boards on page 315 Align the mounting holes in the board near the top over the mounting holes in the telephone and carefully press down so that the H1 connector on the board slides onto the P1 pins Take the self tapping Phillips head screws supplied with the power supply board and install them into the mounting holes Tighten firmly with a 1 Phillips screwdriver If the telephone has a display reconnect the display ribbon cable routing the cable as described in Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Display on NTZK sets on page 322 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 313 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Note Do not allow R5 on the power supply board to become bent during this procedure 11 Replace the base If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA reconnect the data cable to the base telephone jack and replace the footstand ensuring that the MPDA or MCA cable does not get pinched between the base and footstand Make sure the footstand is firmly seated to the base Note Place the label supplied with the power
19. STSD Set to Set Messaging Denied Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones STSA Set to Set messaging Allowed Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones CRPD Corporate Directory Denied Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones CRPA Corporate Directory Allowed Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones Note If ATA is equipped CLS FLXA VCE required Note Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones must have HFA Class of Service for the Headset to operate Default Call Forward DN DN where calls are forwarded the target DN The maximum length of the DCFW is 31 x remove the DCFW DN Note The DCFW prompt appears only for Virtual Terminals 3903V 3904V Telephone function key assignments where Xx key number aaa key name or function yyyy Zzz additional information required Refer to the Key description table for each Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone Table 26 Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone key description on page 131 Table 27 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key description on page 132 Avaay 3903 Digital Deskphone key description on Table 28 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key description on page 134 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key description on Installing and removing the M2006 M2008 Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 312 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key description on Table 30 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key description on page 138
20. Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 293 Meridian Modular Telephones installation Designating Meridian Modular Telephones 1 2 Remove the cap from each key requiring a designation Place the designation in the cap place the cap over the corresponding key and gently press down Repeat for all keys requiring designations Insert a paper clip into the hole at the left or right end of the designation window 4 Gently pry the window toward the center and remove and insert the number tag Replace the designation window Cross connect the telephones Follow the steps in Cross connecting the telephones on page 294 to cross connect the telephones Refer to Figure 63 Meridian Modular Telephone cross connections on page 295 for an illustration of cross connections Cross connecting the telephones 1 Locate the telephone terminations at the cross connect terminal Telephone terminations are located on the vertical side of the frame when frame mounted blocks are used and in the blue field when wall mounted blocks are used Connect Z type cross connecting wire to the leads of the telephone See Table 87 Z type cross connecting wire on page 294 and Table 88 Inside wiring colors on page 295 Locate the line circuit card TN terminations Line circuit card TN terminations are located on the horizontal side of the distributing frame when frame mounted blocks are used and in the white field wh
21. The Power Supply Board connects to the telephone through a 14 pin bottom entry connector The Power Supply Board comes factory installed with any configuration of the M2216ACD 2 The M2006 and M2008 require the Power Supply Board with the addition of any option The M2616 requires the Power Supply Board with any option except the Display Module Refer to Table 79 NT2K model Power requirements Meridian Modular Telephone sets on page 278 and Table 80 NTZK model Power requirements Meridian Modular Telephone sets on page 278 for power supply board requirements Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 277 Meridian Modular Telephones Table 79 NT2K model Power requirements Meridian Modular Telephone sets Telephone type Loop power Additional power Power Supply Board and Transformer M2006 Basic configuration Any option s MPDA External Alerter Interface MCA M2008 Basic and Display configurations MPDA External Alerter M2008HF Interface M2616 Basic Display and Handsfree MCA MPDA External Alerter configurations and Key Expansion Interface MCA Module s M2216ACD Basic configurations with Display MPDA Key Expansion Key Expansion Module s Module External Alerter Interface MCA No display can be added to the M2006 set Table 80 NTZK model Power requirements Meridian Modular Telephone sets Telephone type Loop power Additional power Power Supply Board M2006 Basic configu
22. sssssssseeeeneeeneennnns 306 PC based Console application 26 peripherals testing seeeeene 68 PFT Power Fail Transfer switch 47 48 plugs and jacks sssssssseeeeee 50 247 March 2013 500 2500 CONNECTIONS cccceeeseeeeeeceeneeeeeeees 247 terminal connections eeeeeeee 50 Position Busy key esssee zz Position Busy mode 45 48 74 75 84 and fault conditions ssseeeeeese 84 izle 75 NCIC ATION MEE TETTE DEED 74 SONKOY C 45 Status message nr enitn ignem eye nu nara kann 48 Power Fail Transfer PFT switch 47 power failures resets after sssssssssss 84 power requirements 130 163 337 361 362 372 389 for ADO Asynchronous Data Option 337 for headsets fee tenete parie 372 389 for recording devices 130 163 372 M2317 telephone sossen 361 362 M3820 M3310 M3110 telephones 389 power supplies and power units 30 277 306 312 319 333 339 BEE C GM 30 data terminals essen 339 Key Expansion Modules 333 MCA and MPDA sssesse 277 306 Meridian Modular Telepho
23. 0 allows configuration of up to and including key number 31 1 allows configuration of up to and including key number 53 2 allows configuration of up to and including key number 75 DBA 0 1 Display based Accessory module configuration prompt DBA If KBA is a non zero value then DBA is not prompted If KBA is a zero value or if the carriage return is pressed then the DBA prompt appears 0 allows configuration of up to and including key number 31 1 allows configuration of up to and including key number 55 FDN XXX X Flexible CFNA Call Forward No Answer DN SCPW XXX X Station Control Password CLS aaaa Class of Service options where aaaa GRLD Group Listening Denied Avaya 3902 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphones GRLA Group Listening Allowed Avaya 3902 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphones HFD Handsfree Denied Avaya 3902 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphones HFA Handsfree Allowed Avaya 3902 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphones ADD Automatic Digit Display default for Avaya 3902 3903 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphones VCE Voice Terminal required if ATA equipped DTA Data Terminal FLXD Flexible voice data denied 168 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Configuration Prompt Response Description DCFW KEY x lt CR gt xx aaa yyyy 272 FLXA Flexible voice data allowed required if ATA equipped
24. 362 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Environmental considerations Logic and other circuitry requiring 5 V is powered from an external regulated 5 V DC supply when the data option is not installed The external power supply must meet the following specifications Input 95 129 V AC 60 Hz Output 5 V DC or 596 300 mA 10 mV maximum RMS ripple Cord 2 5 m 8 ft of 20 AWG wire mating to a Switchcraft 722A connector Case Wall mounted CSA and UL approved Operational within 0 C 32 F and 50 C 122 F temperature limits Impedance Greater than 10 M to ground The external power supply in all cases where no Asynchronous Data Option is installed is connected to the mating connector mounted in the rear of the M2317 telephone It covers the area where the RS 232 C interface connector would be located Note If the Asynchronous Data Option is installed an external multi output data power supply is required Refer to NPS50220 03L5 See Asynchronous Data Option on page 336 for more information on ADO requirements The data option power supply connector plugs into the back of the telephone next to the RS 232 C interface connector Data option installation requires the removal of the telephone power supply connector The NPS50220 03L5 power supply meets the following specifications AC input voltage 105 132 V AC Input line frequency 57 63 Hz Operating temperature
25. Adapter 6 conductor plug line cord from telephone Wall aS re SQUE 1 transformer Adapter 110 V or 220 V 553 AAA0725 Figure 21 Configuration of local plug in transformer Installation Packing and unpacking Use proper care when unpacking the M2016S Check for damaged containers so that appropriate claims can be made to the transport company for items damaged in transit 94 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installation If a telephone must be returned to the factory pack it in the appropriate container to avoid damage during transit Remember to include all loose parts cords handset power unit labels and lenses in the shipment Installation and removal of M2016S Secure Set Follow the steps in Installing the M2016S telephone on page 95 to install the M2016S Installing the M2016S telephone 1 Complete the wiring and cross connections loop power before connecting the telephone to the TELADAPT connector See Figure 22 M2016S Secure Set connections on page 96 and Figure 23 M2016S cross connections on page 96 Place the telephone upside down on a number of sheets of soft clean paper on a solid level work surface to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone s face Connect the handset cord 5 conductor TELADAPT connectors to the handset and snap it into place Connect the other end of the handset cord to the connector in
26. COT Renton TN TET P menue TET PTE UE Sub PS eee 79 Ponant AONO TA 1 Mee ER 80 Collect Call Blocking enm m PE M 80 Peart MEMOS INE TES coc I daneben dope oppo ad abc doe ado donc ac od Qd 81 BESTEN CM DES UE OTRO Tec 81 DPNSS Executive Intrusion ioiii esabi EEA nein A E 81 A NOTO osiin iaaa aaa sey 82 Busy Verity and Barge in Enhance Mei seccccssces ie cctanseiscctamsedaasesanreancriaresoceramietaasiiowysisvanunessasnoenyies 82 6 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Alendant Forward Ne SYIBSWEI siii act siec rane ioa Ebo t caeco eb Pai E oae Eb EU ete Ee reso EP Le cin maet 82 exp MI quie ED o T 82 Series Call m IRR EURO eSI QUEEN POS mmm 83 xc IERI 84 Chapter 5 M20165 Secure SOL id bapadina e iid iiaiai niaaa a RR M VN didi dad 85 ueni Me TT RE 85 DOCERE DARE oodd PE EA add c e E ada TE on plate ip BU DI ad Econ ME Cad E du pd rn 86 Sotware TEQUINGMENIG EE ID E c aaa M 87 r E We cte v Ite RE EE D A ter vem met A A AET 87 CUD WAI WOE P 87 blc Mete 88 Message Wanig LAN Scie mm 88 i ener ee Prenat eye Crete rre rere ee reeerr er reerre rs Terre ererer ee teeter er teeter et errr errr ert errr errr 89 Display Module e TERE PEEN PETEERE S PEE EEE PEET E P 89 zip T J
27. connector on until it is firmly seated Reattaching the Base 1 2 3 Make sure the ribbon cable is lying flat and not caught over or under any alignment posts or studs on the telephone base For the M2616 allow it to cover the screw post and do not replace the screw on re assembly Replace the base Insert all screws except the center screw on the M2616 and tighten them Reattaching the Footstand 330 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com External Alerter Board If the telephone has a Meridian Programmable Data Adapter MPDA or Meridian Communications Adapter MCA plug its cable into the jack on the telephone base 2 Replace the footstand positioning it firmly on the base 3 Insert and tighten all screws Note Place the label supplied with the display on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set Reconnecting the Telephone 1 2 3 Reconnect all cords Turn the telephone right side up and place it in a normal operating position Reconnect the handset External Alerter Board Use Installing and removing the External Alerter Board on page 331 to add an External Alerter Board to the M2006 M2008 M2216ACD or M2616 telephone See Figure 80 External Alerter connecting block configuration on page 333 for information on hooking up the third party Exte
28. 386 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Temperature and humidity Temperature and humidity Operating state Temperature range Relative humidity Storage Temperature range Relative humidity 0 to 50 C 32 to 104 F 5 to 95 noncondensing At temperatures above 34 C 93 F relative humidity is limited to 53 mbar of water vapor pressure 50 to 70 C 58 to 158 F 5 to 95 noncondensing At temperatures above 34 C 93 F relative humidity is limited to 53 mbar of water vapor pressure Electromagnetic interference All the digital telephones are designed to comply with EN 50082 1 1992 Electromagnetic Compatibility Generic immunity standard Part 1 Residential commercial and light industry EN 50081 1 1992 Electromagnetic Compatibility Generic emissions standard Generic standard class Residential commercial and light industry Line engineering Meridian digital telephones use twisted pair wiring on transmission lines selected by the rules given in Digital telephones line engineering on page 227 The maximum permissible loop length is 3500 ft 1067 m assuming 24 AWG 0 5 mm standard twisted wire with no bridge taps A 15 5 dB loss at 256 kHz defines the loop length limit Longer lengths are possible depending on the wire s gauge and insulation Table 107 Loop lengths for Meridian digital telephones on page 388 gives detailed information on
29. 5 Feature Key 10 Feature Key 10 10 oe o Feature Key o 4 Lee gp Feature Feature Key 9 9 L een Feature Feature Key o 3 Directory I E Number lens i jg m Feature FeatureKey 8 8 EE rero Feature Feature Key 2 G Feature ree 7 Feature Key 1 E Feature Key 6 E Feature Key 0 Note Numbers in brackets in this illustration are shown for testing and identification purposes only These numbers are not marked on the keys Figure 86 M2317 telephone key identification Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 355 M2317 telephone Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note 6 Figure 87 Displays Month Day Hour Minutes MMM DD HH MM Only one row of softkey labels is displayed at a time Additional rows are accessed by operating the more softkey The five softkeys are located beneath the screen display in line with each displayed label The HELD softkey label is displayed on the screen only when there is a held conference transfer call The cANcL softkey label is displayed on the screen only when the Ring Again feature has been activated The FORWARD and CHECK gt Check Call Forward labels are mutually exclusive the FORWARD key label changes to CHECK gt when calls are forwarded The RLSDATA label is displayed only when there is an active data call The gt gt key is only offered when CPND is
30. Meridian Modular Telephones The headset should be designed to work with a telephone jack with these characteristics Transmit interface 5 V through 10K DC bias resistance with maximum current of 500 micro amps The differential input impedance is 10K ohms Connects to pins 2 and 5 of the handset jack Receive interface single ended output with output impedance of 180 ohms Connects to pins 3 and 4 of the handset jack foooooooooooo Q ganoaaogonaogonn ks Flashing RS 232 LED interface 553 1897 Figure 56 Back of telephone showing Meridian Programmable Data Adapter Relocation This section describes how to relocate a Meridian Modular Telephone and its associated dataport Terminal Number TN without the intervention of a technician Modular Telephone Relocation is designed specifically for the Meridian Modular Telephones and is an enhancement to Automatic Set Relocation If dataport TN information exists for the terminal it is automatically relocated when the telephone is relocated When a telephone is relocated out a relocation block is built to store the relocation information in the protected data area The relocation block includes the old TN the terminal ID information the serial number of the telephone and other information This feature uses the unique serial number and terminal ID of the Meridian Modular Telephone to identify the terminal being relocated and to reduce the number of manual steps nee
31. Safety considerations on page 361 Environmental considerations on page 361 Dimensions and weight on page 362 Line engineering on page 362 Power requirements on page 362 Data communication on page 365 Data characteristics on page 365 Note This section is for reference only The M2317 telephone is manufacture discontinued and no longer available Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 349 M2317 telephone Introduction The M2317 Telephone can provide simultaneous voice and data communications It connects to the system using digital transmission The M2317 Telephone is intended for professionals and managers and secretaries in group answer positions It interfaces with the system through the Digital Line Card DLC It is connected to the switching equipment through a two wire loop carrying two independent 64 kb s Time Compressed Multiplex TCM channels with associated signaling channels One of the two TCM channels is dedicated to voice and the other to data traffic The M2317 telephone has the following features A built in two line 40 characters per line Liquid Crystal Display LCD screen and integrated Handsfree Atelephone line cord and the handset cord equipped with standard modular connectors at each end that enables quick replacement when required The M2317 Telephone is equipped with a microphone and speaker to permit Handsfree operation Figure 85 M2317 Telephone on page 3
32. This document contains information about systems components and features that are compatible with Communication Server 1000 software For more information on legacy products and releases click the Technical Documentation link under Support on the Avaya home page http www avaya com Applicable systems This document applies to the following systems Communication Server 1000M Single Group CS 1000M SG e Communication Server 1000M Multi Group CS 1000M MG Communication Server 1000E CS 1000E Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 19 Introduction System migration When particular Meridian 1 systems are upgraded and configured to include a Signaling Server they become CS 1000M systems Table 1 Meridian 1 systems to CS 1000M systems on page 20 lists each Meridian 1 system that supports an upgrade path to a CS 1000M system Table 1 Meridian 1 systems to CS 1000M systems This Meridian 1 system Maps to this CS 1000M system Meridian 1 PBX 11C Chassis CS 1000M Chassis Meridian 1 PBX 11C Cabinet CS 1000M Cabinet Meridian 1 PBX 51C CS 1000M Half Group Meridian 1 PBX 61C CS 1000M Single Group Meridian 1 PBX 81 CS 1000M Multi Group Meridian 1 PBX 81C CS 1000M Multi Group For more information see one or more of the following documents Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Upgrades Overview NN43021 458 Avaya
33. s c u FW vv e tttt 3902 3903 3904 or 3905 cc 0 99 ddddddd the Primary DN of the telephone vv the flash firmware version 176 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 9 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Contents This section contains information on the following topics Introduction on page 177 Summary of steps on page 178 Determining software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWYV or firmware versions on page 206 X11 software versions on page 206 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones language PSWV versions on page 207 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones firmware versions on page 207 Flash Download advisements on page 208 PSDL installation on page 210 Dynamic PSDL installation on page 211 Detailed Flash Download procedure on page 212 Configuration parameters in LD 32 on page 216 Single Set Flash Download on page 216 System wide Flash Download on page 217 Print Firmware Versions on Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones on page 219 Query Disk Firmware Versions on page 220 Commands for system wide Flash Download of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones on page 224 Introduction Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download provides the capability to download a new firmware version from the Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Telephones and Consoles Fu
34. the rocker control on the telephone the switch on the headset The settings which provide the clearest communication with the least amount of distortion are the amplifier setting higher than the telephone volume control The supervisor and agent jacks are not interchangeable A headset must be plugged into the agent jack if the telephone is to receive ACD calls The M2216ACD 2 agent jack is compatible with any standard carbon headset The headset interface of the M2216ACD 2 is not adjustable Any recording device connected to the receive path of a Meridian Modular Telephone must meet these requirements load impedance at least 8K ohms across the audio band connect in parallel across pins 3 and 4 of the handset headset jack isolate power source from the headset handset jack electret supervisor electret supervisor headset jack carbon agent headset jack headset jack electret agent headset jack M2216ACD 1 left side M2216ACD 2 left side 553 AAA0729 Figure 55 M2216ACD 1 and 2 left side showing headset jacks M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2616 M2216ACD telephones You can use an electret headset in the handset port of the M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2616 and M2216ACD telephones Choose an amplified headset that draws power from a battery or AC transformer power is not provided by the telephone The amplifier must draw less than 400 micro amps from the telephone jack Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 271
35. 0 to 50 C 32 to 122 F Operating humidity 596 to 9596 non condensing Storage temperature 40 to 70 C 40 to 158 F Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 363 M2317 telephone Cross connect Block PE Shelf TELADAPT Connecting Block W BL Line Cord BL W 2 to Telephone pn To Telephone BK G To Telephone G BK P BK S To Telephone S BK Part of Shelf Wiring Harness Shelf Connector Part of rmi pelr Cable 553 1291 Figure 91 M2317 telephone cross connections Output voltages 5 V DC at 1 0A 12 V DC at 200 mA 12 V DC at 200 mA Case dimensions 178 x 102 x 76 mm 7 x 4x3 in The NPS50220 03L5 is equipped with an internal thermal and short circuit protection Whenever the external power supply fails due to failure of the power utility the M2317 Telephone assumes Plain Ordinary Telephone Service POTS status At this time the telephone is capable of receiving and originating calls on the prime DN and of giving the usual alerting tones ringing It will not support the Display screen soft keys feature keys Handsfree or data facilities while in POTS status 364 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Environmental considerations Cross connect Block PE Shelf Line Pack i TELADAPT Connecting Block W BL E Line Cord BL W z to Telephone ap To Telephone G W BK G To Tel
36. 4 1600 Hz 2000 Hz 2 6 M2616 M2216ACD 3 333 Hz 250 Hz 10 4 4 333 Hz 250 Hz 2 6 A 500 Hz buzz signal is provided for incoming call notification while the receiver is off hook Power requirements The M2006 M2008 M2616 basic configuration and with Display Module and M2216ACD 1 are loop powered Loop power consists of a 30 V AC power source and assumes a 3500 ft 915 m maximum loop length of 24 AWG wire and a minimum 15 5 V AC at the telephone terminals Note The loop length limit is defined by a 15 5 dB loss at 256 KHz Longer lengths can be determined using the wire s gauge and insulation The Handsfree feature which is integrated into the M2616 requires no additional power Some configurations of telephones and options need more than basic loop power to operate Table 78 Power requirements on page 277 lists the Meridian Modular Telephones and shows when additional power is needed to operate the telephone or its optional hardware Power Supply Boards come installed in factory assembled configurations which require additional power Note If a power failure occurs configurations that require loop power will only continue to work if the system has battery backup Only those options which require additional power will cease to function Note During a power failure the carbon agent headset on the M2216ACD 2 will fail and the electret supervisor s jack can be used as an agent jack If no headset was plugge
37. 7 Supply leads to telephone BK G G BK to telephone em to teleph S BK Oo elep one Shelf x Part of 25 pair cable connector pair cable 553 AAA0587 Figure 23 M2016S cross connections The M2016S set has a self testing capability Follow the steps in M2016S self test on page 97 to perform the self test after installing an M2016S set or any of the hardware options to ensure proper operation 96 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com M2016S self test Installation 1 Unplug the line cord from the telephone 2 While holding down the RLS key plug in the line cord to the telephone Let go of the RLS key 3 Follow the steps in Table 16 M2016S telephone self test steps and results on page 97 to perform the necessary steps and check results Table 16 M2016S telephone self test steps and results Step Action Result 1 Begin test plug in line cord while holding down the RLS key The handset is on hook Speaker beeps once all LCDs flash Message Waiting lamps light steadily Display reads LOCAL DIAGNOSTIC MODE PRESS RLS KEY TO EXIT Press each Function key from zero to fifteen if there are Key Expansion Modules continue pressing the Function keys in any order Adjacent LCD goes off when a key is pressed Press the Hold key Speaker beeps Press each dial pad key Speaker beeps each time a key is pressed 5a
38. 74 TGB Trunk Group Busy keys 65 66 Clee iin pe 66 QMT2 mode enabled disabled 65 Tie Trunk display eee 77 time date feature nimiin naiaiae aaa 74 TN Terminal Number and relocations 272 tones generating 2 0 22 cece cece ce eeeeceeteceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneanaeees 68 transformers sse 39 312 372 390 402 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals ge 39 for headsets AC sss 372 local plug in nn err 390 Power Supply Boards sess 312 trouble locating procedures susssse 291 M2317 telephones esssssssss 291 troubleshooting Meridian Modular Telephones 344 TUNK edet eete tecta ee dete poca eras eet e 65 74 77 busy indication sseseeeeeeree 65 incoming calls on tie ssssssssssssss rri status indications cccecceeeeeseeceeceenseeeeeeeaneneees 74 U User interface printed circuit card UIP 68 72 hard FeSeL iere dide nana itae erat pres verc dere itt 72 installed firmware test eeeeesss 68 testing peripherals connected to 68 V V 35 IDtet AGE aici ccd iit ecc rae Roos rex E deo va a FE dS DRaE 306 verification testing LD 31 sseesessss 68
39. All devices and memory on the UIP and ASIP boards are reset as if the power cord were unplugged and plugged in again Avaya 2250 Attendant Console failure codes A failure code appears on the display in response to the detection of a hardware fault Refer to Table 13 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console failure codes on page 72 for an explanation of failure codes and possible solutions Table 13 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console failure codes Failure Printed circuit Reason What to do code pack PCP 40H UIP The PSG U13 is not Unplug the line cord and plug it in responding again If the failure code still appears there is an electrical fault in the console and it should be returned Note Log the failure code with the returned unit as it gives an indication of which component has failed 20H UIP The RTC U16 is faulty Same as for 40H 10H UIP The RAM IC U1 is Same as for 40H faulty 08H UIP A key in column A is Unplug the line cord Free the key stuck if it is stuck Plug in the line cord If the failure code still appears the console is faulty and should be returned 09H UIP A key in column B is Same as for 08H stuck 72 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console failure codes Failure Printed circuit Reason What to do code pack PCP OAH UIP A key in colum
40. If the pins are left in V 35 mode asynchronous operation is not supported and the MCA looks as though it is locked up Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 307 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Communications adapter Telephone CS 1000 Meridian 1 EIA Drivers Receivers 12V Power Supply 12V Power supply option card 553 AAA2136 Figure 68 Block diagram of MCA and Modular telephone Remove the two 14 pin jumper plugs or one 20 pin jumper plug inside the MCA from the RS 232 socket s and install the V 35 socket Note The female cable ordering code is A0408927 The male cable ordering code is 40408928 The A0300752 and A0300753 cables are still supported unless used with applications similar to IBM front end Modem pooling is not supported on the MCA When a call is connected between two MCAs and power is removed from one the MCA does not release until the power is restored The MCA always remembers the most recent data parameters In the case of power failure data settings do not have to be reset See Table 91 V 35 CCITT signals supported by the MCA on page 3068 for a listing of the V 35 CCITT signals supported by the MCA Table 91 V 35 CCITT signals supported by the MCA V 35 MCA Abbr Adaptor cable Signal Source Description CCITT DB 25 DB 25 V 35 DTE MCA pee Pin Pin No No 101 1 DG 1 A Protective ground 103
41. Key 21 Call Park default Key 22 Ringing Number Pickup default Key 23 Configured as one of the following speed call services Speed Call System Speed Call Speed Call Controller System Speed Call Controller Key 24 Privacy Release default Key 25 Charge Account default Key 26 Calling Party Number default Key 27 Callers List default Key 28 Redial List default Keys 29 31 NUL Key 7 Key 3 Key 16 19 22 Key 10 Key 8 Key 11 Key 9 Key 0 553 AAA0669 Figure 35 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key positions 140 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com Key 17 20 23 Key 18 21 24 Chapter 7 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones single site Virtual Office Contents Introduction on page 141 Description on page 141 Operating parameters on page 143 Feature implementation on page 144 Introduction The Virtual Office feature is useful for telecommuters visitors and workers who are frequently out of the office Virtual Office maximizes the use of office space and desktop equipment for Hoteling or Hot desk applications The Virtual Office feature provides the capability for the telephone user to login to a designated telephone and be presented with their individual features and services For example office space could be set up with host telephones allowing visiting telecommuters to login using the Flexible Feature
42. Lift the handset if applicable Speaker beeps Press the dial pad keys Handset beeps Replace the handset 5b Plug in the headset if applicable Speaker beeps Press the dial pad keys Headset beeps Unplug the headset Press the right side of the volume control key Speaker beeps Display is filled with dark squares Press the right side of the volume control key Speaker beeps Display is blank Press the right side of volume control key Speaker beeps Display shows symbols including digits 0 9 and uppercase alphabet Press the right side of the volume control key Speaker beeps Display shows symbols including upper and lowercase alphabet Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 97 M2016S Secure Set Step Action Result Press the right side of the Speaker beeps volume control key Display shows various symbols Press the right side of the Speaker beeps volume control key Display shows symbols Press the right side of the Speaker beeps volume control key Display is filled with dark squares 7 Press the RLS key end of Message Waiting lamp goes off test Display shows idle screen within 10 seconds Designate the telephone Before designating the M2016S telephone check the work order for the features enabled and key designations Designate each key by placing its feature name from the d
43. Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 195 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download 196 Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 25 08 25 08 Re issue No Phase I Phase II 1 Call Avaya technical support to find out how to obtain any necessary upgrades 2 Follow the PSDL Installation Procedure see PSDL installation on page 210 4 Install the manufactured patches 5 Download the firmware to telephones following the Flash Download procedure Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a 25 08 system 1 Follow the Large System 25 08 to 25 08 Re issue procedure for Release 1 telephones above The 25 08 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3902 and 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 15 Re issue Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones configured on a 25 08 system Telephones
44. The small ATA knockout can be remove by pressing it in with thumb presser 13 Install the ATA Printed Circuit board into the footstand 14 Plug the ATA 8 conductor line cord included in the package into the data jack in the base of the telephone Plug the other end of this cord into the data jack of the ATA located in the footstand 15 Reassemble the footstand on the base and screw it into position using a 1 Phillips screwdriver 16 Plug the 24v AC Power Transformer into the circular mini DIN connector on the backpanel of the footstand 17 Plug the transformer end of the AC Power Transformer into the AC commercial electrical outlet 18 The analog device can now be connected to the RJ11 connector on the back of the footstand Refer to the manufacturer s documentation for installation instructions for the FAX modem or telephone to be used Meridian Communications Adapter and Meridian Programmable Data Adapter The Meridian Communications Adapter MCA replaces the Meridian Programmable Data Adapter MPDA and offers enhanced capability over the MPDA Functional description The MCA mounts within the telephone It enables synchronous and asynchronous ASCII terminals and personal computers to be connected to the telephone using an RS 232 C or V 35 interface on a DB 25 connector See Figure 67 Back of telephone showing MCA on page 307 304 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com F
45. UIP B7 0 or on the audio and system interface printed circuit card ASIP B7 1 In most instances the failure code accurately identifies the faulty hardware component However if the microprocessor is faulty the readings may be unreliable or misleading Failure code AOH is always shown if the loopback test has not been performed Refer to Testing the data port on page 69 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature operation Time and date On the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console the time and date are automatically downloaded from the system on power up or console reset The time and date are downloaded by the switch whenever it runs a lamp audit Only the visual format can be changed Trunk Group Busy indicators Trunk Group Busy TGB indicators show the status of each group of trunks If a TGB indicator is on steadily the attendant has busied out all trunks in that group by pressing the Shift key plus the TGB key If a TGB indicator is flashing all the trunks in that group are actually busy In Supervisory mode TGB indicators show the status of other consoles in the customer group If the indicator is off the attendant position is in a Position Busy mode When an indicator associated with a particular attendant is on the attendant is available to service calls Note The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console must be equipped with the Attendant Supervisory Module NT7G10AA to allow attendant supervision 74 Telephones and
46. Use only the line cord provided with Meridian Modular Telephones Using a cord designed for other digital telephones could result in damage to the cord or a loss of set functionality Figure 57 Block diagram of MPDA and Meridian Modular Telephone on page 275 shows a simplified block diagram of the Meridian Modular Telephone MPDA and DLC Communications adapter Telephone CS 1000 Meridian 1 EIA drivers RS 232 C DTE I F Receivers Power supply option card 553 AAA2135 Figure 57 Block diagram of MPDA and Meridian Modular Telephone Local alerting tones Each telephone provides four alerting tones and a buzz sound The system controls the ringing cadence by sending tone ON and tone OFF messages to the telephone The alerting tone cadences cannot be changed from the telephone but can be altered for individual Meridian Modular Telephones by software controlled adjustments in the system See Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 All other telephony tones such as dial tone or overflow are provided by the system from a Tone and Digit Switch Alerting tone characteristics The tone frequency combinations are as follows Tone Frequencies Warble Rate Hz 1 667 Hz 500 Hz 10 4 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 275 Meridian Modular Telephones Tone Frequencies Warble Rate Hz 2 667 Hz 500 Hz 2 6 M2006 M2008 M2008HF 1600 Hz 2000 Hz 10 4
47. Use system download command in LD 32 c Scheduled download range download Use scheduled download commands in LD 32 and LD 97 5 Issue the appropriate download command 6 As the download occurs the telephone displays the following information During a flash download the Avaya 3902 3903 and 3905 Digital Deskphones display messages on the displays at the right See Figure 42 Information displayed during a flash download on page 213 Display 1 shows the Erasing Flash Memory message along with blocks written to the second line each with decreasing contrast This is followed by Display 2 that reads Awaiting Download Display 3 flashes the text Downloading Firmware on the first line with progress bars on the second line When all 24 segments of the progress bars are displayed as shown the download is complete The telephone then resets and returns to service All user controlled parameters such as screen contrast volume settings and key labels are not affected by the firmware download In the event that the firmware download was not successful the text Terminal Out of Service is displayed on the first line In some cases the telephone erases the flash memory showing Display 1 followed by Display 2 Erasing Flash Memory SS Display 1 Awaiting Download Display 2 Downloading Firmware Display 3 Figure 42 Information displayed during a flash download For the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone an hourgl
48. Virtual Office non networked sessse 141 Virtual Office feature implementation 144 voice channels ports ssssssesssss 368 VOICE falre S i tra rn Eh se taire on ie Ee a dua 291 M2317 telephones ssssss 291 volume control ccccceeeseeeecceeneeseeeeeceeaseeeeeeeas 376 377 M3820 M3310 M3110 376 377 volume slider position BLF CGM 31 W wall mount clips essseeseeeeses 344 Wide Area Telephone Service display zT WINO PR TET 50 52 59 306 322 displays ie ein ended 322 Taicullge me 50 MCA HM 306 operating ranges sssssseeeenneen 52 telephones and attendant consoles 59 terminal connections eeseseeeenee 50 zone Cabling and conduit ssssse 50 wiring and loop lengths 274 362 387 389 392 M2006 2008 2616 2016S 2216ACD Digital telephones ssssssseeee 274 M2317 telephone cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 362 M3820 M3310 M3110 eessesssss 392 M3820 M3310 M3110 telephones 387 389 wobbling troubleshooting ccccessseceeeessteeeeeeees 344 March 2013 Z ZANIN aereanga eaei 50 59 98 247 248 294 500 2500 telephones
49. cc Firmware version SUMmary ALL FSUM ALL Displays a complete report on all Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones based on the parameters in LD 97 FSUM ALL The format of the report is as follows TYPE ttt CUST cc PDN ddddddd TN I s c u FW vv e tttt 3902 3903 3904 3905 e cc 0 99 ddddddd the Primary DN of the telephone vv the flash firmware version Query Disk Firmware Versions To determine the firmware version residing on the system disk s available for download to the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones use the PSWV command in LD 22 to print the firmware 220 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com versions for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones See Table 61 Firmware and PSWV Query Disk Firmware Versions versions on page 221 for a list of current firmware versions Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions PEC PSWV codes F W codes codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Avaya PSWV PSWV M1 F W file LD 22 Set F W LD 32 3900 File Region PSWV Response Diagnostic FWVU Series See Note 2 for PSWV See Note 4 Response Digital See Note 3 for Deskphon telephone es F W 66 70 See Note 5 XX See Note 1 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphon e NTMN32X PSWV Global 10 3902 loada Avaya Lang L1 9 FLASH X File 1 lang a84 3902 F W Ver 8 4 FIRMWARE Digital VERSION Deskphon 084 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 84 PSW
50. it must be removed before installing the MCA with redesigned footstand The External Alerter board is located at the right center of the telephone Remove the screws form the board grasp the board firmly on each end and pull upward to remove it from the 2X3 pin connector Install the Jumper board onto the 2X7 pin connector inside the phone base If the phone set did not have a Power Option board installed on the NT2K or the NTZK then there will be 2 Jumper plugs on the 2X7 connector Remove them before installing the Jumper board The redesigned footstand will have 2 jumpers Use the black one for the NT2K phone and the brown one for the NTZK phone Remove the large MCA knockout section in the rear of the telephone footstand assembly and remove the small tabs See Figure 69 Installing the MCA on page 311 It is best to remove this knockout with a screwdriver For MCA set option plugs to the required configuration RS 232 or V 35 The factory default is RS 232 2 1 fe MCA Board 2 TN ERI 15 a ff T 553 AAA0637 Figure 69 Installing the MCA Tilt the MPDA or MCA circuit board up and insert the DB 25 connector socket into the breakout section Then slide the board connector end first under the tabs in the footstand assembly and position it over the locating pins Position and lower it completely onto the telephone footstand assembly Insert the two self tapping Phillips head screws supplied
51. limit longer lengths are possible depending on the wire s gauge and insulation The M2016S uses a 6 conductor line cord 40346862 Note Use only the line cord provided with the telephone Using a cord designed for other digital telephones could result in damage to the M20168 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 91 M2016S Secure Set Local alerting tones The M2016S telephone provides four alerting tones and a buzz sound The system controls the ringing cadence by sending tone ON and tone OFF messages to the telephone The alerting tone cadences cannot be changed from the telephone but can be altered for individual telephones by software controlled adjustments Alerting tone characteristics The tone frequency combinations are Tone Frequencies Warble Rate Hz 1 667 Hz 500 Hz 10 4 2 667 Hz 500 Hz 2 6 3 333 Hz 250 H 10 4 4 333 Hz 250 Hz 2 6 A 500 Hz buzz signal is provided for incoming call notification while the receiver is off hook Power requirements Power Supply Board The power supply option consists of a Power Supply Board which mounts inside the telephone coupled with an external wall mount transformer which provides power to the Power Supply Board The Power Supply Board receives its power through pins 1 and 6 of the line cord The Power Supply Board connects to the telephone through a 14 pin bottom entry connector The Power Supply Board comes factory installed with any con
52. non condensing At temperatures above 34 C 93 F relative humidity is limited to 53 mbar of water vapor pressure Electromagnetic interference The radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference meets the requirements of Subpart J of Part 15 of the FCC rules for class A computing devices NT2K model sets with all options meet CISPR22 Class B requirements Line engineering Meridian Modular Telephones use twisted pair wiring on transmission lines selected by the rules given in Digital telephones line engineering on page 227 amp c The maximum permissible loop length is 3500 ft 915 m assuming 24 AWG 0 5 mm standard twisted wire with no bridge taps A 15 5 dB loss at 256 KHz defines the loop length limit longer lengths are possible depending on the wire s gauge and insulation The Meridian Modular Telephones use a 6 conductor line cord A0346862 Table 77 Loop lengths for digital telephones on page 274 gives detailed information on loop lengths Table 77 Loop lengths for digital telephones NT8D02 PVC insulated cable polyvinyl chloride 22 or 24 AWG 0 3500 ft 0 1067 m 26 AWG 0 2600 ft 0 793 m Note No bridge taps or loading coils are allowed Note Effect of line protector at MDF reduces loop length by 500 ft A Caution Damage to Equipment Service Interruption 274 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Local alerting tones
53. uo ACEA OOC SAAL HHE HE RL DS FEAT3 FEAT2 gt ICi1 LPKO SHIFT FEAT1 P JD lI es pene 553 0583 AAA Figure 15 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console key designations in Unshift mode QMT2 enabled 58 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Cross connecting attendant consoles LCD Display Screen 4 or 2 lines for M2250 Scrolling ICI9 ss sD zs ex Enn Ff Fa F3 A E a eil cie FEAT6 ZEE FEATS s i F FERTA Ea B c E FEATS ici2 e FEAT2 en E FEAT1 IG EPI HOLD FEATS 553 AAA0584 nji njin m gt Ge a Kad a L an Figure 16 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console designations in Unshift mode QMT2 not enabled Cross connecting attendant consoles Terminations are located on the vertical side of the distributing frame when frame mounted blocks are used and located in the blue field when wall mounted blocks are used Line circuit card TN terminations are located on the horizontal side of the distributing frame when frame mounted blocks are used and located in the white field and wall mounted blocks are used Follow the steps in Cross connecting attendant consoles on page 59 to cross connect attendant consoles Cross connecting attendant consoles Locate the attendant console terminations at the cross connect terminal Connect Z type cross connecting wire to the leads of the attendant console Locate the line circuit card TN
54. with a small screwdriver or similar tool Remove any remnants of the breakaway tags Feed the flat ribbon cable for the Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module BLF CGM through the knockout hole in the base of the attendant console Hold the BLF CGM unit over the console in a vertical position ensuring that the two locators on the bottom bracket of the BLF CGM are located in the knockout hole Knockout Section Clean Away 6 Tags Figure 5 Attendant console knockout section Push down on the attendant console while holding the BLF CGM unit until the two locators snap into place See Figure 6 Connecting the BLF CGM to the attendant console on page 35 on Figure 6 Connecting the BLF CGM to the attendant console on page 35 34 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installation 11 Fit the BLF CGM ribbon cable onto the top cover circuit board into the flexible strip connector J4 so that the blue line on the cable faces away from the circuit board 12 Hold the top cover over the attendant console and reconnect the cable connector s onto the base of the attendant console 13 Place the top cover on the console Slide it back and down into place See Figure 7 Positioning the top cover and the BLF CGM on page 37 on Figure 7 Positioning the top cover and the BLF CGM on page 37 Check that all the cables are in the correct positions and that none are trapped 14 Pus
55. 19200 bits per second autobaud Stop bits 2 bits for 110 bits per second 1 bit for all other speeds Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 281 Meridian Modular Telephones Transmission Full duplex Note The MPDA configuration of data parameters is stored locally although you can set the configuration in the Cabinet system You cannot set the data parameters in the system before installing the MPDA in the telephone the configuration information will be lost The keyboard dialing routine may vary with the data equipment being used and reference to the user s data terminal manual may be necessary For more detailed information see Meridian Communications Unit User Guide and Meridian Communications Adapter Reference Guide The MPDA can establish either data calls or voice calls You can make data calls using keyboard dialing keypad dialing or the AT command dialing feature The AT dialing features lets you originate data calls to local and remote Data Terminal Equipment DTE directly from a data terminal keyboard or personal computer You can make voice calls using AT dialing from your terminal Users of personal computers already equipped with a Hayes Smartmodem or users who have a stand alone Hayes Smartmodem can substitute the MPDA for data integration The Hayes dialing feature when used with third party communication software and the digital telephone will support most of the Hayes Smartmodem features
56. 2 ceceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 247 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals attendant consoles cross connections terminal connections zone cabling and conduit T ET 59 March 2013 403
57. 256 kHz and 21 1 degrees C 70 degrees F on page 242 and Table 65 Attenuation at 256 kHz for U C cable on page 242 L1 13 7 dB km L2 13 7 dB km L3 13 3 dB km Using the equation in Step 2 we arrive at the following CSL1 6 85 dB CSL2 2 74 dB and CSL3 1 33 dB Temperature corrections Using correction factors of TCF1 1 04 and TCF2 and TCF3 1 and using the equation in Step 3 results in TCL1 7 12 dB TLC2 2 74 dB and TCL3 1 33 dB Expected pulse loss EPL value Neglecting any junction loss see the note in Step 4 Step 5 results in an EPL value of TSL1 TSL2 TSL3 0 11 19 dB This is under the 12 dB limit and meets the criteria Table 64 Cable attenuation at 256 kHz and 21 1 degrees C 70 degrees F Cable type 26 AWG 24 AWG 22 AWG 19 AWG dB kft dB km dB kft dB km dB kft dB km dB kft dB km PIC 4 2 13 7 3 1 10 2 2 5 8 1 1 7 5 6 Pulp 4 3 14 3 3 5 11 4 2 7 9 0 2 0 6 6 Table 65 Attenuation at 256 kHz for U C cable WE 4 pair AMP 25 pair dB kft dB km dB kft dB km 4 6 15 3 19 0 63 3 Table 66 Attenuation at 256 kHz for D inside wiring cable NT WE Superior General dB kf dB km dB kft dB km dB kft dB km dB kft dB km t 4 0 13 3 3 2 10 7 3 7 13 3 4 6 15 3 242 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Measuring DC Loop Resistance Measuring DC Loop Resistance Measure DC loop resistance by using st
58. 3 Remove the footstand from the telephone by sliding the footstand down using the plastic hinges about 7 mm 1 4 inch 4 Swing the footstand away from the telephone base and remove from the telephone 5 Attach the wall mount bracket onto the back of the telephone by placing the telephone at the top edge of the wall mount bracket and sliding the telephone into place 6 Mount the wall mount bracket attached to the telephone onto the screws located on the wall Installing the Accessory Connection Module Use the Installing the ACM on page 154 to install the Accessory Connection Module ACM Installing the ACM 1 Disconnect the line cord from the telephone base before installing the ACM 2 Slide the footstand down using the plastic hinges about 7 mm 1 4 in and swing the footstand away from the telephone base 3 Snap the ACM into the rectangular opening on the back of the telephone Connect the ACM cable to the back of the telephone Put the ACM attached ribbon cable into the track running down the back of the telephone base 6 Put the hard plastic cable cover over the ACM ribbon cable 7 Snap the ACM plastic cable cover into place 8 Place the footstand on the hinges oa A 9 Swing the footstand back into place 10 Snap the footstand into a non movable position 11 Reconnect the line cord to the telephone base 12 Return the telephone to an upright position There is a cutout on the base of the foot
59. 47 Signal Destination key eesssssesss 45 77 Signal Source key sese 45 77 SOMKEYS T 45 66 354 alternate functions ceeceeeene 66 definitions functions eeeee 45 M2317 telephones sssssssss 354 Speed Call feature ssssssssseeee 78 Speed Call for Virtual Office sssss 143 Speed Calling erat e reete debet e ineat 360 with M2317 telephones sessssss 360 StandoltSicitaierievniu enu dave Ed EID Me eS ORE C METTE 39 static discharge ground connections 52 status messages eee cece eee ee nee eters eeaeaaeeeeeeeeaaaaeees 48 SUDMENUS EEMCRNCTP 66 March 2013 401 support spacers BLF CGM sse 31 T T connectors IPE anrec an 248 TELADAPT connectors 50 95 247 286 289 500 2500 connections eeeeeesssse 247 M2317 telephones sseeeseeees 289 Meridian Modular Telephones 95 286 terminal connections eeeesseeeeenee 50 TELADAPT snap in connectors ss 392 telephone failures sssssseseeese 291 M2317 telephones ssessesees 291 telephone lines engineering 227 telephones 95 98 245
60. AP Gh AM GND e e BL R O V iBR BK LI I 1 pug R O v c BK S OR GV 1 SBKF i 48V e e R G 7 V BR Y BL A GND Ta e G R T BR VT BL Y 1 wet vat OT a R BRr W BLT Y O Para eo no v Lee SE leo GND e S R 1 O W G Y T deck qe Bod ME pig BK BL W G i Y BR D m m BL BK G W T BR Y F 48V zx X BK Or W BRr Y S y 1 9 9 O BK BR WF S Y BK G w s V BL e e G BK s w BL V i 1 t T 48V a 4 i BK BR R BL V O 7 R GND le 9 BR BK BL R da O V pls BK ST R O T VG j 3 Pa S BK O R GV7 48V ea Y BLT R G f VBR DOTEE BL Y d To 500 2500 or digital telephone To 500 2500 or digital telephone To 500 2500 or digital telephone To 500 2500 or digital telephone To 500 2500 or digital telephone To 500 2500 or digital telephone To 500 2500 or digital telephone To 500 2500 or digital telephone see Note Quad density line card This connects to a second message waiting indication a lamp bank for example The maximum loop resistance is 200012 553 AAA0590 Figure 49 NE 500 2500 type telephone cross connections for IPE modules 250 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Cross connect the telephones Table 68 500 2500 line card pair terminations for IPE module connectors A E K R I O panel connectors Unit Pair Pins Pair color A E K R 16 card 1TAR 26 1 W BL BL W slotO slot4 slot8
61. Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone on page 106 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone on page 107 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone on page 108 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone on page 109 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone on page 110 Features on page 112 Set to Set Messaging on page 112 Personal Directory on page 113 Corporate Directory on page 113 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones single site Virtual Office on page 114 Full Icon Support on page 114 Language selection during software installation on page 117 Feature keys on page 117 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories and add ons on page 120 Accessory Connection Module on page 122 Analog Terminal Adapter on page 124 Computer Telephony Integration Adapter on page 124 Telephone Application Programming Interface TAPI software on page 125 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 101 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Personal Directory PC Utility Software on page 125 Accessory Modules on page 127 Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface on page 127 Alternate key caps for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone on page 128 Handset option for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone on page 129 Headset options on page 130 Telephone wall mount kit on page 130 Full Duplex Handsfree on page 126 Brandline insert on page 131 Key descriptions on page 131 Avaya 3901 Digital Des
62. Code FFC and their individual DN Calls to the user s primary DN are then routed to the Virtual Office host telephone where the Virtual Office worker is logged in Description The Virtual Office feature allows users to log in to a designated an Avaya 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphone and use their individual telephone configurations at that telephone The calls to the user s primary DN are routed to the Virtual Office Host Terminal where the Virtual Office worker is logged in Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 141 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones single site Virtual Office The Host Terminal is the physical telephone that a user can user to log in as a Virtual Office worker Both the Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphone can be configured as Host Terminals however a Virtual Office worker is required to log in to a Host Terminal that matches their Virtual Office telephone type For example when the Virtual Terminal of a Virtual Office worker is configured as an Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone the login process is blocked if they attempt to login to an Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone Host Terminal The Virtual Terminal is a set of features configured for a user and defined on a phantom loop There is no permanent physical telephone associated with a Virtual Terminal The Virtual Office recognizes all system configuration related to the Virtual Office Worker The Virtual Office feature operates on a stand alone Meridian 1 and an
63. Components which contain terms regarding the rights to use certain portions of the Software Third Party Terms Information regarding distributed Linux OS source code for those Products that have distributed Linux OS source code and identifying the copyright holders of the Third Party Components and the Third Party Terms that apply is available in the Documentation or on Avaya s website at http support avaya com Copyright You agree to the Third Party Terms for any such Third Party Components Note to Service Provider The Product may use Third Party Components that have Third Party Terms that do not allow hosting and may need to be independently licensed for such purpose Preventing Toll Fraud Toll Fraud is the unauthorized use of your telecommunications system by an unauthorized party for example a person who is not a corporate employee agent subcontractor or is not working on your company s behalf Be aware that there can be a risk of Toll Fraud associated with your system and that if Toll Fraud occurs it can result in substantial additional charges for your telecommunications services Avaya Toll Fraud intervention If you suspect that you are being victimized by Toll Fraud and you need technical assistance or support call Technical Service Center Toll Fraud Intervention Hotline at 1 800 643 2353 for the United States and Canada For additional support telephone numbers see the Avaya Support website http sup
64. Data Feature use the following chart to configure LD 11 for more detailed information refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Table 90 Flexible Voice and Data feature configuration Prompt Response Description REQ NEW CHG New or change TYPE aaaa Telephone type where aaaa 2006 2008 2016 or 2616 TN Terminal Number where u 16 31 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 301 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Prompt Response Description Iscu Format for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and Avaya CS 1000E system and Avaya CS 1000 Media Gateway 1000E Avaya MG 1000E where loop s shelf c card u unit CLS FLXA Flexible voice data allowed This Class of Service can only be assigned to 2006 2008 2016 2216 or 2617 sets When configured to CLS FLXA VCE FLXD Flexible voice data denied Voice Class of Service VCE can be assigned to the upper TN unit 16 31 and Data class of Service DTA can be assigned to the lower TN 0 15 A Single Call Ringing SCR key can be designated a Data Mode DTNK key KEY Prime Directory Number Key SCR SCN MCR or MON and xxx Key xx SCR yyyy Single Call Ringing xx SCN yyyy Single Call Non Ringing Data Mode Key where xx key number and yyy Data Directory Number 2 Disconnect and remove all cords including the handset cord from the telephone 3 Place the
65. Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 30 Yes Phase I Phase ll Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 08 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 08 to Release 25 30 procedure for Phase and Phase II telephones above The Release 25 30 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase ll firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 185 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download 186 Present software Upgrade to software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Keycode required Upgrade steps 25 40 25 40B Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 08 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 08 to Release 25 40 25 40B Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase I
66. Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 40 25 40B Yes Phase Follow the standard software order process Phase ll Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase II IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Small System Release 24 2x to Release 25 40 25 40B procedure for Phase telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 03 00 Yes Phase Follow the standard software order process Phase ll Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase II IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 24 2x system Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present software Upgrade to software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Keycode required Upgrade steps 1 Follow the Small System Release 24 2x to Release 03 00 Re issue procedure for Phase telep
67. Destination key sseesesssssss T Release key nietos ikea RTI a wena EE RNEER 77 RELEASE prompts troubleshooting 344 Release Source key sss TT relocation of Meridian Modular Telephones 272 remote ringers 020 22 eee e cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 127 378 resetting attendant consoles sssse 72 84 descibed ERE POE a ceeedeeaneteeenant 84 hard reset procedure sssssssssss T ringing state ssssssssssseeee 87 263 377 on M2006 2008 2616 2016S 2216ACD Digital telephones corte enhn 87 263 on M3820 M3310 M3110 nn 377 PRES KEY EE 95 288 Meridian Modular Telephones 95 288 RS 232 C connectors cccecececeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeess 339 S S connectors IPE sssessssssseeees 248 S status message ssssssssseseeeeenneens 48 SGI GOnS iiie ce be ber The A en 350 353 on M2317 cn 350 353 scrolling LCD display screen 45 66 security codes with relocations ss 273 selecting loops esssssseeeeeennene 235 EAE E TOT TPETITS 291 M2317 telephone sess 291 Semi Automatic Camp On sssssesssss 82 Series Call tete bera dad ad ra DE ra priae uo dadas 83 Shift key purpose location seessssss
68. For further information on configuring the Automatic Logout for Virtual Office in LD 15 see LD 15 on Table 31 LD 15 Configure the automatic logout time for Virtual Office terminals on page 144 The system administrator can also define a time at which all Virtual Terminals are automatically logged out The automatic log out time is configured in LD 15 at the Virtual Office Automatic Logout Time VO ALOHR prompt If the telephone is busy at the automatic logout time for example if the Virtual Office worker is using Corporate Directory or Set to Set Messaging the telephone is not logged out until it is in the idle state Note If the user logs in to a Virtual telephone after automatic logout occurs the telephone does not automatically log out a second time Speed Call for Virtual Office Phase III Meridian Series Digital Telephones support Speed Call SCU SCOC and System Speed Call SSU only on Virtual Terminal numbers Operating parameters The Virtual Terminal Prime DN cannot be a Primary DN on another terminal The Virtual Terminal Prime DN user A can be the secondary DN of another Virtual Terminal user B If Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 143 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones single site Virtual Office both user A and user B are logged in a call to user A s Primary DN can be answered by user B s Secondary DN If Virtual Office user A logs out user B logs in and another user calls the Pr
69. Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 25 15 25 15 Reissue No Phase I Phase II 1 Determine Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV to install see Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 Select PSWV 1 Global or 4 N A 2596 savings second PC card needed Note Select PSWV 5 Release 1 firmware for X11 Release 24 second PC card needed only if the customer is just running the Release 24 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones features 2 Download software from the web with appropriate PSWV language file 3 Follow the PSDL Installation Procedure see PSDL installation on page 210 to Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 187 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Avaya 3900 Present Upgrade to Keycode Series Digital software software required Deskphones Upgrade steps install software with the selected Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV file 4 Install manufactured patches 5 Download firmware to telephones following the Flash Download procedure Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 15 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 15 to Release 25 15 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase Il telephones above The Release 25 15 Re issue contains Ava
70. LD 12 Refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN4300 1 611 for configuration information In the North America Asia Pacific and CALA market regions the PCCIU and the Attendant PC software are available as a bundled package In the EMEA market region the PCCIU is available on its own or with a separate PC software application called SMILE 26 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Engineering codes For more information on Attendant PC and the PCCIU refer to the following documents Avaya Attendant PC Console Fundamentals NN43001 520 PC Console Interface Unit Installation Guide PC Console Interface Unit Quick Reference Guide Engineering codes Refer to Table 2 Engineering codes for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console and related equipment on page 27 for engineering codes for available Avaya 2250 Attendant Console models and related equipment For ordering information refer to Avaya Equipment Identification Reference NN43001 254 For EMEA codes please contact your local Avaya representative Table 2 Engineering codes for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console and related equipment Engineering Model Color Order code Availability code NT3G40BB 3 BLF CGM Chameleon A0652760 CALA Spain US 5 NT3G41BB 3 BLF CGM Chameleon A0652758 APAC Canada 5 Grey NT3G41BB 9 BLF CGM Dark Grey A0652759 APAC 8 NT3G42BA 3 BLF CGM N A A0642991 Africa Australia Au
71. Note The Avaya 3901 3902 and 3903 Digital Deskphones are polarity sensitive The Tip and Ring connections from the telephones to the Digital Line Cards DLC must be connected directly If the Tip and Ring signals are crossed on an Avaya 3901 3902 or 3903 Digital Deskphones the telephone will not function 2 Connect the telephone to the connecting block 3 Place the telephone upright on the desk in the normal operating position 4 Supply the user with a quick reference guide A Caution Before handling internal telephone components you must discharge static electricity from your hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor 152 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Changing telephone positions Changing telephone positions The Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones have several different height selections for the desktop positions Use Changing the telephone position on page 153 to change the telephone position Changing the telephone position 1 Press the tilt handle located at the top back side of the telephone 2 With the tilt handle pressed in raise or lower the telephone to the desired angle or height 3 Release the tilt handle to lock the telephone in the desired position Note The Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones can be wall mounted using the optional wall mount bracket The Avaya 3901 and 3902 Digital Deskphones have
72. OPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRS TUVWXYZAB 5 Softkey 2 Both display lines are filled with characters as follows abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmn opqrstuvwxyzabcdefghijklmnopgrstuvwxyzab 6 Softkey 3 All LCD pixels are turned on 7 Softkey 4 Display is blank 8 Softkey 5 Both display lines are filled with characters as follows Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 291 Meridian Modular Telephones installation Step Key operated Required response 88888888888888888888888888888888888888 88 88888888888888888888888888888888888888 88 When the M2317 digital telephone or the data option fails to function properly follow the steps listed in Table 86 M2317 trouble locating procedures on page 292 in sequence to isolate the problem area Table 86 M2317 trouble locating procedures Step Action Loop power failure 1 Plug in the telephone 2 The LCDs flash once to indicate the power is OK Data communication failure 1 If voice communication is normal but data communication fails check for DC output voltage at the power supply connector pins or replace the power supply plug in transformer Attempt to make a data call from the terminal keyboard Refer to Table 99 M2317 data features on page 360 If not successful proceed with Step 2 2 Make a call to the DN voice or data to verify that the port is enabled 3 Use an EIA or RS 232 breakout box in conjunc
73. PSDL Installation menu under the Install Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones telephone Language menu select item 2 List 3900 telephone languages The system then displays the PSDL file that is currently installed on the machine as well as other PSWV files available to install An alternative procedure for Large Systems is to download an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones telephone on the system and query the language version for that telephone through the telephone s display diagnostics See Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones firmware versions on page 207 for information on obtaining the firmware version through display diagnostics Once the firmware version has been obtained it can be cross referenced to the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV language version in Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones firmware versions Use the FWVU command in LD 32 to obtain the firmware version of an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones The firmware version or language version can be found through the display diagnostics on the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones You can obtain the display diagnostics through the following procedure Displaying the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Diagnostics Press the Options key on the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Scroll to the Display Diagnostics entry using the up or down navigation keys Press the Select soft key A O m
74. PSDL is a file that holds PSWV for hardware for example terminals or trunk cards that supports a firmware upgrade Flash Download requires the use of two software overlays Use LD 97 to configure the parameters for the Flash Download capability Use LD 32 to run the feature Before the Flash Download feature is used configure the feature in LD 97 Summary of steps See Table 57 Flash Download procedure matrix for Small Systems on page 179 and Table 58 Flash Download procedure matrix for Large Systems on page 192 for the overall steps needed to perform a flash download Table 58 Flash Download procedure matrix for Large Systems on page 192 is for Large Systems These tables list the versions of system software that an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones customer could be running and the high level steps needed to upgrade to the latest Reissue software The tables reference PSDL installation on page 210 for the steps to install the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones language set PSWV The tables also reference the Detailed Flash Download procedure on page 212 for the step by step procedure for flash downloading firmware to the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 178 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com If you have difficulties in determining versions of X11 software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV language files or firmware refer toDetermining software Avaya 3900 Summ
75. Release 25 15 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 15 to Release 25 40 25 40B procedure for Phase and Phase Il telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Ill firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 03 00 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 189 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download 190 Present software Upgrade to software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Keycode required Upgrade steps Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 15 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 15 to Release 03 00 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase II telephones above The Release 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 15 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 15 to Release 04 00 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase Il telephones above The Release 04 00 contains Avay
76. Right Quit and Copy application Left Right keys Display no 2x24 1 8x 24 1 Info 5x 24 1 Info 4x24 1 Info Text Lines 1 Line 1 Text Line 3 Text Line 2 Text Label Line Lines 1 Label Lines 1 Label Lines 1 Label Line Line Line Accessory no 1 2 2 2 Ports Accessorie no ATA ATA CTIA ATA CTIA ATA CTIA S Computer MEARI Display DBA MEARI Telephony Based KBA Interface Accessory Personal Adapter DBA Directory PC CTIA MEARI Full Utility Meridian Duplex External Handsfree Alerter amp FDHF Key Recording Based Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 105 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Avaya 3901 Avaya 3902 Avaya 3903 Avaya 3904 Avaya 3905 Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone Interface Accessory MEARI KBA Personal Directory PC Utility Headset through MPA jack Direct Connect Note All telephones are desk or wall mountable have message waiting LED with visual ringing and have volume control Note The KBA and DBA modules cannot be wall mounted Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone The features of the Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone include one line Directory Number DN capability five programmable features fixed feature keys Line Feature Hold Goodbye and Volume control feature activation and Message waiting incoming call status indicator LED supp
77. Save Number X Redial Saved Number X Manual modem pooling using keyboard dialing requires only call transfer to be defined The Data DN must always be assigned to feature key 10 Physical description The M2317 Telephone is fully modular The telephone line cord and the handset cord are both equipped with TELADAPT connectors at each end which permits quick replacement when required Housing Keys 352 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals The housing of the M2317 digital telephone consists of a molded plastic base and faceplate The display module and the main circuit board are fastened to the underside of the faceplate The Asynchronous Data Option ADO circuit board if equipped is mounted inside the base The M2317 Telephone is equipped with 32 keys that are arranged as follows Comments infodev avaya com Fixed keys Fixed keys These are 16 keys to which a fixed function is assigned They consist of 12 dial pad keys 1 Release key 1 Hold key 1 Volume control key with 2 toggle positions 1 Handsfree Mute key with associated LCD indicator Feature keys There are 11 programmable line feature keys on the telephone faceplate Each has an associated LCD indicator Lines and features are assigned to these keys by service changes in the system software A maximum of ten voice Directory Numbers and specific features such as Auto Answerback Call Waiting Dial Intercom and Display can be assign
78. Speed Call System Speed Call Speed Call Controller System Speed Call Controller manual configuration needs speed call list Key 24 Privacy Release default Key 25 Charge Account default Key 26 Calling Party number default Key 27 Callers List default Key 28 Redial List default Keys 29 31 NUL Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 135 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Key 1 3 E a_i ES 13 Pag OOO CICICIC C Key 16 553 AAA0667 Figure 33 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key positions Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Key 0 2 pooo Key 17 20 23 Key 18 21 24 E rE Key 19 22 25 Table 29 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key description on page 136 gives a description of the keys on the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Figure 34 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key positions on page 138 shows the physical placement of the keys on the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Table 29 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key description Key Description Key 0 Primary Directory Number Key 1 11 Secondary Directory Number or Feature or Auto Dial Note Keys 1 11 cannot be configured as the following features Message Waiting Transfer 3 Party Conference 6 Party Conference Call Forward Ring Again 136 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avay
79. Telephones all three are supported The versions can be clearly distinguished by the first four letters in the upper left hand corner of the model identification label on the bottom of the telephone The three versions are as follows e the NTZK models the NT2K models with date code prior to April 24 1998 the third version includes both the NT9K models and the NT2K models with date code of April 24 1998 and later In addition the two jacks face in the same direction on NT2K and NT9K telephones and in opposite directions on NTZK telephones When appropriate differences between the models are noted in this document Meridian Modular Telephones Use the procedures in this section for adding hardware options to the M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2016S M2616 and M2216ACD telephones only A Caution Damage to Equipment Use only the line cord provided with the Meridian Modular Telephone when installing and removing options The acceptable line cord is A0346862 Figure 64 Exploded view of the M2616 M2016S M2216ACD telephone on page 299 on Figure 64 Exploded view of the M2616 M2016S M2216ACD telephone on page 299 shows an exploded view for reference when dismantling the telephone to get to its internal components 298 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Meridian Modular Telephones Some telephone types are slightly smaller than the M2616 and do not have the center scr
80. The two layer keys on the Avaya 3903 and Avaya 3904 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 119 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description provide the user access to two lines features per key For example the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone has six programmable line feature keys soft labeled which provide the user with 12 line feature keys accessible on the six keys Soft Keys soft labeled The soft keys soft labeled are the three Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone or four Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones keys located below the display on the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones The labels and corresponding functionality of these keys change depending on the features available or the application in use Programmable Features For feature key assignment information refer to Table 26 Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone key description on page 131 Table 27 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key description on page 132 Table 28 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key description on page 134 Table 29 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key description on page 136 Table 30 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key description on page 138 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories and add ons Table 24 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories compatibility on page 121 lists the accessories and optional hardware available for each Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 120 Telephones and
81. Tone Buzz Tone yes yes yes On Hook Dialing and Group Listening Handsfree yes yes no Directory Caller s List with dedicated keys for yes no no Directory Callers Edit Delete 4 cursor and Dial Terminal options MCA data option to provide integrated voice and yes yes yes data External Alerter for high ambient noise environments Wall mount ability Add on Key Expansion Modules 2 maximum yes no no Brand line insert to provide for special company yes yes yes logos Note The location of the buttons used to activate and interact with these features is shown in Figure 96 The location and function of buttons on the Meridian digital telephone on page 375 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 373 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Fixed keys same for all three models Hold By pressing the hold key you can put an active call on hold Return to the caller by pressing the extension key beside the flashing LCD indicator Release Rls You can terminate an active call by pressing the Rls key or by hanging up the handset The release key is especially useful for disconnecting handsfree and headset calls Volume control The volume key controls the volume of the handset the speaker and the ringer Raise the volume by pressing the right side of the bar Lower it by pressing the left side Mute When engaged in a call you can press the mute key The party ies to whom you are speaking canno
82. Upon completion of the flash download all 3 4 pages have been received the telephone verifies the flash memory contents before displaying the IDLE screen The IDLE screen consists of the Date Jan 1 12 00am and the brandline Avaya or customer programmed logo Up to 25 seconds later the system downloads all the parameters to the telephone and the IDLE screen is updated according to the switch settings for example soft keys are shown date is updated and soft label keys are shown 7 As the download occurs various messages can appear on the system terminal A complete list of these messages is in Avaya Software Inout Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 For each telephone that downloads successfully the following will print SDLOOO hwa vm 214 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Detailed Flash Download procedure where hw telephone type a Terminal Number TN v version m Mode For each telephone that fails to download the following will print SDL2110ehwa vm where e reason code hw telephone type a TN v version m Mode For example SDL2110 REASON 21 3903 400 4 6 VERSION 84 BKGD MODE e reason code cause of the error can be 1 Time out error 2 PSW checksum error 3 Record checksum error 4 Record format error 5 Firmware state error e 6 Invalid page number received 7 Unrequired page delivered durin
83. V 6 24T 24R 49 24 V BR BR V 7 25T 25R 50 25 V S S V Spare Table 70 500 2500 line card pair terminations for IPE module connectors C G M T I O panel connectors Unit Pair Pins Pair color C G M T 16 card 1TAR 26 1 W BL BL W slot 2 slot6 slot 10 slot 14 8 2T 2R 27 2 W O O W 9 3T 3R 28 3 W G G W 10 4T AR 29 4 W BR BR W 11 5T 5R 30 5 W S S W 12 6T 6R 31 6 R BL BL R 13 7T 7R 32 7 R O O R 14 8T 8R 33 8 R G G R 15 9T 9R 34 9 R BR BR R slot2 slot6 slot 11 slot 15 0 10TA10R 35 10 R S S R 1 11 T 14R 36 11 BK BL BL BK 2 12T 12R 37 12 BK O O BK 3 252 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Cross connect the telephones I O panel connectors Unit Pair Pins Pair color C G M T 16 card 13T 13R 38 43 BK G G BK 4 14T 14R 39 14 BK BR BR BK 5 15T 15R 40 15 BK S S BK 6 16T 16R 41 16 Y BL BL Y 7 17T 17R 42 17 Y O O Y 8 18T 18R 43 18 Y G G Y 9 19T 19R 4419 Y BR BR Y 10 20T 20R 45 20 Y S S Y 11 21T 21R 46 21 V BL BL V 12 221 22R 47 22 V O O V 13 23T 23R 48 23 V G G V 14 24T 24R 49 24 V BR BR V 15 25T1 25R 50 25 V S S V Spare Table 71 Z type cross connecting wire Size Gauge Color Designation 1 pr 22 Y BL Tip BL Y Ring 3 pr 24 W BL Voice T BL W Voice R W O Signal T O W Signal R W G Power G W Power Table 72 Inside wiring colors Inside w
84. V DC 200 mA pin 4 for supply pin 1 for return Multi output external power supply A0336891 Japan Standard T Mark 47 63 Hz 85 115 V AC 5 V DC 1 0 A pin 3 for supply pin 2 for return 12 V DC 200 mA pin 6 for supply pin 1 for return 12 V DC 200 mA pin 4 for supply pin 1 for return Multi output external power supply A0336166 conforming to NPS50561 general requirements and UL1012 57 63 Hz 200 240 V AC 5 V DC 1 0 A pin 3 for supply pin 2 for return 12 V DC 200 mA pin 6 for supply pin 1 for return 12 V DC 200 mA pin 4 for supply pin 1 for return Figure 82 Block diagram of ADO and M2317 telephone on page 339 shows a block diagram of the ADO and an M2317 telephone Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Data Communications Option M2000 Telephone f 23 DSIC CODEC External Power Supply Commercial A C Power Supply Available for 110V ac 60 Hz 100V ac 50 60 Hz or 220 V ac 50 Hz Figure 82 Block diagram of ADO and M2317 telephone M2317 Data Option CS 1000 Meridian 1 553 AAA2031 See the Asynchronous Data User Guide and the M2317 Quick Reference Card for more information on ADO operation M2317 Data Option If an existing digital telephone was not originally equipped with the Data Option or if the existing Data Option has become defective that optio
85. a Adan Eoo ta Dust aaro lutis dO USU Ee red 66 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature key modes sessssssssssssssseseeeee ennt nnns 66 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console dag elogia sedan dac radad ledio d daa Faber o dac Rad b ad 68 FOS cist T M aa dn TA Avaya 2250 Attendant Console failure ondes E TEIE PAE AAA EE LE eee ee tra AAA E TETE i 72 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature OPEN ANON sciciscccsasescccinmne sacs denned casiananesocis a aaa 74 TU Ae PADNE N I E eager E E iim epee Fo Trunk Group Busy indicators PAN ET T TET TET TT as TA incoming eI NTO RN ELSE EE 75 Night service busy PE m tQ beet bidon ERI PE 75 Enhanced PIGET PR soci rris albi Fori i nct odpon e Caper a pase acta aa xa b bn rra up 75 Attendant Blocking of DN UE EET rence eiii seed m eerie m a 76 Attendant and Network Wide Remote Call Forward update E E sid E E eet wis PB Pane Fe Attendant ae NS MNT T I S nahin dad 76 m PCC GUNG ee d 76 IE CVECOSIIM DX ETE EE NT 77 Operating KEY D uua N ette EE A EE E Seco ate accent TRE 77 RU EUR ui oda Dacus ostuiedci s ts OMusn d ua tie todustet of usd oca tele das itus od eiupus 78 Call Waiting indicator E AE tes E saei mp 79 BSEC OEC e ertupo Dan apa e Pr eibi erae opc apre enn Prae dad a b D pra i a ARN Rt TO Emergency Transfev
86. analog 500 2500 type telephone on page 246 to install an analog 500 2500 type telephone Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 245 Analog 500 2500 type telephones Note Do not remove the circuit card if any remaining units on the card are assigned Installing an analog 500 2500 type telephone 1 Ensure that the wiring is installed at the telephone s location Unpack and inspect the telephone for damage Assemble the handset and line cords if necessary Install the required designations on the telephone Connect the telephone to the TELADAPT connector Cross connect the telephone wiring at the cross connect terminal Configure the telephone in the system Refer to the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Follow the steps in Removing an analog 500 2500 type telephone on page 246 to remove an analog 500 2500 type telephone N o 0c RC Removing an analog 500 2500 type telephone 1 Remove telephone data from the system Refer to the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 2 Disconnect the telephone from the TELADAPT connector 3 Pack the telephone in a container 4 If necessary remove the cross connections for the telephone at the cross connect terminal 5 Remove the line circuit card if required Refer to Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 Designate 500 type telephones Follow the steps in Designating 500 type telephones on page 246
87. and remove all cords including the handset and headset if fitted from the telephone Use a 1 Phillips screwdriver and remove the four screws holding the base of the telephone 2 Install the Power Board a Remove the cable from the power board including the right angle header Disconnect the display cable from P4 on the main PCB Note the orientation of this connector Place the power board to the left of the main PCB with the widest section of the power board nearest the display Make sure that the display cable comes over the power board Clip the power board in place by inserting the right hand side of the board under the clip then push down on the left hand side adjacent to the clips provided Use a 1 Phillips screwdriver and the screw supplied to fasten the power board to the front cover of the telephone Remove and discard the two links on J8 on the telephone s main PCB Connect the power board cable B0247405 to J8 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 383 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones h Note the key to prevent misconnection i Connect the cable to the header at H1 on the power board as shown in the figure below j Reconnect the display cable to P4 Note Do NOT twist the cable 3 Reassemble the Telephone a Replace the base cover and make sure that the cables lie flat Insert the four screws to secure the base Assemble the MCA to the footstand us
88. application TAPI compliant applications usually support activities such as placing answering holding transferring and conferencing calls This can include the information presented to the set display Personal Directory PC Utility Software In addition to the TAPI software which is included with the CTIA you may wish to purchase the Personal Directory PC Utility Software The Personal Directory PC Utility software uses your CTIA Cartridge to connect your PC and Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone so that you may exchange data between your PC and your telephone s directory The Personal Directory PC Utility software provides a faster easier way to create or modify a Personal Directory on the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones You can enter names and numbers into a Personal Directory file on your Personal Computer PC You can download program the PC file directly to the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones You can upload read a directory from the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones to your PC to modify the directory An RS 232C cable is required to connect the PC to the Personal Directory PC Utility Interface Cartridge The cartridge connects to the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones through the Accessory Connection Module ACM The Personal Directory PC Utility Interface Cartridge is a small cartridge accessory and can be inserted into either the small or large footstand opening The Personal Directory PC Utility Interface Cartri
89. check the telephone Telephone voice or dialing failure 1 Check the line cord and handset cord to determine if all TELADAPT connectors are firmly in place and reconnect the loose ones Ensure that the polarity of the Tip and Ring leads is correct Lift the handset and listen for the dial tone and or dial a directory number If unsuccessful proceed with Step 2 2 Wiggle the line cord and or handset cord while listening for sounds from the handset If crackling or ticking sounds are heard replace the cords Try to establish a call If unsuccessful proceed with Step 3 3 Replace the telephone Try to establish a call If unsuccessful proceed with Step 4 4 Check the wiring between the line card distribution panel and telephone for breaks or loose connections If necessary rerun the wiring Operate the telephone Note If no error codes are shown at the maintenance terminal the Network and Signaling Diagnostic LD 30 can be loaded and run manually from the system TTY Refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Designate telephones Before designating telephones check the work order for the features enabled and key designations Designate each key by placing its feature name from the designation sheet in the key cap that fits on the key Follow the steps in Designating Meridian Modular Telephones on page 294 to designate Meridian Modular Telephones
90. data SESSION STARTS is followed by device If they do not match those of the MCA the call RELEASE will be dropped Change the parameters of your MCA to match Garbled prompts are sent to your Enter a period followed by CR to perform an terminal when you type CR autoparity You are connected to a host First release the call Turn on Remote Loopback and computer but get no response make the call again Type some characters at the when you try to log on terminal If the characters echo back and appear on the terminal the problem is with the far end data device If the characters do not appear on the terminal the problem is with the MCA Contact the telephone system administrator You try to make a data call from the First hold down the break key s for two seconds initial prompt or Main menu in enter CR and try again to make the data call If the keyboard dialing You see the problem persists the MCA is probably disabled prompt CALLING Contact the telephone system administrator MCA does not operate at all 1 Checkthe LED in the back of the telephone to see if it is flashing If the LED is steadily lit the MCA needs to be configured in the system or it may be 346 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Troubleshooting Symptom Solution bad If the LED is not lit the MCA requires external power 2 Make sure the cable from t
91. down slowly until J1 slides onto the P2 pins and is firmly seated Note If the center screw is included do not perform step 10 2 Insert the self tapping Phillips head screw supplied with the display into the mounting hole near the top Tighten firmly with a 1 Phillips screwdriver Installing the display 1 Place the display face down near the top of the telephone and align the two mounting holes of the display with the mounting holes in the telephone 2 Insert two self tapping Phillips head screws from the faceplate into the mounting holes tighten them firmly with a 1 Phillips screwdriver 3 Install the power supply board see Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 316 This step is not necessary on M2616 unless there are other hardware options 4 Fold the ribbon cable near the connector to align it with the J2 pins on the display board ensuring that the notch on the ribbon cable is facing toward the display board Carefully work the ribbon cable connector onto the J2 pins until firmly seated Route the cable flat beside the power supply board gathering excess cable under the display Be careful not to press the cable beneath the alignment posts or studs of the base See Figure 75 Display cable routing on page 324 on Figure 75 Display cable routing on page 324 Note Do not allow R5 on the power supply board to become bent during this procedure 5 Repl
92. for as many destinations as requested by the caller A Series Call is canceled if one of the following occurs the attendant presses the SECL key while the associated lamp is lit the attendant extends the source to a trunk while the SECL lamp is lit the attendant enters Night Service after extending the call and prior to receiving the recall the destination is call forwarded to a trunk the source disconnects Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 83 Attendant consoles Powering and reset After a power failure or a temporary corruption of data the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console is reset automatically If a permanent fault condition is detected the console enters the maintenance mode Position Busy and a failure message is displayed on the LCD screen Note The failure code format is XXH where XX is a two digit hex code indicating where the fault has been detected Refer to Table 13 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console failure codes on page 72 for explanations of the failure codes Note When the BLF CGM is attached to the console an additional 16 V DC power supply A0367601 is required for optional backlighting 84 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 5 M2016S Secure Set Contents This section contains information on the following topics Introduction on page 86 Software requirements on page 87 Physical description on page 87 LCD indicato
93. for each terminal and grounds should not be connected Note The QUT1 closet power supply source is not compatible with Meridian Modular Telephones 280 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Meridian Programmable Data Adapter The AC source should be rated at 29 V AC 700 mA isolated The DC source should be rated at 42 V DC 300 mA isolated with current limiting output of 1 amp 6 conductor line cord from telephone Connects to an wA isolated output L 4 L 1 L 4 L 1 L 4 7 7 3 7 x 7 ET 7 gt f 7 EY f 5 7 S 7 5 C C 2 C 2 C J C 2 C 2 C D C 2 C J X b c gt c c c c 5 lt gt c B c gt 2 c c Closet Power Supply Shumway SBI 221 25 or equivalent 555 AAA0724 Figure 59 Closet power supply configuration Meridian Programmable Data Adapter When a Meridian Modular Telephone is equipped with the Meridian Programmable Data Adapter MPDA you can make a data call using keyboard dialing from your attached terminal You can carry on voice and data communication simultaneously without causing any mutual interference The MPDA communicates with Data Terminal Equipment DTE having characteristics as shown in Table 81 MPDA data characteristics on page 281 Table 81 MPDA data characteristics Data type ASCII Synchronization Asynchronous Start Stop Number of Bits 8 bits Parity none unchecked Data rate 110 150 300 1200 2400 4800 9600
94. from the Options list on the Avaya 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphones The DBA is supported only on the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones You can attach a maximum of one DBA to an Avaya 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphones The DBA comes with its own attachment arm and plug to secure the accessory module to the set Alternate key caps for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone The Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Call Center Telephone provides an alternate key cap kit to customize your Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone to fit your business needs Use the key cap tool to remove any of the middle four fixed programmable keys located at bottom front of the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone and replace them with alternate keys The alternate key caps include Answer Emergency Answer Agent Activity Code Call Agent Observe Agent and Display Queue 128 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Handset option for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Handset option for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone The Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone is designed to have a headset always present The Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone does not come equipped with a handset The optional Handset Kit NTMN18AA is a hardware package that can be added to the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone and includes a handset handset cord and an add on handset cradle To install the handset cradle uncover the hookswitch by removing the plate at the top front of the telep
95. from the footstand Install the ACM in the Single KBA Footstand Assembly 2 Place the telephone and the KBA face down on a padded level surface and align them 3 Plug the cable from the KBA into the 10 pin connection port on the telephone See Figure 38 KBA Installation on page 160 Figure 38 KBA Installation 4 Thread the cable through the opening in the side of the telephone 5 Insert the clips on the telephone into the hinges on the footstand then press on the front of the footstand until it snaps into place 6 Install the Single KBA Footstand Assembly See Figure 39 KBA Footstand Assembly on page 161 160 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing the Single KBA footstand Single KBA Toke x Footstand Assembly we Expansion KBA Footstand Assembly Install and tighten these screws Tighten these screws Expansion KBA Plate Figure 39 KBA Footstand Assembly 7 To add a second KBA a Place the telephone and the two modules face down on a non abrasive surface b Plug the cable from the second module into the 10 pin connection port on the first module c Thread the cable through the routing clips on both modules d Install the Expansion KBA footstand Installing the Single KBA footstand Use Installing the Single KBA footstand on page 161 to install the Single KBA footstand Installing the Single KBA footstand 1 Insert the cl
96. help from a distributor or reseller If you purchased a service contract for your Avaya product from a distributor or authorized reseller contact the technical support staff for that distributor or reseller for assistance Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 17 Customer service Getting technical support from the Avaya Web site The easiest and most effective way to get technical support for Avaya products is from the Avaya Technical Support Web site at www avaya com support 18 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 3 Introduction This document is a global document Contact your system supplier or your Avaya representative to verify that the hardware and software described are supported in your area Subject This document provides technical information about Meridian analog digital and modular telephones and attendant consoles This information includes descriptions features and specifications installation and configuration procedures operation administration software wiring and power requirements environmental and safety considerations installing and using add on modules data options and software A section is also provided on engineering and configuring digital telephone lines This document does not provide information about IP Phones For information on IP Phones refer to Avaya IP Phones Fundamentals NN43001 368 Note on legacy products and releases
97. impact to call processing since call processing has a higher priority Therefore downloads take longer during peak traffic times because the system processor is busy doing call processing and cannot devote as much time to the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones downloads When a system is first brought into service with Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones there is a significant amount of messaging that occurs to activate the telephones through the Lamp Audit background routine The time required to bring all telephones into service on a system is dependent on the system configuration and could take several hours Performing a Flash Download directly after the system is brought into service adds to the message load on the system Therefore it is recommended that Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones download activities not occur in conjunction with systems being brought into service Instead downloads should occur 24 hours after a system is brought into service If a user attempts to use a telephone during a flash download all telephone activity is ignored When performing a flash download to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones port that does not have a telephone installed or downloading to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones port that has the wrong Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones type installed an SDL2110 error message is printed out at the system During the middle of flash download operation if the telephone is disconnected
98. infodev avaya com Installation and removal M2317 telephone self test The M2317 telephone has a self testing capability This test can be performed whether or not the telephone is connected to the system The test checks the proper functioning of the keys and LCD indicators on the telephone Follow the steps listed in Performing the M2317 telephone self test on page 291 and Table 85 M2317 telephone key LCD indicator self tests on page 291 to perform the M2317 self test Performing the M2317 telephone self test 1 Connect the telephone to the AC power supply The LCD screen displays Initialization vX X note that there is only a 3 to 5 second window to begin Step 2 2 Press Softkey 5 twice then press Softkey 4 twice 3 Follow the steps in Table 85 M2317 telephone key LCD indicator self tests on 4 page 291 to perform the necessary self test steps and check results Unplug the power supply to end the test Table 85 M2317 telephone key LCD indicator self tests Step Key operated Required response 1 Any programmable key Toggles the corresponding indicator on off 2 Any dial pad key Displays the corresponding character in the top line of the display screen 3 Volume control Displays characters gt for volume up and for volume down in the top line of the display screen 4 Softkey 1 Both display lines are filled with characters as follows ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDE FGHIJKLMN
99. keys For an explanation of the functions assigned to the other attendant console keys refer to Operation on page 64 Table 4 Softkey definitions and functions Key number see Figure 10 Symbol Function Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 1 Centralized Attendant C H Service CAS File Prime function normal Position Busy feature Level 1 function Shift Night Service feature 3 Prime function normal Selects display screen line 2 for scrolling Level 1 function Shift Selects the Options menu on the display screen Alternating between the idle and active call display From the idle display press this key to show the active call display Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 45 Attendant consoles Key number see Figure 10 Symbol Function Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 4 Prime function normal Scrolls the currently selected line to the left Level 1 function Shift Decreases the alert speaker volume 5 Prime function normal Scrolls the currently selected line to the right Level 1 function Shift Increases the alert speaker volume 6 Prime function normal Selects line 3 on display screen for scrolling Level 1 function Shift Selects the Diagnostics menu on the display screen The Diagnostics menu is password protected To displa
100. line 132 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Key Description Note The system administrator can configure Key 0 as a Voice Call VCC HotLine HOT Key Single Call Non ringing SCN Multiple Call Ringing MCR Multiple Call Non ringing MCN Private Line Ringing PLR or Private Line Non ringing PLN Key 1 Feature or Auto Dial Key 2 Feature or Auto Dial Key 3 Feature or Auto Dial Key 4 Call Transfer default or 3 Party Conference or 6 Party Conference Key 5 Message Waiting Note The Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone is a single line set Only one line can be configured and this must be on Key 0 Do not configure Keys 1 5 as Multiple Call Non ringing Multiple Call Ringing Private Line Non ringing Private Line Ringing Single Call Non ringing Single Call Ringing Configuring Keys 1 5 as anything other than the allowed features will cause an error message Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 133 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Key 2 Key 1 553 AAA0666 Figure 32 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key positions Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Table 28 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key description on page 134 gives a description of the keys on the Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone Figure 33 A
101. must be met by this transformer Input voltage 120 V AC 60 Hz No load output voltage 29 V AC maximum Voltage at rated current 26 7 V AC minimum Rated load current 700 mA 240 V transformer The following minimum specifications have to be met by this transformer Input voltage 240 V AC 50 Hz Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 391 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones No load output voltage 29 V AC maximum Voltage at rated current 26 7 V AC minimum Rated load current 700 mA Note You cannot wall mount the telephone over the wall jack when using a transformer because of the size of the RJ 11 adapter Hang it above or to the side of the jack and run the line and power cords to it Note The above mentioned transformers can also be used with outlets identified as 110V or 220V Closet Power Supply Closet power can be obtained from an AC transformer for loops of 100 ft 30 m or less or a DC transformer for loop lengths of 650 ft 198 m or less An equivalent power source can be used but must be UL listed to provide isolation of outputs to the terminal See Figure 102 Closet Power Supply configuration on page 393 A Warning When using closet power do not plug the TELADAPT connector into any equipment other than the Meridian digital telephone as damage to equipment may result Note All terminals must be isolated from the input winding and each terminal must be isolated from all other terminal windings A s
102. needed only if the customer is just running the Release 24 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones features 2 Download software from the web with appropriate PSWV language file 3 Follow the procedure PSDL installation on page 210 to install software with the selected Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV file 4 Install manufactured patches 5 Download firmware to telephones following the Flash Download procedure Phase Ill Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones configured on a 25 15 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 15 to 25 15 Re issue procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 25 15 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash 202 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Summary of steps Present Upgradeto Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps software software required Series Digital Deskphones Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 30 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software II order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Des
103. off when the Virtual Office worker log out Clearing the Callers List and Redial List With Phase Ill Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones the Meridian 1 or the CS 1000 system clears the Callers List and Redial List when a Virtual Office worker logs in or logs out of an Avaya 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphone The system administrator configures this functionality by defining Class of Service as Erase List Allowed ELA in LD 11 for the Avaya 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphone For further information on configuring ELA in LD 11 see LD 11 on Table 142 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Automatic Logout for Virtual Office 32 LD 11 Allow or deny the erasing of the Callers and Redial lists for Virtual Terminals on page 144 When the ELA Class of Service is defined the Callers List and Redial List are automatically cleared when the Virtual Office worker logs in or logs out Automatic Logout for Virtual Office Phase III Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones introduces Automatic Logout for Virtual Office workers If a Virtual Office worker who is already logged in to telephone A tries to log on to telephone B the system automatically logs out the Virtual Office worker from telephone A and logs the Virtual Office worker in to Telephone B provided the correct login password is entered This feature is activated by the system administrator in LD 15 at the Virtual Office Automatic Logout VO ALO prompt
104. or too dark to read If you cannot read the Display disconnect and then reconnect the line cord to return to the default settings Meridian Programmable Data Adapter The Meridian Programmable Data Adapter MPDA mounts within the telephone see Figure 56 Back of telephone showing Meridian Programmable Data Adapter on page 272 and allows asynchronous ASCII terminals personal computers and printers to be connected to the telephone using an RS 232 D subminiature interface The MPDA has multilingual capability It requires additional power Power requirements on page 276 For more information see Meridian Programmable Data Adapter on page 281 Program key The Program key is automatically assigned to Meridian Modular Telephones with Display or MPDA added It allows you to change a variety of display features such as screen format contrast and language It also lets you change data parameters such as transmission speed and parity The upper right hand key key 05 on M2006 key 07 on all others automatically becomes the Program key when Display MCA or MPDA is configured with the telephone The Program key is local to the set and shows blank when you print key assignments in LD 20 See Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation on page 297 for descriptions of MCA MPDA and ATA and their requirements External Alerter Interface The External Alerter Board provides an interface to standard remote ringing devices s
105. order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones configured on a Release 25 15 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 15 to 03 00 procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a Release 25 15 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 15 to 04 00 procedure for Phase I II telephones above 204 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Upgrade steps Deskphones The Release 04 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 25 30 25 40 Yes Phase I Phase 25 40B II Phase III Follow the standard software order process Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a Release 25 30 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 30 t
106. sha daaadces aueees i 124 Coniputer Telephony Integration Adapte sse a atr RR a Deve ide iid prese WM Telephone Application Programming Interface TAPI software doses 125 Personal Directory PC Utility Software i x mm 125 Full Duplex Handsfree id e mp o E uz atlases ase Alerter and Recording Interfel uua p qa pee extr ER i a b Gale Rb adele Alternate anni caps for the Pee 3905 Digital Deskphone EUR EM Handset option for the Avaya 3905 D Deskphone Headset options Headset considerations Avaya 3905 Digital aces key paaien HN nU E E E E ET 138 Chapter 7 Di 3900 Series i bagte Vesspuunges single er Virtual Office 141 Contents eer TES sius d Cisaiadina da dei lend snam M Feature implementation Chapter 8 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration 147 T TT ERE 147 dra Hee ME F 8 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Environmental and salei consideratione serein aoine ieaiaia 149 TeinpersDpe Arnd DUMI eena a MER Safety and Electromagnetic compatibility ree Gns StS IIA TT QT ETE SENS E Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones power consumption is a aie 154 pic NE Changing Te cq gH io m oa a aa A Wall mounting the telephone siena Q I s Installing the Accessory C
107. slot 12 0 2T 2R 27 2 W O O W 1 3T 3R 28 3 W G G W 2 4T AR 29 4 W BR BR W 3 5T 5R 30 5 W S S W 4 6T 6R 31 6 R BL BL R 5 7T 7R 32 7 R O O R 6 8T 8R 33 8 R G G R 7 9T 9R 34 9 R BR BR R 8 10T 10R 35 10 R S S R 9 11 T 14R 36 11 BK BL BL BK 10 12T 12R 37 12 BK O O BK 11 13TA3R 3843 BK G G BK 12 14T 14R 39 14 BK BR BR BK 13 15T 15R 40 15 BK S S BK 14 16T 16R 41 16 Y BL BL Y 15 Table 69 500 2500 line card pair terminations for IPE module connectors B F L S I O panel connectors Unit Pair Pins Pair color B F L S 16 card 1TAR 26 1 W BL BL W slot 1 slot5 slot 9 slot 13 0 2T 2R 27 2 W O O W 1 3T 3R 28 3 W G G W 2 4T AR 29 4 W BR BR W 3 5T 5R 30 5 W S S W 4 6T 6R 31 6 R BL BL R 5 7T 7R 32 7 R O O R 6 8T 8R 33 8 R G G R 7 9T 9R 34 9 R BR BR R 8 10T 10R 35 10 R S S R 9 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 251 Analog 500 2500 type telephones I O panel connectors Unit Pair Pins Pair color B F L S 16 card 11 T 14R 36 11 BK BL BL BK 10 12T 12R 37 12 BK O O BK 11 13T 13R 38 13 BK G G BK 12 14T 14R 39 14 BK BR BR BK 13 15T 15R 40 15 BK S S BK 14 16T 16R 41 16 Y BL BL Y 15 17TA7R 4247 Y O O Y slot2 slot6 slot 10 slot 14 0 18T 18R 43 18 Y G G Y 1 19T 19R 44 19 Y BR BR Y 2 20T 20R 45 20 Y S S Y 3 21T 21R 46 21 V BL BL V 4 22T 22R 47 22 V O O V 5 23T 23R 48 23 V G G
108. supply board on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set 12 Tighten all screws reconnect the line cord and place the telephone in the normal operating position 314 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Power Supply Board NTZK models H1 connector P1 connector P3 qgpnector R ET BE connector Stt B su IS o i o Loo A db HH H1 JA Em em connector connector o J2 Alerter connector hoard Display 553 AAA0638 board Figure 70 M2006 M2008 telephone and option boards H1 connector P1 connector P2 figpnector connector Slot B Slot A E HH H1 Jt EE tH connector connector o J2 Alerter connector Board Display 553 AAA0639 Board Figure 71 M2616 M2216ACD telephone and option boards Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 315 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 316 Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on NTZK sets A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Before handling internal telephone components discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top of a level solid work surface such as a desktop covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to mov
109. terminations A OUO N Run and connect the other end of the cross connecting wire to the assigned TN terminal block Refer to Table 7 Z type cross connecting wire on page 60 for details on Z type cross connecting wire and Table 8 Inside wiring colors on page 60 for a list of inside wiring colors Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 59 Attendant consoles 60 Table 7 Z type cross connecting wire Size Gauge Color Designation 1 pr 24 Y BL Tip BL Y Ring 3 pr 24 W BL Voice T BL W Voice R W O Signal T O W Signal R W G Power G W Power Table 8 Inside wiring colors Z station wire 16 25 pair cable Connect to equipment TN W BL First pair Tip R BL W First pair Ring BK W O Second pair Tip Y O W Second pair Ring Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Cross connecting attendant consoles Cross connect block To 3rd TN To 4th TN Tip To 4th TN Ring Note 1 To 5th TN Tip To 5th TN Ring I DREE WEGE B EXT 22 08 E Part of Power Fail 5 i ER ooo E B or Energy Transfer En ue Major Alarm 20 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console console connector Note 2 VPS RTN 25 pair cable from console to MDF Code Blue Relay 2 Relay 1 Figure 17 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console cross connections 553 AAA0585 The following notes refer to Figure 17 Av
110. the bottom of the footstand Tighten firmly with a 1 Phillips screwdriver Note Place the label supplied with the Key Expansion Module s on the outside of the bottom cover or footstand of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set 8 Perform the self test see Meridian Modular Telephones self test on page 288 and acceptance test procedures See LD 31 in the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 335 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 6096066559 Second Key First Key Set Expansion Module Expansion Module 553 AAA0648 Figure 81 Key Expansion Module connections bottom view Asynchronous Data Option The Meridian Modular Telephones can be equipped with an Asynchronous Data Option ADO to enable a data call to be made using keyboard dialing from an attached terminal or personal computer Voice and data communications can be conducted simultaneously without causing any mutual interference Functional description The ADO is mounted in the telephone and works in conjunction with the Digital Interface Chip to provide asynchronous communication up to 19 2 kbps from an ASCII data terminal or a personal computer to theprivate Integrated Services Network The ADO appears as Data Communications Equipment DCE in the terminal and connects to the Data Terminal
111. the buzz and auxiliary tones Press key 5 to increase the volume of the buzz and auxiliary tones Press key 6 to decrease the volume of the buzz and auxiliary tones 3 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Testing the Display Use this procedure to check the functionality of the alphanumeric display panel Cycle through a number of different display patterns to check for visual defects 1 From Diagnostics menu 2 press 1 2 Press the asterisk to change the display screen pattern Continue changing the pattern until all the patterns have been cycled through 3 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 70 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console diagnostics Displaying the firmware version numbers Use this procedure to display the release and issue numbers of the firmware installed on the UIP and ASIP microprocessor circuit cards 1 From Diagnostics menu 2 press 2 The display shows the firmware release and issue numbers as shown below DIAGNOSTICS FIRMWARE ASIP XX XX UIP XX XX 2 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Displaying and resetting the QMT2 switch status Use this procedure to display the current state of the QMT2 dip switch inside the console and to change the setting for verification testing LD 31 After a change the actual switch setting will return to
112. the set simply remove the screws from the Power Option board and base and lift the board out of the set If the Power Option board has a ribbon cable disconnect the cable from the 2X7pin connector on the main board and remove the cable Inside Phone Base H i 2x7 pin connector ga F e x 7 2x3 pin connector 1 Display board Figure 66 Connector view 10 If the phone is equipped with the External Alerter Option remove it before installing the ATA The External Alerter Option board is located at the right center of the telephone Remove the screws from the External Alerter Option board e Grasp the board firmly on each end and pull upward to remove from the 2X3 pin connector Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 303 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 11 Install the Jumper board on the 2X7 pin connector inside the phone set base There are 2 Jumper boards provided Use the brown Jumper board for the NTZKxxxx phone set and the black Jumper board for the NT2Kxxxx phone set with a date code prior to April 24 1998 If a Power Option board was not installed on the NT2Kxxxx and the NTZKxxxx there will be 2 Jumper plugs on the 2X7 pin connector that must be removed before installing the Jumper board 12 Remove the knockout located on the back panel of the footstand in order to install the ATA It is the smaller knockout located inside the large knockout
113. to 1 on page 334 If replacing the Key Expansion Module s go to 1 on page 334 Removing the Key Expansion Module s 1 Remove the screws from the footstand assembly where it meets the Key Expansion Module and unsnap the footstand assembly from the Key Expansion Module and telephone by pressing inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pulling upward 2 Remove the interface cable from the telephone by pressing down on the locking tab If equipped remove the interface cable from the first Key Expansion Module closest to the telephone Installing the Key Expansion Module s 1 If the telephone is not yet equipped with the power supply board install the Power Board see Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on 334 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Key Expansion Modules NTZK sets on page 316 on Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 316 2 Align the bottom of the Key Expansion Module s to the bottom of the telephone see Figure 81 Key Expansion Module connections bottom view on page 336 on Figure 81 Key Expansion Module connections bottom view on page 336 3 Snap the ribbon cable connector into the bottom interface jack on the Key Expansion Module Note Use the cable supplied with the module This is a special cable required for EMI compliance Snap th
114. to a standard off the shelf remote ringer call status relay audio recorder or visual indicator You can program the MEARI to activate a ringer or light when the telephone rings or when the telephone is in use off hook A call to any DN configured on the telephone triggers the alerter The MEARI alerts to one active call at a time If the telephone is already active on a call a second call will not activate MEARI If used on the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone in conjunction with the Full Duplex Handsfree accessory the MEARI can be used only for external alerting not recording Note The MEARI is an interface only The ringer light buzzer or other alerting device is to be obtained through a third party vendor of the customer s choice Accessory Modules The Display Based and Key Based Accessory Modules are mutually exclusive A set with one or two KBAs configured or installed cannot have a DBA Both the KBA and DBA modules are loop powered and do not require the 110V wall transformer Neither the KBA nor the DBA modules is supported for wall mount applications Key Based Accessory Module The Key Based Accessory Module KBA attaches to the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones The KBA provides 22 additional line feature keys These keys are equipped with clear key caps and paper labels You can attach a maximum of two KBAs to the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones The KBA requires an additional footstand kit to secure t
115. to designate analog 500 type telephones Designating 500 type telephones 1 Remove the finger wheel refer to Removing the finger wheel from analog 500 type telephone on page 247 2 Remove the number card from its envelope 3 Designate the number card with the appropriate directory number and station designator 4 Insert the number card into the finger wheel making sure the number card is properly oriented 246 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Designate 2500 type telephones 5 Place the telephone on a flat surface 6 Place the finger wheel over the clamp on the dial with the 0 hole directly over the digit 9 making sure the finger wheel depressions are properly positioned on the prongs of the clamp plate 7 Rotate the finger wheel counterclockwise until the clamp spring snaps into the notch on the underside of the finger wheel Follow the steps in Removing the finger wheel from analog 500 type telephone on page 247 to remove the finger wheel from 500 type telephones Removing the finger wheel from analog 500 type telephone 1 Place the telephone on a flat surface 2 Rotate the finger wheel clockwise as far as possible 3 Insert a paper clip into the small hole between the digits 9 and 0 located on the edge of the grooved section of the finger wheel 4 Press down on the releaser to disengage the finger wheel clamp spring 5 Rotate the finger
116. to the telephone connecting block 5 Designate the telephone connecting block 50 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing wiring Zone Zone Zone Zone approximately 600 800 feet Satellite Closet I I 553 AAA0579 Figure 12 Zone cabling and conduit assignment 6 Cross connect the pairs at intermediate cross connect points if required and terminate at the cross connect terminal 7 Terminate leads at the cross connect terminal and designate the blocks according to the house cable plan Table 6 Terminal connections Connecting block Designations Inside wiring Colors NE 625F NE 47QA or NE 284 74 500 TELADAPT QBB1B 1 adapter plugs and jacks Z station wire 16 25 pair cable G 1T T1 G G W BL R 1R R1 R R BL W BK X1 AUX BK BK W O Y X2 GND Y Y O W Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 51 Attendant consoles Connecting block Designations Inside wiring Colors NE 625F NE 47QA or NE 284 74 500 TELADAPT QBB1B 1 adapter plugs and jacks Z station wire 16 25 pair cable 5 R T2 BL W SL 6 B R2 W SL W Normal operating ranges The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console has a maximum permissible loop length of 3500 ft 915 m assuming 24 AWG 0 5 mm wire with no bridge taps A 15 5 dB loss at 256 kHz defines the loop length limit Installation This section provides install
117. up issued to support the removal of content for outdated features hardware and system types Standard 05 02 This document is published to support Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 5 Standard 05 01 These document was issued to support Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 5 Standard 04 01 This document is up issued to support Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 0 Standard 03 02 This document is up issued to support Communication Server 1000 Release 6 0 Standard 03 01 This document is up issued to support Communication Server 1000 Release 6 0 Standard 02 01 This document is issued to support Communication Server 1000 CS 1000 Release 5 5 This document is issued to support Communication Server 1000 Release 5 0 This document contains information previously contained in the following legacy document now retired Telephones and Consoles Description Installation March 2013 15 New in this release and Operation 553 3001 367 No new content has been added for Communication Server 1000 Release 5 0 All references to Communication Server 1000 Release 4 5 are applicable to Communication Server 1000 Release 5 0 August 2005 Standard 3 00 This document is up issued for Communication Server 1000 Release 4 5 September 2004 Standard 2 00 This document is up issued for Communication Server 1000 Release 4 0 October 2003 Standard 1 00 This document is a new NTP for Succession 3 0 It was create
118. use with transmission speeds up to 19 2 kbps asynch and 64 kbps synch integrated display and self diagnostics The MCU supports autodialing ring again and speed calling as well as autobauding and automatic parity detection The MCU can be used for the following Video conferencing LAN bridging Bulk data PC file transfer Dial back up Host connectivity The MCU fully complies with RS 232C and can be configured as DCE or DTE to connect to a terminal printer or fax machine Unlike the MCA the MCU provides a dedicated call key and call progress tones The MCU also enables smart modem pooling The MCU supports the DM DM T Link V 25 bis and PSDS interfaces as well as the RS 232C CCITT V 35 CCITT V 24 and RS570 RS3449 with different cables interfaces It complies with V 28 for European approval Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 343 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Wall mounting The M2006 M2008 M2616 and M2016S telephones are equipped with a reversible footstand that allows for wall mounting The wall mount clip should be purchased and inserted in the handset well to hold the handset securely in place on wall mounted telephones Meridian Modular Telephones can be hung on the wall with an installed display or Key Expansion Module Note The footstand cannot be reversed when the Meridian Programmable Data Adapter or Meridian Communications Adapter is equipped so telep
119. which enable administrators to inhibit specific users from receiving collect DID and Central Office calls These can be configured for the following PBX and BCS through the Collect Call Blocking Allowed Denied CCBA CCBD option Attendant and Network Alternate Route Selection calls on a per customer basis through CCBA CCBD option Automatic Call Distribution ACD queues through the CCBA prompt Direct Inward System Access DISA through the CCBA prompt Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature operation Tandem calls dialed with Coordinated Dialing Plan CDP Trunk Steering Code Distant Steering Code through the CCBA prompt Tandem non CDP calls through the CCBA prompt in the Route Data Block from the outgoing trunk route When a call is answered by a CCB user the system sends the CCB answer signal in place of the regular signal for incoming DID CO calls from the routes with CCB enabled If the call is a collect call The CO will disconnect the call Alarm Management The Integrated Alarm Management feature is a series of subfeatures which improve the handling of key alarm messages generated by the system and its Application Processors It also clarifies existing alarm messages and makes attendant console alarm lamp signals more meaningful The system has three levels of alarm critical major and minor The attendant console alarm lamp will l
120. 013 STINE 7 M eats 386 Ernirenmesntal and Sahel Sormsidel a iDITe Luise beca n pecias c ete equ eb da lamina aed FURENT 386 fee csse TN M NUT 387 Eacomagnele mie TB BUDE iocos icona icai cde la Faso br cca dpa bebes Crate nod anb 387 VG tN e ccc D D LOIS ELTE 387 ove BISEIBO C8 cee Gri qu ED Oa DEG UE ERR DU tren a b dO a ree rn E eT re er rao pei 388 FUEL MENGE LRN ale Soe se Loo iddcstidexicitu pedi dtq otn E cito xe didtqubebuin dant pridica corii dta bre E S 388 vidil 389 Ger rere TET EET UEM 390 Ease lE 390 mscr Hee N essin T E LU 392 j 395 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 13 14 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Chapter 1 New in this release This section details what s new in Avaya Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals NN43001 567 for Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 Release 7 6 Features There have been no updates to the feature descriptions in this document Other changes Revision History March 2013 October 2011 November 2010 November 2010 June 2010 March 2010 May 2009 December 2007 May 2007 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Standard 06 01 This document is up issued to support Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 6 Standard 05 03 This document is
121. 02 loadaa36 The most up to date file names are shown Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 223 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Note For Column 5 labeled LD 22 Response for PSWV the two number code is the firmware version release level The larger the number the newer the version The last two digits correspond to the same version number as the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones firmware version For instance Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone S W VERSION NUMBERS 51 is equivalent to Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones F W Version 5 1 The most current versions are shown Note Column 6 labeled Set F W Diagnostic shows the language file in use and the firmware level of the set as seen on an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones display The larger the number the newer the version The latest versions are shown To view the firmware level of an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones press the Options key scroll to the Display Diagnostics entry and press Select Use the Down Navigation key to get to the screen that shows the language file and firmware version Note For Column 7 labeled LD 32 FWVU Response for Telephone F W the three digit number shows the firmware version of the telephone The larger the number the newer the version For example a number of 040 refers to a firmware version of 4 0 The latest versions are shown Commands for system wide Flash Download of Avaya 3900 Series Digita
122. 0E Upgrade Procedures NN43041 458 Configuration parameters in LD 32 To use the Flash Download capability load LD 32 and issue the following commands Single Set Flash Download Flash DownLoad Unit FDLU Initiate flash download for this unit For this command to work the telephone must be in an idle state That is there can be no active call no active application and the telephone must be configured and in working condition responding to a query command Also the firmware version on the telephone must not be current That is it must be different from the one on the system disk FDLUIscu 2 loop address s shelf address c card address u unit address Flash DownLoad ldle FDLI Initiate flash download as soon as the telephone is idle For this command to work the telephone must be in working condition If the telephone is idle the downloading occurs immediately If the telephone is on an active call downloading occurs immediately after the call is terminated However if after the active call is terminated there is 216 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com System wide Flash Download an active application on the telephone downloading is aborted Again the downloading operation occurs only if the version on the telephone is not current FDLIIscu Flash DownLoad Forced FDLF Initiate flash download immediately For this command to work the telephone must be in workin
123. 1 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 Note Select PSWV 5 Phase firmware for X11 Release 24 second PC card is needed only if the customer is just running the Release 24 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones features 3 Download software from the web with the appropriate PSWV language file 4 Follow the PSDL Installation Procedure see PSDL installation on page 210 to install software with the selected Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV file 5 Install the manufactured patch 6 Download firmware to the telephones following the Flash Download procedure Present software Upgrade to software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Keycode required Upgrade steps Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 08 system 184 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 08 to Release 25 10 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase Il telephones above The 25 10 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3902 and 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital
124. 2 features 1 iet exis er tere nde tend een 29 INSTANNIAG arsina a di 53 key designations sescssroresxie ia 57 loop length 1s ns loopback tests ette tue RR Tha ERA EB 56 rear left side bottom views s 42 FEMOVING oeiia eran M 54 static discharge ground connections 52 TOP VIEW 42 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 104 112 120 130 131 149 151 153 163 add ONS 2 5 inier io E PE rea Eau ares E 120 CESCIIPTOM oe ET 104 environmental and safety considerations 149 fealuleS i satunsieriascettens ter dua dea er Even En 112 handset interface ccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeaes 163 headset interface ccccesesssccececeeessseeneeseaaeesees 130 installlfig sssus een tr ERE heroe Pen Rus den nu 152 key descriptions esseer crien 131 line engineering ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeene i Wall MOUNTING siss ieai e RR aana eaaa 153 B B connectors IPE eese 248 background noise ssssssssssssseeee 238 Barge In feature sese 78 82 batteries nc advenis eee Ewa cd qe ege dt 30 372 BLF CQM cccceseeeseececeeeccececcececeeeeeeeeueuseeananaeaes 30 for headsets ii a ice Mariela cene i iudi sud e cad banda ore BK Key Strip eeinetan iian sanre Pea 65 BLF CGM Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module ssseesssss 30 31 45
125. 248 285 286 289 291 293 294 298 312 319 339 344 Asynchronous Data Options 339 connecting sssesssssseseeeen eene 247 cross connecting usssse 98 248 289 294 designating esses 98 246 293 exploded view ssssssssssseeeseel 298 installing cssseeeeeeeeennne 95 286 289 key lamp modules seseeeeee 298 packing and unpacking essssssss 285 power supplies sseeseseeeeeere 312 319 FEMOVING EE 245 SelP t6SIS zie taret telis E riduce D de dia M 291 trouble locating procedures 291 wall mounting sseseseeeeeern 344 lg 247 temperature and humidity ranges for operations 149 361 387 M2317 telephone sssssseeeeeee 361 Meridian digital telephones 149 387 temperature cable sessssssese 239 241 and cable attenuation sseeeeeessss 241 ponecing Tor iius icem oe eaa ined emerat en daa dius 239 terminal connections eeeeceeenn 50 ice 237 capacitance unbalance ssssssse 237 BIeXee nli 237 insulation resistance eseeeeeee 237 tests loop diagnostic essssssssssss 237 TGB Trunk Group Busy indicators
126. 3901 Digital Deskphone key description Key Number Description Key 0 Line Directory Number Note The system administrator can configure Key 0 as a Voice Call VCC HotLine HOT Key Single Call Non ringing SCN Multiple Call Ringing MCR Multiple Call Non ringing MCN Private Line Ringing PLR or Private Line Non ringing PLN Key 1 Feature or Auto Dial Key 2 Feature or Auto Dial Key 3 Feature or Auto Dial Key 4 Feature or Auto Dial Key 5 Feature or Auto Dial Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 131 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Key Number Description Note The system administrator can configure Keys 1 5 with any feature that does not require a display DAG DWG DSP and RMk Note Avaya recommends that the Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone is not configured as an ACD DN 553 AAA0665 Figure 31 Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone key positions Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Table 27 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key description on page 132 gives a description of the keys on the Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone Figure 32 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key positions on page 134 shows the physical placement of the keys on the Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone Table 27 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key description Key Description Key 0 You must configure Key 0 as the Directory Number
127. 50 Attendant Console Follow the steps in Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 54 if it is necessary to remove an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 1 Remove related attendant console data from the system memory Refer to the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 2 Locate and remove cross connections from the attendant console cable at the cross connect terminal See Cross connecting attendant consoles on page 59 on Cross connecting attendant consoles on page 59 3 Remove the circuit card if required Refer to Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 Note Do not remove the circuit card if any of the remaining units on the card are assigned 4 Disconnect the Amphenol connector on the end of the cable leading to the cross connect terminal from the connector on the cable leading to the attendant console 5 Pack the attendant console handset and cords in a suitable container Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover Follow the steps in Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover on page 54 to remove the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover 1 Disconnect any plugs and cords from the attendant console 2 Remove the ten 10 mm fastening screws in the flange of the attendant console as well as one 10 mm and one 40 mm screw on the base of the attendant console See Figur
128. 50 shows the M2317 Telephone Release Ris key Hold key 4 Soft keys RASS S A Handsfreemute key ni with LCD indicators Prime DN Yolume control key Microphone Figure 85 M2317 Telephone 350 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Feature description Feature description Firmware features Firmware is chip dependent and cannot be changed or altered on site As a general rule all firmware is on ROM microchips Firmware is built into the M2317 telephone and the Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems Firmware functions The following functions are performed by firmware in the M2317 Telephone Predial Last Number Redial e Saved Number Redial Saved Number Timer Time and Date Call Processing Software features Downloading All information related to the programmable keys must be downloaded into the M2317 RAM memory through the DLC Soft keys are automatically defined for the telephone based on COS data base or package restrictions Soft keys work only in conjunction with the LCD display screen Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 351 M2317 telephone Table 97 M2317 data features Data features M2317 DTE Keyboard Ring Again X X Speed Call X X System Speed Call X X Display X Call Forward X Call Transfer Note Autodial X X Last Number Redial X
129. 59 68 er i i PUERTAS RE 30 CGM Mode keys ssseseseeeennenne 45 COVEMS airna a a a Pio bada deerat 31 deS DEA ERR 30 FASTENING screws o ee eee cee cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeeeeees 31 hcucmm 31 knockout tabs sinari 31 FEMOVING usce ccin rte tet ee gena inaina h eu i ni 31 support spacers iieri ai 21 testing functionality of sessssse 31 68 396 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals volume slider position sssseesssssss 31 with attendant consoles suus 59 Brandline Inserts cceeccccecesessseceeeceeeesseeeeesenssesees 379 Busy Verify feature ssssssssseseeeeeees 78 82 C C connectors IPE ssseen 248 cable attenuation csse 241 cable lengths maximum essssesssse 235 cable markers iiiter ea eret rra e uda cei 50 cable pairs engineering requirements 227 cabling under carpet 227 235 241 allowable loop length seese 235 attentlatiOfi sic orieiccete neris vvv vu cota earn ae re Pep du n 241 characteristic impedance usssss 227 requirements 0 00 ccececec cece eee ceeeeeeeeaaeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeees 227 CAICUIATING iusto kod seina 236 239 DC loop resistance seseeeseeeee 236 expected pulse loss sseeeseeess 239 Cal
130. 6 54 236 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Performing Loop Diagnostic Tests Performing Loop Diagnostic Tests The following equipment is required for the loop diagnostic tests in Testing foreign voltage on page 237 one volt ohmmeter VOM for each test one 77 cable analyzer or equivalent for each test Testing foreign voltage 1 Set the VOM range switch to a scale 60 V DC V AC or greater 2 Connect the VOM test probes to the loop at the line card or distributing frame 3 Measure the DC and AC voltage between the following points under no load conditions e tip T and ring R T and ground GND Rand GND Requirement Voltage readings should be less than 1 V DC V AC Testing insulation resistance 1 Set the VOM range switch to ohm x 10 000 and adjust the meter to zero 2 Connect the VOM test probes to the loop at the line card or distribution frame 3 Measure the resistance between the following points under no load conditions T and R T and GND R and GND Requirement Resistance readings must be greater than 10 M ohm Testing DC continuity 1 Short circuit the T and R at the far end 2 Using the VOM measure the resistance between the T and R Requirement Resistance measurement should be approximately equal to the calculated loop resistance as described in Calculating DC loop resistance on page 236 Testing capacitance unbalance Using the cable analyz
131. 65 Service Change Parameters laria E E E cst etu dr dea epuds lir E MER Ier pe EN IE E sake Pop Lapi su e otc papd ga cr por ce bra pers ctp fabae anda npud bnc 266 Display Moduli cacier T ET T Sixesitte ET cee T 267 Meridian Programmable Data Adapter EIE E PAE APRE bod valid en Talde e RO Ribera Rs a ea re EE E 268 Program key EE EU EE PEE E LOG External Alerter Interface HN 268 atram pc cp eel A E A E E ULT 269 Brandline Insert M ene 270 itc RTT NE RU MT 270 M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2616 M22164ACD telephones eene peus 271 i i wei gra ecc PC etd pen 272 How to relocate a Meridian Modular Telephone PET PE ENT PEATE TT setters TT PE 273 apee IONE a boda eda rode EAA E Ga 273 Environmental and safety considerations E E tide dt tu bsd Mn Temperatne and DICE cosi retos epit probci d br b gar Faccia sdb rione Pofl e mbriia d wa d 273 Electromagnetic interference erated c ii ivea aeir T uctus ipsia T AT n 274 B o OE T 274 Local Aerm D C o S o LE TENTE 275 PASTING tone CHARON SN OS m 275 SCELTE T D oo ETE 276 Power Supply Board ET REET OOE EE E O xe OEE Esas Pepsi EE E D D DE 278 Closet power SUDDIV aco coa
132. 905 Digital Deskphone must have Set to Set Messaging feature Class of Service enabled Set to Set Message text created Set to Set Messaging feature enabled When Set to Set Messaging is active the caller hears an audible tone and the Set to Set Message appears on their display The caller then hears ringback and the call goes to voice messaging If the called set is busy a call waiting tone is heard by the called party Personal Directory With Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III press the Directory Log fixed feature key to access the Personal Directory on Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphones On Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones press the Directory self labeled programmable feature key You do not have to press the Select key after pressing the Directory Log or DIR LOG key Once you press the Directory Log or DIR LOG key you can immediately begin a search using the dial pad keys provided that Personal Directory was highlighted in the selection list Note Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III allows you to perform a three letter search in the Personal Directory Corporate Directory The Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones provide access from the telephone to a corporate wide directory The Corporate Directory is accessed through the Applications Key The Corporate Directory allows users to search by name view additional information on each entry dial from the Corporate Directory Telephones and Conso
133. 9AA UK 230 V wall transformer NTHCO8AA You must order the wall transformer separately from your Avaya distributor to power the ACM and or the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories Table 25 Accessory compatibilities on page 123 shows the compatibilities of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories 122 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Accessory keying Table 25 Accessory compatibilities ATA CTIA Personal FDHF MEARI KBA DBA Directory PC Utility ATA N A YES YES NO YES YES YES CTIA YES N A YES N A NO YES YES PC Utility YES YES N A YES YES YES YES FDHF NO YES YES N A YES N A N A MEARI YES YES YES YES5 N A YES YES KBA YES YES YES YES YES N A NO DBA YES YES YES YES YES NO N A Note Not all ofthe above accessories are supported on all telephones in the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones portfolio Refer to Table 24 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories compatibility on page 121 Accessory keying A maximum of two cartridge accessories can plug into the slots at the rear of the ACM stand The ports provide access to a SIDL SDI port USART port and GPIOO Two accessories cannot access the same serial port The mechanical keying prevents this situation from occurring Refer to Figure 30 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones mechanical keying on page 124 for a better understanding of m
134. A 2 SDA 2 P X Transmit data A 104A 3 RDA 3 R X Receive data A 308 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com MCA operating parameters V 35 MCA Abbr Adaptor cable Signal Source Description CCITT DB 25 DB 25 V 35 DTE MCA EDO Pin Pin No No 105 4 RTS 4 C X Request to send 106 5 CTS 5 D Clear to send 107 6 DSR 6 E Data set ready 102 7 S 7 B Signal ground 109 8 CD 8 F X Carrier detect 9 10 9 10 CC L No connection 11 11 K X i 115B 12 SCRB 12 X X Serial clock receive B 103B 13 SDB 13 S X Transmit data B 114B 14 SCTB 14 AA X Serial clock transmit B 114A 15 SCTA 15 Y X Serial clock transmit A 104B 16 RDB 16 T Receive data B 115A 17 SCRA 17 V Serial clock receive A 18 19 18 19 M HH No connection 108 2 20 DTR 20 H X Data terminal ready 21 21 EE No connection 125 22 RI 22 J X Ring indicator 113B 23 SCTEB 23 X Tran sign elemt time B 113A 24 SCTEA 24 U X Tran sign elemt time A 25 25 MM X p Note Pin 1 is connected to the MCDS shelf frame These leads are ignored by the MCA controller Use the following procedures to add the Meridian Communications Adapter MCA or Meridian Programmable Data Adapter MPDA to the telephone and to connect it to a terminal or personal computer See the Meridian Communications Adapter User Guide for more information on MCA operation Telep
135. AS APPLICABLE UNDER A COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT WITH AVAYA OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO BY AVAYA IN WRITING AVAYA DOES NOT EXTEND THIS LICENSE IF THE SOFTWARE WAS OBTAINED FROM ANYONE OTHER THAN AVAYA AN AVAYA AFFILIATE OR AN AVAYA AUTHORIZED RESELLER AVAYA RESERVES THE RIGHT TO TAKE LEGAL ACTION AGAINST YOU AND ANYONE ELSE USING OR SELLING THE SOFTWARE WITHOUT A LICENSE BY INSTALLING DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE OR AUTHORIZING OTHERS TO DO SO YOU ON BEHALF OF YOURSELF AND THE ENTITY FOR WHOM YOU ARE INSTALLING DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO INTERCHANGEABLY AS YOU AND END USER AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND CREATE A BINDING CONTRACT BETWEEN YOU AND AVAYA INC OR THE APPLICABLE AVAYA AFFILIATE AVAYA 2 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Heritage Nortel Software Heritage Nortel Software means the software that was acquired by Avaya as part of its purchase of the Nortel Enterprise Solutions Business in December 2009 The Heritage Nortel Software currently available for license from Avaya is the software contained within the list of Heritage Nortel Products located at http support avaya com Licenselnfo under the link Heritage Nortel Products For Heritage Nortel Software Avaya grants Customer a license to use Heritage Nortel Software provided hereunder solely to the extent of the authorized activation or authorized usage level solely fo
136. AVAYA Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Avaya Communication Server 1000 Release 7 6 NN43001 567 Issue 06 01 March 2013 2013 Avaya Inc All Rights Reserved Notice While reasonable efforts have been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete and accurate at the time of printing Avaya assumes no liability for any errors Avaya reserves the right to make changes and corrections to the information in this document without the obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes Documentation disclaimer Documentation means information published by Avaya in varying mediums which may include product information operating instructions and performance specifications that Avaya generally makes available to users of its products Documentation does not include marketing materials Avaya shall not be responsible for any modifications additions or deletions to the original published version of documentation unless such modifications additions or deletions were performed by Avaya End User agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Avaya Avaya s agents servants and employees against all claims lawsuits demands and judgments arising out of or in connection with subsequent modifications additions or deletions to this documentation to the extent made by End User Link disclaimer Avaya is not responsible for the contents or reliability of any linked websites referenced within this site or do
137. All prompts are defaulted or set as required except for those noted in the tables following Table 103 LD 11 M3110 Configuration Prompt Response Description REQ NEW TYPE 2616 M2616 set model used DES M3110 Enter appropriate set identifier Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 379 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Prompt Response Description CLS HFA HFD Group Listening Allowed Denied NDD No digit display KEY 08 NUL Keys 8 14 programmed as NUL If Group Listening is 09 NUL denied CLS HFD Key 15 is also programmed as 10 NUL NUL 11 NUL 12 NUL 13 NUL 14 NUL If Group Listening is denied CLS HFD Key 15 is also programmed as NUL alf 00000000 oj v y 553 AAA0722 Figure 97 M3110 Key Designation Table 104 M3310 Configuration Prompt Response Description REQ NEW TYPE 2616 M2616 set model used DES M3310 Enter appropriate set identifier CLS HFA HFD Handsfree Allowed Denied KEY 08 NUL Keys 8 14 programmed as NUL If Handsfree is 09 NUL denied CLS HFD Key 15 is also programmed as 10 NUL NUL 11 NUL 12 NUL 13 NUL 14 NUL 380 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Configuration and installation 53 AAA0721 Figure 98 M3310 Key Designations Table 105 M3820 Configuration Prompt Response Description REQ NEW
138. Attendant Console typical cross connections on page 63 on Table 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console typical cross connections on page 63 lists the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console typical cross connections Table 9 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console connections Mounting cord 16 25 pair connector cable Pin Pair Lead designation number number Color Connected to TCM primary 26 1T W BL TN 1 1 R BL W TCM secondary 27 2T W O TN 2 2 R O W Attendant Supervisory 30 5T W SL TN 3 Module 5 R SL W Spare 31 6T R BL 6 R BL R AUX 32 7T R O TN 4 7 R O R AUX 33 8T R G TN 5 8 R G R 62 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Cross connecting attendant consoles Note block Mounting cord 16 25 pair connector cable Pin Pair Lead designation number number Color Connected to Spare 34 9T R BR 9 R BR R Spare 35 10T R SL 10 R SL R Power Fail or 36 11T BK BL GND Note 1 Energy Transfer 11 R BL BK TC Note 2 Spare 37 12T BK O Spare 12 R O BK Spare 38 13T BK G Spare 13 R G BK GND 39 14T BK BR GND Note 1 Major Alarm 14 R BR BK ALM Note 2 Spare 40 15T BK SL 15 R SL BK VPS 41 16T Y BL 16 R BL Y VPS RTN 42 17T Y O 17 R O Y Spare Code Blue 50 25T Y SL Relay 2 25 R SL Y Relay 1 Note Connect to Pin 3 or 28 of the appropriate PFJ5 terminal block Connect TC to Pin 29 or 5 and ALM to Pin 4
139. Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 system only Only one active session per user login ID is allowed at one time in the system The Virtual Office Worker is identified by their primary DN which cannot be used as the primary DN for any other telephone virtual or physical in the system Use the Station Control Password SCPW configured in LD 11 to validate the login For further information on configuring the SCPW in LD 11 refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN4300 1 611 Avaya recommends that the Host Terminal have at least internal call and emergency call 911 in North America capability Clearing the Directory Services Password With Phase III Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones the Meridian 1 or Avaya CS 1000 system clears the Directory Services password when a Virtual Office worker logs in or logs out of an Avaya 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphone The system administrator configures this functionality by defining Class of Service as Erase List Allowed ELA in LD 11 for the Avaya 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphone For further information on configuring ELA in LD 11 see LD 11 on Table 32 LD 11 Allow or deny the erasing of the Callers and Redial lists for Virtual Terminals on page 144 Clearing the Directory Services Password functionality allows multiple Virtual Office worker using the same host telephone to have access to password protected features if one of the users set the password and does not turn it
140. Communication Server 1000S Upgrade Procedures NNA43031 458 Avaya Communication Server 1000E Upgrade Procedures NN43041 458 Intended audience This document is intended for individuals responsible for installing configuring operating administering and troubleshooting Meridian proprietary telephones attendant consoles and add on modules and engineering and configuring digital telephone lines 20 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Conventions Conventions Terminology In this document the following systems are referred to generically as system CS 1000M CS 1000E Meridian 1 The following systems are referred to generically as Large System CS 1000M HG CS 1000M SG CS 1000M MG Meridian 1 PBX 51C Meridian 1 PBX 61C Meridian 1 PBX 81 Meridian 1 PBX 81C Related information This section lists information sources that relate to this document Publications The following publications are referenced in this document Avaya Spares Planning NN43001 253 Avaya Equipment Identification Reference NN43001 254 Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 Avaya Features and Services Fundamentals Six Books NN43001 106 B1 B6 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 21 Introduction Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 Avaya Software Input Out
141. Connect the DB 25 connector C interface connector from the data terminal to the matching header connector in the back of the telephone 2 Insert the two captive screws in the connector body into the threaded holes in the header connector and secure tightly to prevent accidental disconnection during data terminal operation Power Supply Board NTZK models Use the following procedures to add a Power Supply Board to the telephone for connection to a transformer or closet power supply Use Installing and removing the M2006 M2008 Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 312 for the M2006 and M2008 Use Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 316 for the M2616 and M2216ACD Installing and removing the M2006 M2008 Power Supply Board on NTZK sets A Caution Damage to Equipment Connect the optional Power Supply to the Meridian Modular Telephones only Equipment damage may result from incorrect connections Both the closet power supply and the transformer are for use with the Meridian Modular Telephones only 312 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Power Supply Board NTZK models A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Before handling internal telephone components discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top of a level s
142. Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature operation Incoming Call Indicators Incoming Call Indicators ICI display the various types of incoming calls presented to the attendant console They also indicate the number of calls and the length of time calls have been queued If the indicator is on one call has been queued for less than a certain length of time as defined by software f the indicator is flashing one call has been queued for more than the defined length of time or there is more than one call in the queue Night service busy When the Shift key is off press the Busy key to put the attendant console into Position Busy mode When the Shift key is on press the Busy key to putthe console into Night Service mode To return to normal operating mode press the Busy key again In a multi console system activating Night Service mode will busy out all attendant consoles in the system Enhanced Night Service This feature allows Public Network Central Office CO Direct Inward Dial DID Foreign Exchange FEX and Wide Area Telephone service WAT trunks to be assigned to specific Directory Numbers DN during Night Service With this feature each customer will be able to assign Public Network trunks to one of nine Night Groups Each Night Group will allow the customer to define up to nine Night DNs During Night Service incoming calls will be rout
143. Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories and add ons Table 24 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories compatibility Accessory X11 Avaya 3900 Avaya Avaya Avaya Avaya release Series 3902 3903 3904 3905 intro Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital duced Desk Desk Desk Desk Desk phones phone phone phone phone phase intro duced Accessory Supports Supports Supports Supports Connection Module ACM Analog Release Phase Supports Supports Supports Supports Terminal 24 24 Adapter ATA Computer Release Phase III Supports Supports Supports Supports Telephony 25 40 Integration Adapter CTIA Display Release Phase II NA NA Supports SupportsF Based 25 10 ootnote Accessory Module DBA Key Based Release Phase NA NA Supports Supports Accessory 24 24 Module KBA Meridian Release Phase Supports Supports Supports Supports External 24 24 Alerter and Recording Interface MEARI Full Duplex Release Phase III NA NA Supports NA Handsfree 25 40 FDHF n the EMEA market region the ATA is not supported on the Avaya 3902 3903 or 3905 Digital Deskphones 2 2 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Phase III firmware is required to support the Personal Directory PC Utility DBA and CTIA accessories 3 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskp
144. D FORWARD CHECK gt TIMER more RLSDATA DATA SPEED Dialtone Ready to transmit dialed digits i i Voice Saved LAST CALL S SPEED more MESSAGE PICKUP ACCOUNT more Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 357 M2317 telephone Screen state State Sofikey display Intercom dialtone Ready to transmit dialed digits for an intercom call voice PICKUP Dialing Transmitting dialed digits no soft keys shown Private Line dialing Transmitting dialed digits on a private line voice SAVED LAST Busy Called party off hook voice RINGAGN SAVE Reorder Called party is unavailable no soft keys shown voice Ringback Called party is ringing voice SAVE ERWT call back Initial set of ESN routes not available Set gets Expensive Route Warning Tone voice RINGAGN SAVE Established Voice connection made CONFER TRANSFR TIMER SAVE more PARK PRIVREL CHARGE more MESSAGE more Intercom established Connection made with an intercom group voice CONFER TRANSFR TIMER Private Line established Connection made with a private line voice CONFER TRANSFR TIMER Voice Call Group Call Connection made using a no soft keys shown established voice key or group call key voice Conference Transfer Special dialtone voice SAVED LAST CALL Cs dialto
145. DID or CO calls to any set during night service to disconnect if not answered within a predefined number of ring cycles Attendant Forward No Answer is selectable on a customer basis and is included in the package 134 AFNA Semi Automatic Camp On Semi Automatic Camp On is an option to the current camp on operation When the party to which a call is camped on becomes free the attendant is recalled first instead of the wanted 82 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature operation party being rung immediately The modification is implemented under the Semi Automatic Camp on SACP package When an external call is camped on to a busy DN by an attendant or a set the called party receives a buzz for digital sets or a burst of tone for analog 500 2500 type sets indicating camp on Without SACP if the called party becomes idle within a customer defined time the camped on call rings the station immediately With SACP if the called party becomes idle the camped on call recalls the attendant instead of ringing the called party The called party meanwhile is kept busy from receiving any calls but is still able to originate calls A programmable key the Semi Automatic Camp on Recall SACP key is included with the SACP feature When a recall is presented to the console the RECALL ICI lamp and the SACP lamp light up After answering the recall from the cal
146. Disconnect and remove all cords including the handset from the telephone 2 Place the telephone upside down on a padded level surface 3 Using a 1 Phillips screwdriver remove the two screws from the footstand 4 Carefully remove the footstand from the base Press inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pull upward 5 If the telephone has a Meridian Communications Adapter unplug its cable from the base telephone jack 6 Loosen all screws on the base of the telephone 7 Remove the base from the telephone Removing the Fillerplate 1 Loosen the screws that hold the fillerplate 2 Remove the fillerplate being careful not to touch the foam in the speaker housing Attaching the Display Module Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 327 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 1 Position the Display Module as shown in Figure 77 Positioning the display module on page 328 on Figure 77 Positioning the display module on page 328 2 Lower the Display Module into place 553 AAA0644 Figure 77 Positioning the display module 3 Insert the fillerplate screws in the Display Module screw holes 4 Tighten the fillerplate screws Note Place the label supplied with the display on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set Connecting the Display Module Ribbon Cable 1 If instal
147. Equipment DTE through an RS 232 C connector mounted on the ADO printed circuit board The Asynchronous Data Option supports the following Hayes dialing Automatic data rate detection at all rates up to 19 2 kbps ASCII keyboard dialing originating data calls to local and remote hosts or DTE by using the terminal keyboard Call origination to local and remote hosts Call termination Ring Again Capability 336 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com ADO operating parameters Auto Dial Speed Call Automatic or Manual answering of incoming data calls Manual Modem pooling Remote loopback Break detection and generation ADO operating parameters Table 92 ADO operating parameters on page 337 shows the operating parameters for the ADO Table 92 ADO operating parameters Data type ASCII Synchronization Asynchronous Start Stop Number of bits 8 bits Parity none unchecked Data rate 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 bits per second autobaud Stop bits 2 bits for 110 bits per second 1 bit for all other speeds Transmission Full duplex The ADO supports asynchronous ASCII operation A data byte is received from the terminal or PC a control byte is added and the two bytes are transferred to the associated line card In the other direction two data bytes are received from the line card the control byte is deleted and the d
148. External Alerter Board over the P3 pins of the telephone see Figure 70 M2006 M2008 telephone and option boards on page 315 on Figure 70 M2006 M2008 telephone and option boards on page 315 for M2006 M2008 see Figure 71 M2616 M2216ACD telephone and option boards on page 315 on Figure 71 M2616 M2216ACD telephone and option boards on page 315 for M2616 M2216ACD Align the mounting hole over the mounting post Carefully work H1 onto the P3 pins until firmly seated Place the self tapping Phillips head screw supplied with the External Alerter Board into the mounting hole and tighten it with a 1 Phillips screwdriver 2 To signal the External Alerter when the telephone s handset or speaker is active place the jumpers AO288529 connecting the two right most pins on the alerter board To signal the External Alerter when the telephone is ringing or buzzing place the jumpers connecting the two left most pins on the External Alerter Board 3 If the telephone is not yet equipped with the power supply board install it see Installing and removing the M2006 M2008 Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 312 for M2006 M2008 see Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 316 for M2616 M2016S M2216ACD Note Do not allow R5 on the power supply board to become bent during this procedure 4 Replace the base If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA reconnect the data cable to the
149. I telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 03 00 Yes Phase I Phase Il Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 08 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 08 to Release 03 00 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase Il telephones above The Release 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase I Phase ll Follow the standard software order process Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 08 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 08 to Release 04 00 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase Il telephones above The Release 04 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Present software Upgrade to software
150. Install the manufactured patches 5 Download the firmware to the telephones following the Flash Download procedure Phase II Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Il and Phase III telephones on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Large System Release 24 2x to 25 08 Re 192 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps issue procedure for Phase 1 telephones above The Release 25 08 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3902 and 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III telephones to Phase I II firmware 25 15 Re issue Yes Phase Follow the standard software order process Phase ll Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Il and Phase III telephones on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Large System Release 24 2x to 25 15 Re issue procedure for Phase 1 telephones above The Release 25 15 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phas
151. Log including Redial List Applications Shift Goodbye Hold Smart Mute Volume control Navigation cluster Quit and Copy five line by twenty four character display Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 109 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Personal Directory Call Log includes Redial List Group Listening on hook dialing two accessory ports support for an amplified unamplified headset Direct connect headset port Full icon support with expansion modules LCD indicator Goodbye Hold Message waiting light Co Soft labeled line e feature keys OO C3 C3 C39 C29 34 Programmable LED EIE z de c3 feature keys Handsfree key C C IC JI 0 1 Fixed feature keys NENNEN Copy Volume bar Navigation keys Options LED Quit 553 AAAQ663 Figure 28 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone The features of the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone include seven programmable line feature keys soft labeled giving the user access to seven line feature keys four Context sensitive soft keys soft labeled that change functionality depending on the features available or the application in use fixed feature keys with LED Headset Supervisor Emergency Not Ready Make Busy In Calls goodbye Hold Smart Mute Volume control Navigation cluster Quit a
152. M2616 ensure that ADD Class of Service is configured in LD 11 See the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 There is no response when you 1 Press the P key and dial 28 to make sure you are type CR or AT at the terminal in terminal mode Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 345 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Symptom Solution 2 Make sure the PC or terminal s has power and is online 3 If the equipment connected to the MCA is not configured as Data Terminal Equipment it is necessary to connect using a null modem cable 4 Make sure the MCA is receiving external power Check to see that the power cables are connected properly and the external power supply is running 5 If there is a display on the telephone press the P key and dial 63 to get into EIA Monitor mode Be sure the MCA is receiving signals from the terminal by watching the display while entering carriage returns on the keyboard If the indicator flashes the connection is correct If not check the cable to make sure it is the standard RS 232 and is properly connected 6 Pressthe P key and dial 62 to ensure that the MCA is in the asynchronous mode Press the P key and dial 20 to change to the asynchronous mode 7 Press the P key and dial to ensure that the MCA is in the idle mode The prompt CALL CONNECTED Checkthe configuration parameters of the far end
153. M3820 telephones ceres 367 moni i a a a ee ere 367 E E e E E T E A E OD D ET 368 POT E E T 368 e Sacre EA E E A ctr AE E T 370 MBa na eres Ce ETE 371 Meridian digital telephones used with a headset iius ien enirn b d nerd der herido i up is 372 Physical description nene REPRE 372 Fixed Keys same Tor all fieedaredelst ade R capte c bebe be rae prd sr aC LCRRE Passt t n 374 aloa mA E gatai E A T iivaa PPAT rini eaii 374 BEEE e ee E E O A E T EA A E E 374 ee 013 178 E A A A D DD 374 Ur 374 Ea AGING MENTI e 374 Additional feature Koy m 376 Message vosmna Iam RY asa a E 376 Tel E EE E E P E E N E E E E E ERU cRERE RI DANN 377 Programima Faaite Ses ec parecssies e A A A nieeapemnsien 377 Software requirements aN A po RO Pe peerrrsereery Dm 377 Iuris neq 378 Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface PEEP EEE a 378 Erana O P Om S 379 Key Expansion Module TEES T poai aiva TT E T oaraid 379 Meridian Communications Adapte f aasarin Aa 379 COnN anon Ana e A iia D tr artis 379 oenen a E E E E E E 379 eE E E A r E E A E E E E A T E ORENT EOE aun bo n bar 382 USS CSUN hardware Optio a a a aA 383 12 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2
154. MN68xx is CISPR A compliant It meets CISPR 22 to Class B limits when used with the Avaya 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphones I oo 150 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Environmental and safety considerations EMC Radiated and Description Conducted The equipment may not cause harmful interference The equipment must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Avaya could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Table 42 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Electromagnetic Compatibility standards Immunity EMC Immunity Description EN50082 1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Generic immunity standard Part 1 Residential commercial and light industry Europe EN 55024 Information technology equipment Immunity characteristics Limits and methods of measurement Europe IEC 801 2 level 4 Electro Static Discharge Europe IEC 801 3 level 2 Radiated Immunity Europe IEC 801 4 level 3 Fast Transient Burst Immunity Europe Line engineering The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones use twisted pair wiring on transmission lines determined by the rules in Digital telephones line engineering on page 227 The maximum acceptable loop length is 1067 m 3500 ft assuming 24 AWG 0 5 mm standard twisted wire with no bridge tap
155. NEN xs sree Seta sce aug E E E AE E AAE S E EN TET ES AT A T E 22 E uDpeECMD e Ken MED PET E 7 o o SS 22 Geim BIOdBIOEIERO scope de ub dx EM e Ec rT be x RH kc end aga ed nu Lr AEn aad 22 Getting help irom a distributor OF Tesellgrseie eoa itte xta dot EPIS RE PRRIR QUAE P bh Pd ae EE Rex RE Sa re RN BER Rond 23 Chapter M jugos O OE 25 WEG 25 i qro teral ete E MU mE 26 Ee UR I sence cust ke ihe ese sassy eatansl esa oO ost dei S uns Ga DU pado ace d UR Kr DD 27 zcnuppl sae ci ccs tan a a 29 Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module icis rident tait tueur tk et tia ct dul Enea Rn Lau 30 xiv dielpil T 30 Mes Lead ERROREM HT 31 greens cg er Rei UT 39 DSS 9000 Direct Station Select Busy Lamp Field sie ise sedi repre e Rea ra de cnr Eb eee nds 39 BAendant Supasrdsore ModE io aprende a DUX Sa P REQUE RE bos dA FERE q de EU DN REM De Ie ne Eur R E PURO UU EE SEE CE Ra 39 gii eMe ccc M 42 DIIS DIL i b Epp o OE RSS CE d te Hu ates uni d pacem p eiae tisdibpa o Op Mer die CRI SERI Ld A EM D oA U NNUS 42 airs scie WUT E T 45 FANO ONO MT rU 45 leg E H 47 MME eta vse E kamut nk aacbond ku send dar rahe Sted AER d pd ends Sua and RE aan Ui E dun KE o sebo 47 baia peer cooled m m 47 Helge ur ET T T TETUR anas 47 Display screen UII NEPTIS N 48 Telephones and Consol
156. Prompt Response Description REQ NEW Add new data block information CHG Change data block information OUT Remove data block information END Exit data block TYPE FFC Flexible Feature Codes data block CODE VTLN FFC for logging a Virtual Terminal onto a Host Terminal ALL Every FFC is prompted lt CR gt No further prompt returns to REQ VTLN XXXX Enter Virtual Terminal logging code lt CR gt Returns to CODE CODE VTLF FFC type for logging off a Virtual Terminal ALL Every FFC is prompted lt CR gt No further prompt returns to REQ VTLF XXXX Enter Virtual Terminal logging off code lt CR gt Returns to CODE Note You cannot move or copy a Virtual Terminal Number Table 34 LD 97 Configure a Phantom loop for the Virtual Office feature Prompt Response Description REQ CHG Change the loop configuration TYPE SUPL Superloops SUPL Naaa N designates the superloop as a phantom loop aaa designates the superloop number Table 35 LD 20 Print Terminal Number Block TNB data for Virtual and Host Terminals Prompt Response Description REQ PRT Print data block for the requested terminal type s Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 145 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones single site Virtual Office 146 Prompt Response Description LTN List Terminal Numbers of the requested terminal type s TYPE XXXXX Enter appropriate telephone model w
157. R N 322 331 To uto 95 286 Key Expansion Modules s 333 Power Supply Boards sss 312 M2317 data terminals cccccsesecccececessseeeeeeeseeeses 339 Taco iirrainn 339 power supply connections 0 eect teeter eeeeee 339 RS 232 C connectors eeeeeee 339 M2317 telephone 289 291 349 353 354 360 362 cross connections ccccceeseeeeececeeeseseeeeeceanesees 289 description and illustration 349 354 dimensions ccccceeeessceceeceeseeececeeeneeeseeeeeeeaeess 362 environmental and safety considerations 361 Toi Too Et 289 line engineering sseeen 362 power requirements sseeeeeeeen 362 screens and softkeys ssssssssss 353 Self t6SlS iiie credi bn tede eai ri ri ka eren oe aes 291 software requirements essessessss 360 trouble locating procedures 291 M2616 Meridian Modular Telephones 95 259 265 286 298 312 322 33l 333 344 CA QUAI TE 298 March 2013 399 dBplayS secen RR UE ES 322 331 External Alert Boards cccccsssssceceeeeesseeeeeeees Sot Handsfree G cisnienia a 265 Installlng oe pneri eph ecu Fut 95 286 Key Expansion Modules sssssss 333 Power Supply Boards sssssssss 312 wall mounting
158. RE S DTE TTE DOSES 351 SACS EAEE ecco Feces dera cec tiae a ib a ed Badii isse dead 351 PI NN MN AE T CEDE S 351 use si e RU 352 BARN UIT ai ooa creto bruce Suits ee Donec dank nba Res Dioni E eua Ud ca Rd e pedi d D di ON Rd E RTL und ade 352 Qtr DM ET E E T 352 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 11 ahi GG t 353 DPS o UIT 353 1g o PEE M Rost EE E EDRNS Tm 353 Alphanomeriedisplay SE POC T 353 Handsfree key TT Tm acta eee Ue TEE T EE A 354 LERE O DP I ET 354 Asynchronous Data Option TM EEE E T RR EET re M mih 359 ona E EE BTE E A E EE I A Se EE E EE PE EE E E EE E 360 E E a A say nde T Fusion d E E EEN O TEON T T AA pasar ans 361 Galen ORGIES ONG 361 SOCK CUS clle c ss rascal caste sara E unGehiada t saat dcinces 361 ada circi me 361 Enna eO SIC NIG iiec ndi edades Fb esr ra danas canere Grandi pendeat eR dcus 361 Temperature and humidity TS TEE TE Tune T TINTO cn 361 IVS SIONS and WENO mee 362 Line erigieering uscenue neon T ms 962 Powar PERM INE IE ce E 362 Data communication isokin ses ise odds api OD sveiti aiteru TT iriso opaan iiiieuieinias 365 BCR e a me S 365 Appendix E M3110 M3310 and
159. Speed Call X X System Speed Call X X Display X Call Forward X Call Transfer Note 1 Autodial X Last Number Redial X Save Number X Redial Saved Number X Note Note The Data DN must always be assigned to feature key 10 Manual modem pooling using keyboard dialing requires only call transfer to be defined Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Specifications Specifications The following specifications govern the safety and performance of the Meridian M2317 Telephone and outline the environmental conditions under which this performance is achieved Safety considerations Shock and fire hazards For protection against electrical shock energy hazards or fire hazards the telephone meets the following specifications CSA C22 2 No 0 7 M1985 UL 1459 relevant sections Overvoltage protection The M2317 telephone meets the specifications detailed by CSA C22 2 No 7 paragraph 6 9 3 Environmental considerations Temperature and humidity Operating state Temperature range 0 to 50 C 32 to 122 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F with Data Option Relative humidity 5 to 95 from 4 to 29 C 39 to 84 F Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 361 M2317 telephone noncondensing 5 to 34 from 29 5 to 49 C 85 to 120 F noncondensing Storage Temperature range 20 to 70 C 4 to 158 F Relative humidity 5 t
160. TN terminations are located on the horizontal side of the distributing frame when frame mounted blocks are used and in the white field when wall mounted blocks are used Run and connect the other end of the cross connecting wire to the assigned TN terminal block Table 17 Z type cross connecting wire Size Gauge Color Designation 1 pr 22 Y BL Tip BL Y Ring 3 pr 24 W BL Voice T BL W Voice R W O Signal T O W Signal R W G Power G W Power Table 18 Inside wiring colors Inside wiring colors Z station wire 16 25 pair cable Connect to equipment TN G W BL First pair Tip R BL W First pair Ring BK W O Second pair Tip Y O W Second pair Ring Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 99 M2016S Secure Set Pack Telephone connector connecting PE shelf block or connector Cross connect block Line cord to telephone For Power W G Supply leads G W to telephone BK G G BK to telephone BK S S BK to telephone Shelf v Part of 25 pair cable connector pair cable 553 AAA0587 Figure 24 M2016S telephone cross connections 100 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 6 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Contents This section contains information on the following topics Introduction on page 102 Automatic Call Failover on page 104 Physical description on page 104
161. TYPE 2616 M2616 set model used DES M3820 Enter appropriate set identifier CLS HFA HFD Handsfree Allowed Denied AHA Automatic Hold Allowed DNDD Dialed Name Display Denied CNDA Call Party Name Display Allowed CNIA Call Number Information Allowed LNA Last Number Redial Allowed KEY 01 NUL Keys 01 programmed as NUL If Handsfree is denied CLS HFD Key 15 is also programmed as NUL Note If short hunt is configured then Key 01 must be configured as an SCR key with the same DN as key 0 For MARP to operate with short hunt configured Key 01 must be configured as the MARP key Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 381 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones olu LL 1c CO 13 s Ico cow Ts Io cre Plo ols eo e gt C 553 AAA0720 Figure 99 M3820 Key Designations Table 106 LD 20 Print Routine Prompt Response Description REQ PRT TYPE 2616 M2616 set model used DES M3110 Enter appropriate set identifier Or M3 to get a list of M3310 all three set types M3820 M3 Installation Installing Meridian European digital telephones Follow this procedure to install the Meridian European digital telephones 1 Complete the wiring and cross connections loop power before connecting the telephone to the connecting block 2 Place the telephone on the desk in the normal operating position 3 Place the Rls and Hold key caps on their positi
162. Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Query Disk Firmware Versions PEC PSWV codes F W codes codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Deskphon VERSION e S W 034 VERSION NUMBER S 34 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphon e NTMN35X PSWV Global 3905 loada Avaya Lang L1 9 FLASH X File 1 10 lang a89 3905 F W Ver 8 9 FIRMWARE Digital VERSION Deskphon 089 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 89 PSWV N 3905 loada Avaya Lang L1 9 FLASH File 4 America a89 3905 F W Ver 8 9 FRMWARE 10 lang Digital VERSION Deskphon 089 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 89 The following notes apply to Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 Note For Column 1 labeled Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones XX is a two letter alpha character that is part of the product code For instance a product code of NTMN32AB is a later issue than a code of NTMN32AA Release 1 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones all started with a BA designation for U S and Canada telephones and AA for Canada only icon sets Release 2 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones all started with a FA designation for U S and Canada telephones and EA for Canada only icon sets Note For Column 4 labeled M1 F W File the two letter alpha character followed by two numbers format 390x loadxx shows the release level of the PSWV file For instance M3902 loadaa40 is a later issue than M39
163. Third party terminal emulation packages can also be used with Hayes dialing Features supported by the MPDA include enhanced Hayes commands including upper and lower case dialing voice call origination through AT dialing hang up data call and on line disconnect of voice call script file capabilities allow you to program multiple data resources for automatic resource access Voice Call Origination VCO Handsets This section provides information on Meridian Modular Telephone handsets Table 82 Codes for handsets for Meridian Modular Telephone sets model NTZK Description Order Code Legacy handset Black NTOCO9EA03 Legacy handset Ash NTOCO9EA35 Legacy handset Gray NTOCO9EA93 282 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Handsets Description Order Code Note Handsets designed for NT2K sets Global handset do not meet product transmission reception specifications if used with NTZK sets Table 83 Codes for handsets for Meridian Modular Telephone sets model NT2K Description Order Code Global handset Black NTOCO9EKO3 A0400786 Global handset Ash NTOCO9EK35 A0400787 Global handset Gray NTOCO9EK93 A0400790 Note Note Note AF versions telephones Handsets designed for NTZK sets Legacy handset do not meet product transmission reception specifications if used with NT2K sets Noisy Location Push
164. V N 3902 loadd Avaya Lang L4 9 FLASH File 4 America a84 3902 F W Ver 8 4 FIRMWARE 6 lang Digital VERSION Deskphon 084 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 84 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphon e NTMN33X PSWV Global R2 3903 loada Avaya Lang L1 9 FLASH X File 1 10 lang a87 3903 F W Ver 8 7 FIRMWARE Digital VERSION Deskphon 087 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 221 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download PEC PSWV codes F W codes codes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 84 PSWV N 3903 loadd Avaya Lang L4 9 FLASH File 4 America a87 3903 F W Ver 8 7 FIRMWARE R2 6 Digital VERSION lang Deskphon 087 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 87 NTMN33X PSWV Rel 1 for 3903 loada Avaya Lang P1 9 FLASH X File 5 X11 Rel a36 3903 F W Ver 3 6 FIRMWARE 24 Digital VERSION Deskphon 036 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 36 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphon e NTMN34X PSWV Global R2 3904 loada Avaya Flash 8 9 FLASH X File 1 10 lang a89 3904 PO L1 8 FIRMWARE Digital VERSION Deskphon 089 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 89 PSWV N 3904 loadd Avaya Flash 8 9 FLASH File 4 America a89 3904 PO L4 8 FIRMWARE R2 6 Digital VERSION lang Deskphon 089 e S W VERSION NUMBER S 89 NTMN34X PSWV Rel 1 for 3904 loada Avaya Flash 3 4 FLASH X File 5 X11 Rel a34 3904 PO L1 8 FIRMWARE 24 Digital 222
165. Virtual or Host Terminal Note The Print TNB and List TNB requests always show the logged off TNB data In logged in state an indication of the logged in TN HOST TN or VIRTUAL TN is added Table 53 LD 22 Print Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones peripheral software versions Prompt Response Description REQ PRT Print TYPE PSWV Peripheral software versions on disk Table 54 LD 97 Configure parameters for System wide Flash Download Prompt Response Description REQ CHG Change Flash Download Parameters PRT Print Flash Download Parameters TYPE FDL Flash Download for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones FDTP t Enter Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones set type selected for Flash Download 3902 Avaya 3902 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 173 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Prompt Response Description 3903 Avaya 3903 3904 Avaya 3904 3905 Avaya 3905 ALL All of the above NONE None of the above default No further prompt returns to REQ FDTM NO YES Time interval restriction for Flash Download NO Do not change time intervals default YES Proceed to change time intervals Note Flash Download is automatically paused one hour before virtual midnight see TODR in LD 17 to allow midnight routines to run Note This option is not applicable to reporting FDAY dn Enter day and nu
166. a 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones Table 51 LD 32 Clear or reset a Personal Directory Password for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Command Description CPWDIscu Clear Directory Password and Terminal number where 2 loop address s shelf address c card address u unit address Note The Clear command allows the system administrator to clear the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Directory password of the specified Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones This allows 172 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Configuration Command Description a user to access the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Directory if the password has been forgotten or if the user wants to change the current password Table 52 LD 20 Print Terminal Number Block TNB data for Virtual and Host Terminals Prompt Response Description REQ PRT Print data block for the requested terminal type s LTN List Terminal Numbers of the requested terminal type s TYPE XXXXX Enter appropriate telephone model where xxxxx 3903V 3903V Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone Virtual Terminal 3904V 3904V Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Virtual Terminal 3903H 3903H Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone Host Terminal 3904H 3904H Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Host Terminal TNB Note Only Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones can be configured as a
167. a 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Present software Upgrade to software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Keycode required Upgrade steps 25 30 25 40 25 40B Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Summary of steps Avaya 3900 Present Upgrade to Keycode Series Digital software software required Deskphones Upgrade steps II phones should not be configured on a Release 25 30 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 30 to Release 25 40 25 40B Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase II telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 03 00 Yes Phase I Phasell Follow the standard software order process Phase Ill Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 30 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 30 to Release 03 00 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase II telephones above The Release 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Ava
168. a Support Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 3 4 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Contents Chapter 1 New in this FORO sts cin san sadness innnnadanancnaninancnnnnnidaadanadanmaninmecaasanadionnannleand 15 PUES RT T ETE ONU ET Tm 15 EXE CDS Y nested eee Oda OO o poo B bai a oce OD P debo oc OR 15 Ghaptor 2 Customer Servi tat saciid addidi ale M oit ad RAM dd iE UM RARE MER RU iassa 17 PUPAE e 17 Gern TECH MIC Al OOCUmpTESDIDIT occ se Dodo Gara dau tud Dr apt a ek lun tha aD Fab RU Edda 17 Gomo PUNE UNE EN eA s 17 Getting help froma dietibut r OF reseller uui esie iannis Ees lad ebd Udo aa ER Eod 17 Getting technical support from the Avaya Web Bii eate tesi nenne nienn aninag 18 er cde Logos o i RR 19 Jp net 19 Nole on legacy produci end FEBRE ucasi o masas E Ferrea port ead gana Flandres Saracen dace RUD Ya 19 POPI OE a uim ee Prrentry a rercer Terre ceenr error trnemreticy ctr rete ere 19 ostendi be D occa eco eid d radon E Enya Sor FRE ER ER RR cera ds b Tye ver Pe E TTT ree re 20 WHO audion PE E E EO D ra 20 Ges wee 21 WMG ssc secur taz cote eoa Dona dvanctus Cachan ub dad ia pacer dnd busi nade E E laura Fea end EU Ran 21 Poea pue DIU wl RE 21 e DESEE ENTE TEC TETTE 21 al e m 22 den
169. a com March 2013 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Key Description Call Park Ringing Number Pickup Privacy Release Charge Account Call Party Number Configuring Keys 1 11 as anything other than the allowed features will cause an error message Note Keys 1 11 can be configured as Speed Call Speed Call System Speed Call Speed Call Controller and System Speed Call Controller Avaya recommends that Key 23 be used for Speed Call features Keys 12 15 Blocked Key 16 Message Waiting is not a default feature for this key Key 17 Call Transfer default Key 18 6 Party Conference default or 3 Party Conference Key 19 Call Forward default Key 20 Ring Again default Key 21 Call Park default Key 22 Ringing Number Pickup default Key 23 Configure as one of the following Speed Call System Speed Call Speed Call Controller System Speed Call Controller Note The above services are not a default feature for this key These features can be used on any of the programmable keys Key 24 Privacy Release default Key 25 Charge Account default Key 26 Calling Party Number default Key 27 Callers List default Key 28 Redial List default Keys 29 31 NUL Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 137 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Key 4 10 Key 5 11 Key 3 9 O Key 2 8 Key 1 7 Ke
170. a com Message Waiting lamp buzz on hook dialing When the telephone is disconnected all volume levels will return to default values upon reconnection When the telephone is operating on loop power alone the highest eighth step in volume cannot be reached as seen when using Display in Program mode Message Waiting lamp Each Meridian Modular Telephone has a red triangle in the upper right hand corner that lights brightly to indicate a message is waiting This LED is the primary message waiting indicator and lets you know a message is waiting regardless of whether the telephone has a message waiting key lamp pair You must have Message Waiting CCOS configured If you do assign a message waiting key lamp pair there will be two indications of a message waiting the red Message Waiting triangle lights and the LCD associated with the Message Waiting key flashes You may assign an Autodial key that dials the message center or voice mail system to avoid the double indication or have no key lamp pair assigned to the message center Handsfree Mute key M2008HF and M2616 only Handsfree if software assigned allows the user to talk to another party without lifting the handset Activate Handsfree by depressing the Handsfree Mute key key 15 top left or by selecting a DN without lifting the handset Once Handsfree is activated it can be deactivated by picking up the handset or by ending the call using the Release RIs
171. a paper clip in the hole at the left or right end of the DN designation window Pry the window open 5 Insert the number tag and replace the designation window The following figures show the typical key designations for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Figure 14 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console key designations in Shift mode QMT2 not enabled on page 58 shows the key designations for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console in Shift mode Figure 15 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console key designations in Unshift mode QMT2 enabled on page 58 and Figure 16 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console designations in Unshift mode QMT2 not enabled on page 59 show the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console in Unshift mode Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 57 Attendant consoles ote BLF Functions only l Ze c e E 31 E FEAT7 TGB6 ICI6 EX SR A ro es ees ree fer ees TGB3 3 RLDS FEAT3 ron T ic TGBO HOLD o gt u o a lt lt o Ele E LPK1 viri ETE ne TEIE a LPKO ae FOGG ERAR RRAS 8 e n E v a ale a 3 a3 E ssy amaosa Figure 14 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console key designations in Shift mode QMT2 not enabled ss Pee p e md el Cel Ce e Le E gt P CAS BSY OMN VDH VUP DMN sD gt b gt gt Ip l Pe pibe ere Cc P io p iens gt Foe gt gt fi P Lew gt
172. able keys and the telephone face 1 2 10 Disconnect all cords from the telephone Remove the two screws from the footstand assembly and unsnap the footstand assembly by pressing inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pulling upward If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA unplug the data cable from the base telephone jack Remove the four or five screws securing the base to the top cover Remove the base and set it aside If the telephone is equipped with display disconnect the Display ribbon cable from the display board and move it out of the way If the telephone is not equipped with a power supply board remove jumpers from the P1 connector pins on the main board Go to 9 on page 316 If the telephone is equipped with a power supply board go to 8 on page 316 The power supply board is located on the left side of the telephone Remove two small screws from the power supply board near the top and set them aside Grasp the board firmly on each side Work the board loose slowly until it is released If not replacing the power supply board place the jumpers A0288529 connecting the bottom two sets of the pins on the P1 connector Place the power supply board so that Slot B fits into the alignment pin on the telephone See Figure 69 Installing the MCA on page 311 on Figure 69 Installing the MCA on page 311 Align the mounting holes in the board near the t
173. ace the base If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA reconnect the data cable to the base telephone jack and replace the footstand ensuring that the MPDA or MCA cable does not get pinched between the base and the footstand Make sure the footstand is firmly seated in the base Note Place the label supplied with the display on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 323 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 6 Tighten all screws reconnect all cords and place the telephone in the normal operating position Display 7 Module excess cable P4 pin connector mounting Set connector ribbon cable fold J2 pin connector Display Board 553 AAA0643 Figure 75 Display cable routing 7 Perform the self test see Meridian Modular Telephones self test on page 288 and acceptance test procedures See LD 31 in the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Installing and removing the M2616 Display on NT2K sets A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Before handling internal components of telephones discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top of a level solid work surface covered with soft material or paper
174. ack plug from the side Move the adjustable display to the down position to protect it from damage while removing the BLF CGM Also move the volume slider switch to the far left see Figure 2 Volume slider position on page 32 Place the attendant console facedown on a properly prepared work surface taking care to avoid scratching or damaging the top cover or display Remove the adjustable stand if required The stand is secured with four screws Remove the stand as a complete assembly and set it aside Remove the 12 fastening screws in the base of the attendant console that secure the top cover to the console base See Figure 3 Removing the fastening screws on page 33 Remove the two screws securing the BLF CGM to the base of the attendant console Holding the console base and cover firmly turn it back over so that the top cover is on facing up Raise and hold the top cover to remove the single cable connector only The alerter cable does not need to be removed see Figure 4 Removing the top cover on page 34 7 Unplug the BLF CGM ribbon cable from the attendant console 8 Remove the top cover and place it upside down to the left of the attendant 10 12 console Pull back the snap fits on the BLF CGM to disengage the BLF CGM from the attendant console Place the top cover on the console Slide it back and down into place see Figure 7 Positioning the top cover and the BLF CGM on pag
175. age 53 to install the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 1 Ensure that a 16 pair or 25 pair cable equipped with a 25 pair Amphenol connector is installed at the attendant console s location 2 Unpack and inspect the attendant console for damage If the console is damaged notify the supplier 3 Designate the console according to the features provided 4 Connect the Amphenol plug on the attendant console to the Amphenol jack coming from the Main Distribution Frame MDF a Fasten the Amphenol connectors together and secure the captive screws on the cable b Ensure that the connectors are secured in a connector mounting if provided or to the wall Do not leave connectors unprotected on the floor 5 Add a line circuit for the attendant console if not already done Refer to Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 6 Cross connect the attendant console at the cross connect terminal See Cross connecting attendant consoles on page 59 on Cross connecting attendant consoles on page 59 7 Enter the related attendant console data in the system Refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 8 Test the console features using the attendant console user guide Note Refer to Avaya Circuit Card Reference NN43001 311 for circuit card installation procedures Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 53 Attendant consoles Removing the Avaya 22
176. al Deskphones have been tested and found to comply with Safety and Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC standards as shown in Table 40 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Safety standards compliance on page 150 and Table 41 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Electromagnetic Compatibility standards Radiated and conducted on page 150 and Table 42 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Electromagnetic Compatibility standards Immunity on page 151 on Table 42 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Electromagnetic Compatibility standards Immunity on page 151 Refer to Product Bulletins or check with your Avaya representative for the latest developments in EMC standards Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 149 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Table 40 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Safety standards compliance Safety Description EN 60950 IEC 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment including Electrical Business Equipment Europe UL 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment USA CSA 22 2 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment Canada AS3260 TS001 TA 1302 Safety Australia JATE Safety of Telecom Equipment Japan Table 41 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Electromagnetic Compatibility standards Radiated and conducted EMC Radiated and Description Conducted FCC CFR 47 Part 15 FCC Rules fo
177. al and safety considerations on page 149 Temperature and humidity on page 149 Figure 27 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone on page 109 Line engineering on page 151 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones power consumption on page 151 Installation on page 152 Installing the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones on page 152 Changing telephone positions on page 153 Wall mounting the telephone on page 153 Installing the Accessory Connection Module on page 154 Accessory keying on page 157 Installing the Analog Terminal Adapter on page 157 Installing Personal Directory PC Utility software on page 159 Installing the Key Based Accessory Module on page 160 Installing the Single KBA footstand on page 161 Installing the Expansion KBA footstand on page 161 Installing the Display Based Accessory Module on page 162 Installing the handset option for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone on page 163 Installing alternate key caps for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone on page 164 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 147 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Installing the Full Duplex Handsfree cartridge on page 165 Configuration on page 166 Task summary on page 166 Reliability Reliability is measured by the Mean Time Between Failure MTBF The MTBF ratings for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones are shown in Table 37 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Des
178. allows a handset to be used without a headset plugged in The handset can plug into the handset port and ACD queue login proceeds normally Login can occur even if neither a handset or headset is present Phase III telephones correctly recognize the presence or absence of a headset If a headset is present on a Phase III Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone then a handset can also be used If a headset is not present a handset must to be plugged into the headset port to allow normal ACD queue login However when the handset is in the headset port the system does not accept signals from the telephone s hookswitch Hanging up the handset going ONHOOK does not disconnect calls The Goodbye key must be used to release a call As of Succession 3 0 and later software when the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone is in use the system software checks the headset port to verify that a headset or some other device is plugged in If no device is present and the HEADSET button is off the system assumes a handset is being used in the handset port of the set The system is then prepared to respond to signals from the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone s hookswitch even though a headset is not present Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone firmware version 8 9 or later is required to send these hookswitch signals to the system This allows the set to login to the ACD queue when the handset is taken OFFHOOK and calls to be disconnected when the handset is hung up placed ONHOOK Telep
179. als Digital telephones line engineering 27 Measure the DC loop resistance Procedure 8 28 Is the loop resistance less than 175 chm Install new cable Measure loop insertion loss at 256 kHz 31 Is the insertion loss less than 12 0 dB 53 AAA2089 234 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Selecting a loop 32 Replace any under carpet cable if insertion loss can be reduced Install Meridian digital telephone and check performance Is the performance OK End of procedure If the performance is not OK check for problems with electromagnetic interference EMI unrecorded bridge taps split cable pairs impulse noise not recorded due to speed limitations of the pulse counter faulty telephone 552 AAA0657 Figure 46 Engineer a telephone line Selecting a loop For an Avaya 3900 series Digital Deskphone the loop must be without bridge taps less than 175 ohm DC resistance and less than 12 0 dB loss at 256 kHz For single gauge 22 and 24 AWG cable and D inside wiring the length limit is 914 4 m 3000 ft For single gauge 26 AWG cable the length limit is 640 08 m 2100 ft The allowable loop length assumes there is no under carpet cable If there is under carpet cable that is a different type than Western Electric WE 4 pair cable reduce the allowable loop length by usin
180. ample in normal mode there are ten available TGB keys on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console With QMT2 enabled the number of TGB keys on each console is doubled Table 11 Softkey alternate functions Key Operational mode Function F1 Normal Selects line 2 of the display for scrolling F2 Normal Scrolls left on the selected line at 8 characters per step F3 Normal Scrolls right on the selected line at 8 characters per step F4 Normal Selects line 3 of the display screen for scrolling Shift F1 Level 1 Selects the Options menu Shift F2 Level 1 Turns down the alerter speaker volume Shift F3 Level 1 Turns up the alerter speaker volume Shift F4 Level 1 Selects the Diagnostic menu A password must be entered on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console before the Diagnostics menu appears Example Press Shift and F1 in Options menu The Options menu is displayed sequence Press dial pad key 1 Accesses Contrast menu Refer to user guide for contrast setting routines Press dial pad key Returns to Options menu Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 67 Attendant consoles Avaya 2250 Attendant Console diagnostics Use the Diagnostics menu to check the functions of the console and to perform tests To enter the Diagnostics mode use Entering the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Diagnostics mode on page 68 Figure 19 Console Diagnostics menus on page 68 sh
181. and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 1 Follow the Large System 25 08 to 25 15 Re issue procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 25 15 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 30 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a 25 08 system 1 Follow the Large System 25 08 to 25 30 Re issue procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 25 30 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 40 25 40B Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Telephones
182. and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 197 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present Upgrade to Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps software software required Series Digital Deskphones Phase Ill Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones configured on a 25 08 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 08 to 25 40 25 40B procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 03 00 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software II order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a 25 08 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 08 to 03 00 procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software II order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase 198 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keyco
183. andard procedures Note The DC loop resistance limit of 175 ohm should be reduced by 1 ohm for each one percent of the total loop that is aerial cable TUTTI TT CE CE CEC NSLLLLLLLE AEC PRCT 20 4 0 120 140 160 180 7 Junction loss in dB Cable characteristic impedance in ohms 553 AAA0659 Figure 48 Junction loss versus cable characteristicimpedance Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 243 Digital telephones line engineering 244 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 11 Analog 500 2500 type telephones Contents This section contains information on the following topics Introduction on page 245 Installation and removal on page 245 Designate 500 type telephones on page 246 Designate 2500 type telephones on page 247 Connect the telephones on page 247 Cross connect the telephones on page 248 Cross connect the telephones on page 248 Operation on page 254 Introduction Analog 500 2500 type telephones are regular telephones not normally associated with a business environment but they are compatible with the system They are configured using LD 10 The 500 type telephones have a rotary dial The 2500 type telephones are the basic push button models such as the Link and Unity which do not have feature buttons normally found on business telephones Installation and removal Follow the steps in Installing an
184. andling internal set components discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Disconnect the main power system cable from the rear of the attendant console and remove the handset jack plug from the side 1 Move the adjustable display to the down position to protect it from damage while installing the ASM Move the volume slider switch to the left most position Place the attendant console facedown on a properly prepared work surface taking care to avoid scratching or damaging the top cover or display Remove the adjustable stand if equipped The stand is secured with four screws Loosen the screws and remove the stand as a complete assembly and set aside Remove the 12 fastening screws in the base of the attendant console that secure the top cover to the console base see Figure 3 Removing the fastening screws on page 33 Holding the console base and cover firmly turn it back over so that the top cover is on facing up Raise and hold the top cover to remove the single cable connector The alerter cable does not need to be removed see Figure 4 Removing the top cover on page 34 Remove the top cover and place it upside down to the left of the attendant console Holes are located in the upper right hand side of the attendant console s main PCB near grid positions D1 D5 and A5 See Figure 9 Identifying the correct grid positions on the main PCB and at
185. anguage selection during software installation The system software installer selects one of seven language sets to be installed on the system This selection determines the languages available to Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones users The language sets are as follows 1 Global 10 Languages English French German Spanish Swedish Italian Norwegian Brazilian Portuguese Finnish Japanese Katakana 2 Western Europe 10 Languages English French German Spanish Swedish Norwegian Danish Finnish Italian Brazilian Portuguese 3 Eastern Europe 10 Languages English French German Dutch Polish Czech Hungarian Russian Latvian Turkish 4 North America 6 Languages English French German Spanish Brazilian Portuguese Japanese Katakana 5 Spare Group A 6 Spare Group B duplicate of set 4 7 Packaged Languages During the software installation process the installer selects one of the above seven Peripheral Software DownLoad PSDL files Refer to the following documents for more information on software installation Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Installation and Commissioning NN43021 310 Avaya Communication Server 1000E Installation and Commissioning NN43041 310 Feature keys The fixed feature keys see Table 23 Fixed Feature Key text and icon labels on page 117 are the feature keys on the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones that are prelabeled with the assigne
186. are 25 40B Il Phase III order process 04 00 Yes Phase Phase Follow the standard software Il Phase III order process 03 00 04 00 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software Il Phase III order process Determining software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV or firmware versions X11 software versions Use the ISS command in LD 22 to identify X11 software versions When trying to determine whether a system s software has been upgraded to the Reissue of 25 08 or 25 15 patches MPLR13167 and MPLR13247 must be loaded and the LD 22 ISS command must be issued If PSWV Version 32 appears for X11 Release 25 08 software the 25 08 Reissue software has been loaded If PSWV Version 33 appears for X11 Release 25 15 software the 25 15 Reissue software has been loaded 206 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Determining software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV or firmware versions Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones language PSWV versions The system prints the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Language PSWV file version and name which is referenced in Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 To find the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Language PSWV version on Large Systems follow the appropriate Large System procedure in Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Upgrades Overview NN43021 458 When you get to the
187. ary of steps Series Digital Deskphones PSWV or firmware versions on page 206 Table 57 Flash Download procedure matrix for Small Systems Present Upgrade to Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps software software required Series Digital Deskphones 24 24 25 08 Re Yes Phase 1 Call Avaya technical support issue to find out how to obtain any necessary upgrades A SIM upgrade from 8 to 16 Meg is required An upgrade from MAT 6 5 is required 2 Download software from the web 3 Follow the PSDL installation on page 210 4 Install manufactured patches 5 Download firmware to telephones following the Flash Download procedure Phase ll Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III should not be configured on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Small System Release 24 2x to Release 25 08 Reissue procedure for Phase telephones above The Release 25 08 Reissue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3902 and 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 179 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present Upgrade to Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps software software required Series Di
188. ass icon is displayed during the flash memory erase process see Figure 43 Hourglass icon on page 214 The erase process can take up to 15 seconds Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 213 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download z After a successful memory erase an icon showing a stack of disks left side of the display and a phone icon right side of the display are displayed see Figure 44 Stack of disks and telephone icons on page 214 These icons remain on the display during the entire download a Figure 44 Stack of disks and telephone icons Figure 43 Hourglass icon Upon receiving the first flash data packet a page status bar is displayed see Figure 45 Status bar on page 214 Depending on the language files being downloaded there are three or four memory pages that are downloaded three for North American four for Global Eastern Western European versions As additional flash data packets are received the status bar advances to the right until the current page is completely programmed Once the next page starts to download a new page block is displayed and the status bar starts from the left again This process is repeated for the remaining pages If the download was unsuccessful the telephone displays a telephone icon with an X through it This indicates that the flash memory is not programmed or is corrupt and a new download must be initiated k_ Figure 45 Status bar
189. ata byte is delivered to the terminal in a bit serial format at the terminal s bit rate ADO external power supply The ADO requires an external power supply in addition to the power from the line See Table 93 I O requirements for ADO external power supply on page 338 on Table 93 I O requirements for ADO external power supply on page 338 A 110 V AC 60 Hz 100 V AC 50 60 Hz or a 220 V AC 50 Hz multi output power supply unit provides nominal voltages of 5 V 12 V and 12 V DC The power supply connects to the back of the telephone through a 5 pin Molex power connector Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 337 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 338 If the AC power supply fails data calls cannot be processed All external power supplies are equipped with short circuit and thermal shutdown protection Table 93 I O requirements for ADO external power supply on page 338 lists the input and output requirements for the ADO external power supply Table 93 I O requirements for ADO external power supply NPS50220 03L5 Input Output Japanese version NPS50220 03L8 Input Output European version NPS50220 03L5 Input Output North American version Multi output external power supply A0336823 UL listed and CSA approved 57 63 Hz 115 132 V AC 5 V DC 1 0 A pin 3 for supply pin 2 for return 12 V DC 200 mA pin 6 for supply pin 1 for return 12
190. ation instructions for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console For Attendant PC Software installation instructions refer to Avaya Meridian 1 Attendant PC Software Installation Guide Packing and unpacking Use proper care while unpacking the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Check for damaged containers so that appropriate claims can be made to the transport company for items damaged in transit If an attendant console must be returned to the factory pack it in the appropriate container to avoid damage during transit Remember to include all loose parts cords handset power unit labels and lenses in the shipment Installation and removal Use the following procedures to install and remove Avaya 2250 Attendant Consoles 52 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Note Although Avaya 2250 Attendant Consoles do not require a static discharge ground connection the connection should be installed to protect any earlier vintage attendant consoles that may be used as replacements Choose a clean level work surface and place several sheets of soft clean paper between the attendant console and the work surface This will prevent scratching or otherwise damaging the top cover LCD indicators and screen and the feature keys of the attendant console Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Follow the steps in Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on p
191. ault language and customize Set to Set Messages on page 170 3 Table 48 LD 11 Configure Callers List and Redial List keys on page 170 4 Table 49 LD 11 Configure the default language for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones on page 171 Table 50 LD 11 Configure the Server based Applications Corporate Directory and Set to Set Messaging on page 172 Table 51 LD 32 Clear or reset a Personal Directory Password for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones on page 172 Table 53 LD 22 Print Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones peripheral software versions on page 173 Note The firmware versions for each Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone type will print along with the versions of any other downloadable peripheral software 8 Table 54 LD 97 Configure parameters for System wide Flash Download on page 173 166 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Configuration 9 Table 55 LD 11 Configure Full Duplex Handsfree Class of Service on page 175 10 Table 56 LD 32 Flash Download commands on page 176 Note For more information refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 and Avaya Software Input Output Reference System Messages NN43001 712 Table 46 LD 11 Configure the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Prompt Response Description REQ NEW New data CHG Change
192. aya 2250 Attendant Console cross connections on page 61 which illustrates the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console cross connections Note The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console is powered by means of the line circuits In addition to the primary TN secondary TN and ASM TN two TNs are cabled to the Avaya 2250 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 61 Attendant consoles Attendant Console using the AUX and AUX leads The maximum loop length is 3000 ft of 24 AWG wire Note When additional options are used BLF or display backlight option an additional 16 V DC power supply is required The 16 V DC source is cabled using VPS and VPS RTN leads The maximum distance from the console to the power source is 120 feet of 24 AWG wire Please note if both options are installed only one 16 V DC power supply is required Note Avaya recommends that five consecutive TNs on the line circuit be allocated for each console Note When used with the ISDLC the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console requires NT8D02 or later Note The third TN must be cross connected to the console cable WH SL pair whether or not an ASM Attendant Supervisory Module is installed This third TN provides additional console power which is required Table 9 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console connections on page 62 on Table 9 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console connections on page 62 explains where each Avaya 2250 Attendant Console cable pair is connected Table 10 Avaya 2250
193. base telephone jack and replace the footstand ensuring that the MPDA or MCA cable does not get pinched between the base and the footstand Make sure the footstand is firmly seated in the base 5 Tighten all screws reconnect the line cord and place the telephone in the normal operating position Note Place the label supplied with the External Alerter on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set 332 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Key Expansion Modules 6 For the connecting block configuration see Figure 80 External Alerter connecting block configuration on page 333 7 Perform the self test see Meridian Modular Telephones self test on page 288 and acceptance test procedures See LD 31 in the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 553 AAA0647 Figure 80 External Alerter connecting block configuration Key Expansion Modules Follow the steps in Installing and removing Key Expansion Module s on the M2616 and M2216ACD telephones on page 334 to add one single or two double Key Expansion Modules to the M2616 or M2216ACD telephones Note Have the associated footstand on hand before installing the Key Expansion Modules Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 333 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Note Adding a K
194. board Printed Circuit Board PCB This connector is accessed through a rectangular knockout section located underneath the casing overhang at the Meridian logo location The attendant console s top cover must be removed to install the BLF CGM Refer to the following procedures to install the BLF CGM Connecting the BLF CGM to the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 32 Checking the functionality of the Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module on page 37 Removing the Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module on page 38 Refer to the Avaya M1250 M2250 Attendant Console User Guide or the Avaya Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module User Guide for further information A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Follow normal antistatic precautions when installing the BLF CGM on the attendant console Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 31 Attendant consoles BLF CGM Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 553 AAA1718 EPS Figure 1 Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Connecting the BLF CGM to the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 1 Disconnect the main power system cable from the rear of the attendant console and remove the handset jack plug from the side 2 Move the adjustable display to the down position to protect it from damage while installing the BLF CGM Move the volume slider switch to the far left See Figure 2 Volume slider position on page 32 Move Volum
195. connector J2 on the M2006 and M2008 M2008HF P1 on the M2616 on the main board should have jumpers which must be removed at this point 3 Connect the Power Module to the main board with the ribbon cable keeping the red edge of the ribbon cable from the front of the telephone as show in Figure 74 Ribbon cable placement on page 321 A Caution Damage to Equipment This is a polarity sensitive connection The cable and the connector on the main board J2 on the M2006 and M2008 M2008HF and P1 on the M2616 are keyed 4 Screw the Power Module into position on the left side of the telephone 320 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Power Supply Board NT2K models LS P Cable routed underneath 2 T C M2008HF M2616 Microphone 553 AAA0642 Figure 74 Ribbon cable placement Reattaching the Base 1 Make sure that all ribbon cables are lying flat and not caught on any posts on the telephone cover or base A Caution For the M2616 and M2008HF make sure that the microphone has not been moved from its black rubber holder The holder should be seated in the main board near the ribbon cable that was just attached 2 Replace the base 3 Insert all screws and tighten them 4 If the telephone has an MCA or MPDA plug its cable into the jack on the telephone base 5 Install the footstand and secure it with two screws 6 Reconnect all cords including the hand
196. ctors IPE eese 248 A0288529 jumpers sse 312 A0300752 cable snieni 306 A0300753 cable eeese en 306 A0346862 line cords seeeeeeeeseeenee 298 A0367601 transformers cceececceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 39 A0408927 cable nrinn 306 A0408928 cable ees 306 ACPND Attendant Call Party Name Display feature 77 Active Call Failover sssse 104 actiV6 State iussi rac ert rte na eren a veu cis 87 263 377 M3820 M3310 M3110 sessessss 377 Meridian Modular Telephones 87 263 Active status message sss 48 add on modules 30 298 312 319 331 333 339 344 BLF CQOM cccccccecececseeeeseescssecesceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 30 Data Options 339 External Alerter Boards eese 331 Key Expansion Modules sssss 333 TIE To E 298 packing and unpacking essssssss 298 power supply boards sssssssss 312 319 troubleshooting esses 344 wall mounting cssessseseeeeeennn 344 ADM terminals eese 339 ADO Asynchronous Data Option 336 337 339 352 362 Apple Macintosh connections 339 described 12r ee tania iro rar ne el ranis 336 337 external power supply
197. cumentation provided by Avaya Avaya is not responsible for the accuracy of any information statement or content provided on these sites and does not necessarily endorse the products services or information described or offered within them Avaya does not guarantee that these links will work all the time and has no control over the availability of the linked pages Warranty Avaya provides a limited warranty on its hardware and Software Product s Refer to your sales agreement to establish the terms of the limited warranty In addition Avaya s standard warranty language as well as information regarding support for this Product while under warranty is available to Avaya customers and other parties through the Avaya Support website http support avaya com Please note that if you acquired the Product s from an authorized Avaya reseller outside of the United States and Canada the warranty is provided to you by said Avaya reseller and not by Avaya Software means computer programs in object code provided by Avaya or an Avaya Channel Partner whether as stand alone products or pre installed on hardware products and any upgrades updates bug fixes or modified versions Licenses THE SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS AVAILABLE ON THE AVAYA WEBSITE HTTP SUPPORT AVAYA COM LICENSEINFO ARE APPLICABLE TO ANYONE WHO DOWNLOADS USES AND OR INSTALLS AVAYA SOFTWARE PURCHASED FROM AVAYA INC ANY AVAYA AFFILIATE OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER
198. current data TYPE X X Type of telephone 3901 Avaya 3901 3902 Avaya 3902 3903 Avaya 3903 3904 Avaya 3904 3905 Avaya 3905 3903H Avaya 3903 Host Terminal 3904H Avaya 3904 Host Terminal 3903V Avaya 3903 Virtual Terminal 3904V Avaya 3904 Virtual Terminal Note The Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones only support the Host Terminal and the Virtual Terminal feature Note If the Avaya 3901 3902 or 3905 Digital Deskphones are configured as a Virtual Terminal the error message SCH0099 is output Note Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones support Corporate Directory and Set to Set Messaging TN Terminal number Iscu Format for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and Avaya Communication Server 1000E Avaya CS 1000E system where loop s shelf c card u unit If confirmed as 3903V or 3904V the loop must be a phantom If confirmed as 3903H or 3904H the loop must NOT be a phantom Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 167 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Prompt Response Description DES d d Designator d d represents an Office Data Administration System ODAS Station Designator of 1 6 alphanumeric characters CUST Xx Customer number as defined in LD 15 KBA 0 2 Key based Accessory module configuration prompt KBA The KBA prompt appears when the set type is Avaya 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphones
199. d feature The fixed feature keys appear on the telephone with text or icon labels Telephones with icon labels are only available in specific market regions Table 23 Fixed Feature Key text and icon labels Feature Text Key Label Icon Key Label Goodbye Goodbye ye Hold Hold or c Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 117 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Feature Text Key Label Icon Key Label Mute Mute Cx Handsfree lt lt Volume 4 4 4 Headset Headset 3 Options Optioris v DN line in 1 Feature Avaya 3901 Feature Fx Digital Deskphone Message Message PAX Directory Log Avaya Directory Log rr 3904 Digital Deskphone Call Log Avaya 3903 Call Log LS Digital Deskphone Shift 4t Shift tt Application Applications a Navigation Em g m up Copy Copy E Quit Quit Quit Transfer Avaya 3902 Transfer V Digital Deskphone InCalls Avaya 3905 In Calls 7 Digital Deskphone Not Ready Avaya Not Ready 3905 Digital Deskphone Make Busy Avaya Make Busy ry 3905 Digital Deskphone Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com Programmable line feature keys soft labeled Feature Text Key Label Icon Key Label Call Supervisor Avaya Supervisor 2 8 3905 Digital Deskphone Answer Agent Avaya Ans Agent ape 3905 Digital Deskphone Activity C
200. d in to the electret jack at this time the call is dropped the agent logged off and must log in again once 276 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Power Supply Board the electret headset is plugged in When power is restored the carbon jack returns automatically Table 78 Power requirements Telephone type Loop power Additional power Power Supply Board M2006 Basic configuration Any option s M2008 2008HF Basic configuration Any option s M2616 Basic configuration with Handsfree Programmable Data Adapter and Display Key Expansion Module External alerter interface M2216ACD 1 Basic configuration with Display Any option s M2216ACD 2 No All configurations No display can be added to the M2006 set Power Supply Board The power supply option consists of a Power Supply Board which mounts inside the telephone coupled with an external wall mount transformer or closet power supply which provides power to the Power Supply Board The Power Supply Board receives its power through pins 1 and 6 of the line cord When installing an MCA or MPDA to NTZK or NT2K phone sets with a date code prior to January 1998 a Power Option board is required along with an additional power source When installing an MCA in an NT9K phone set or an NT2K with date code of January 1998 install only the MCA an additional Power Option board and Jumper board are not required
201. d to support a restructuring of the Documentation Library which resulted in the merging of multiple legacy NTPs This new document consolidates information previously contained in the following legacy documents now retired e Attendant Console Description 553 2201 117 Digital Telephones Line Engineering 553 2201 180 Meridian 1 Telephones b53 3001 108 Meridian 1 European Digital Telephones 53 3001 114 Telephone and Attendant Console Installation 553 3001 215 M3900 Series Meridian Digital Telephones 553 3001 216 16 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 2 Customer service Visit the Avaya Web site to access the complete range of services and support that Avaya provides Go to www avaya com or go to one of the pages listed in the following sections Navigation Getting technical documentation on page 17 Getting product training on page 17 Getting help from a distributor or reseller on page 17 Getting technical support from the Avaya Web site on page 18 Getting technical documentation To download and print selected technical publications and release notes directly from the Internet go to www avaya com support Getting product training Ongoing product training is available For more information or to register go to www avaya com support From this Web site locate the Training link on the left hand navigation pane Getting
202. de required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps III phones configured on a 25 08 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 08 to 04 00 procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 04 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 25 10 25 15 Re issue Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a 25 10 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 10 to 25 15 Re issue procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 25 15 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 25 30 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 199 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present Upgrade to Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps soft
203. ded for relocation See Automatic Set Relocation in Avaya Features and Services Fundamentals Six Books NN43001 106_B1 B6 for complete details 272 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com How to relocate a Meridian Modular Telephone How to relocate a Meridian Modular Telephone 1 Go off hook receive dial tone and enter Relocation Code either SPRE 81 or Flexible Feature Code 2 Enter optional security code as defined in LD 15 a burst of tone confirms that the telephone is relocated out 3 Take the telephone to the new location and plug it in a confirmation buzz from the speaker indicates the telephone is in service Specifications The following specifications govern the performance of the Meridian Modular Telephones under the environmental conditions described Environmental and safety considerations All digital telephones and their associated options meet the requirements of Electronic Industries Association EIA specification PN 1361 Temperature and humidity Operating state Temperature range 0 to 50 C 32 to 104 F Relative humidity 5 to 95 non condensing At temperatures above 34 C 93 F relative humidity is limited to 53 mbar of water vapor pressure Storage Temperature range 50 to 70 C 58 to 158 F Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 273 Meridian Modular Telephones Relative humidity 5 to 95
204. dentical two prong G3 type connectors are provided on each side of the console body to permit handset or headset connection at either side of the console The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console is compatible with both carbon and electret handsets or headsets The electret handset plug is orientation dependent and is labeled accordingly The attendant console is connected to the system through two digital ports one port for Call Service processing and one for Call Destination processing with three additional ports for powering for a total of five ports The PCCIU interface used for the PC based Console software application requires only three ports in total The attendant console requires a Digital Line Card DLC or an Integrated Services Digital Line Card ISDLC NT8D02 or later Local console controls Visual contrast on the display panel can be adjusted using the Contrast option on the Options menu From the Options menu four line mode can be changed to two line mode for easier viewing and to use larger fonts The pitch and volume of the buzz tone on the console can be adjusted by the user Any one of 15 languages can be chosen for the console screen displays English French Spanish German Italian Norwegian Irish Gaeilge Turkish Katakana P R C People s Republic of China Taiwan Korean Polish Czech Slovak or Hungarian When the languages P R C Taiwanese and Korean are chosen the attendant console uses two line
205. dge is powered through the ACM The ACM receives power through the telephone via the telephone line cord which is connected to a Teladapt wall transformer power supply see Figure 37 Wall transformer connections on page 156 on Figure 37 Wall transformer connections on page 156 Check with your Avaya distributor for the recommended wall transformer for the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories You must install the Accessory Connection Module ACM into your Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones refer to the ACM Installation Sheet before you install your Personal Directory PC Utility Interface Cartridge Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 125 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Note The CTIA Cartridge and the Personal Directory PC Utility Interface Cartridge are identical If both products are to be used only one cartridge is required The Personal Directory PC Utility supports the following languages English French Spanish German Danish Portuguese Italian Norwegian Swedish Finnish Dutch The default language is English Full Duplex Handsfree The Full Duplex Handsfree FDHF functionality allows simultaneous two way communication during a handsfree call Regular handsfree operation is half duplex Only one party can be heard at a time FDHF allows a speaker to be aware when another party on the call is also speaking Note To ensure optimal functionality the receive audio level
206. display Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 49 Attendant consoles The attendant console is equipped with a real time clock calendar The time of day hours minutes and seconds and the date day month and year are displayed on line 1 of the display screen The sound of key clicks can be turned on or off The pitch and volume of key clicks can be adjusted Wiring The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console requires a 16 pair cable terminated on an Amphenol connector When zone cabling and conduit are used assign a block of numbers or letters to each zone Allow for growth when assigning blocks of numbers Cable markers are normally an adhesive backed cloth tape 1 2 inches wide by 3 1 2 inches long 15 mm by 65 mm with preprinted numbers For limits and cabling for analog 500 2500 type telephones refer to Figure 12 Zone cabling and conduit assignment on page 51 For a list of terminal connections see Table 6 Terminal connections on page 51 on Table 6 Terminal connections on page 51 Installing wiring Follow the steps in Installing wiring on page 50 to install the wiring for a telephone Installing wiring 1 Assign a number to the wire or cable used 2 Attach the assigned number to the wire or cable at the end nearest the telephone using a cable marker 3 Run the wire or cable between the telephone location and nearest cross connect point if not previously run 4 Connect the cable or wire
207. e firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III telephones to Phase I Il firmware 25 30 Yes Phase Follow the standard software order process Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 193 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present Upgrade to Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps software software required Series Digital Deskphones Phase Il Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Il and Phase III telephones on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Large System Release 24 2x to 25 30 procedure for Phase telephones above The Release 25 30 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III telephones to Phase I II firmware 25 40 Yes Phasel Follow the standard software 25 40B order process Phase Il Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Il and Phase III telephones on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Large Sy
208. e G BK o phone BK S To Tele S BK i ii Part of Shelf Wiring Harness Shelf Connector Part of multi pair Cable 553 1291 Figure 92 Block diagram of M2317 Data communication The M2317 can be equipped with an Asynchronous Data Option which will permit the use of either the telephone s dial pad or the feature keys to place and terminate data calls in the asynchronous mode The Data Option also supports keyboard dialing from the data terminal when that terminal operates in the asynchronous mode The Asynchronous Data Option is equipped with a dialing feature which enables the user to originate data calls to local and remote Data Terminal Equipment DTE directly from a data terminal keyboard or personal computer The dialing feature in conjunction with the communications firmware provided with the Data Option supports most of the HAYES Smartmodem dialing features Terminal emulation packages can also be used with the dialing feature Data characteristics The M2317 Asynchronous Data Option communicates with Data Terminal Equipment DTE having characteristics as follows Data type ASCII Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 365 M2317 telephone Synchronization Asynchronous Start Stop Number of Bits 8 bits Parity none unchecked Data rate 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 bits per second autobaud Stop bits 2 bits for 110 bits per
209. e 13 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console assembly drawing exploded view on page 55 for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console assembly drawing 54 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover LCD screen LCD screen hinge assembly NM iN WY Base housing assembly Ribbon cable Faceplate assembly Figure 13 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console assembly drawing exploded view 3 Holding the top cover and the base together by hand turn the attendant console right side up and place it back on the work surface 4 Carefully lift the faceplate straight up and disconnect the 20 pin plug ribbon cable located at J2 Note On attendant consoles with a display attached to the top cover do not connect or disconnect the cable to the display unless the attendant console line cord is disconnected Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover Follow the steps in Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover on page 55 to install the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover 1 Set the QMT2 dip switch To locate the dip switch look at the attendant console from the top The QMT2 dip switch is the only dip switch on the topmost circuit board Set the switch to ON enable QMT2 or OFF disable QMT2 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 55 Attendant consoles No
210. e 37 on Figure 7 Positioning the top cover and the BLF CGM on page 37 Reconnect all cables in the correct positions and make sure that none are trapped Ensuring that the volume slider is fully engaged in the correct slider hold the top cover and console base firmly together Turn the assembly upside down see Figure 8 Attaching the top cover to the attendant console base and BLF CGM on page 37 Figure 8 Attaching the top cover to the attendant console base and BLF CGM on page 37 Reinsert the 12 screws that secure the top cover to the console base and tighten 38 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Display backlight power supply option 13 If required replace the adjustable stand 14 Reconnect the main system cable to the rear of the console For more on the features and operation of the BLF CGM refer to the Avaya Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module User Guide Display backlight power supply option An optional 16 V DC power supply A0367601 can be installed to the Main Distribution Frame MDF to improve the backlight brightness of the BLF CGM display The display backlight power supply must be cabled in at the local MDF at a maximum of 120 ft 36 m from the attendant console when the BLF CGM is installed A0367601 Transformer This provides all the power requirements for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console applications DSS 9000 Direct Station Select Bu
211. e DN to the M2006 causes the telephone to disables itself and all LCDs light steadily It will return to its normal operating state when service change removes all secondary DNs LCD indicators support 4 key LCD states Function LCD state idle off active on steady ringing flash 60 Hz hold fast flash 120 Hz An indicator fast flashes when a feature key is pressed but the procedure necessary to activate the feature has not been completed Volume control 264 One key with two toggle positions controls volume Pressing the right volume up or left volume down side of the key incrementally increases or decreases the volume for the tone or sound which is currently active The volume settings are retained for subsequent calls until new volume adjustments are made If the telephone is equipped with a Display Module volume can be adjusted at any time with the setting displayed on the screen in Program mode Note All Meridian Modular Telephones manufactured after June 1996 are compliant with the HAC volume level requirements issued by the FCC for handset volume control for the hearing impaired The highest volume level setting provides 13 5 dB over nominal Handset volumes can be configured to return to nominal on a per call basis You can adjust the volume of the following tones while they are audible ringing handsfree M2616 handset headset Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avay
212. e Slider to left most position 553 AAA0626 Figure 2 Volume slider position 3 Place the attendant console facedown on a properly prepared work surface taking care to avoid scratching or damaging the top cover or display Remove the adjustable stand if required 32 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installation The stand is secured with four screws Remove the stand as a complete assembly and set aside 4 Remove the 12 fastening screws in the base of the attendant console that secure the top cover to the console base See Figure 3 Removing the fastening screws on page 33 Holding the console base and cover firmly turn it over so that the top cover is on facing up Do Not Remove Y These Screws Remove These 12 Screws e Polystyrene Foam Sheet Do Not Remove These Screws Figure 3 Removing the fastening screws 5 Raise and hold the top cover to remove the single cable connector only The alerter cable does not need to be removed See Figure 4 Removing the top cover on page 34 6 Remove the top cover and place it upside down to the left of the attendant console Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 33 Attendant consoles 10 Top cover Remove flat cable 553 AAA1719 EPS Figure 4 Removing the top cover Remove the knockout section on the back of the attendant console see Figure 5 Attendant console knockout section on page 34
213. e installation for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones X11 Release 25 40 Phase III and later supports the following features and enhancements Full Duplex Handsfree Avaya 3904 Phase III System initiated language selection Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Call Forward enhancements Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 31 digit dialing Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Callers List soft key Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Redial List soft key Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Pause in dialing string Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Special character support Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Headset state support Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Set to Set Messaging enhancements Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 One button feature access to Corporate Directory Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Corporate Directory search enhancement Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Avaya 3900 single site Virtual Office enhancements Virtual Office clearing of the Callers List and Redial List Avaya 3903 and Avaya 3904 Automatic log out of Virtual Office Speed Call for Virtual Office System initiated language download Personal Directory fixed feature key Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones communicate with the Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 through digital transmission over standard twisted pair wiring Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones can interface with all ve
214. e other end of the ribbon cable into the interface jack in the telephone left side Gather the excess cable in the base of the Key Expansion Module 4 To add a second Key Expansion Module snap a second ribbon cable connector into the bottom interface jack on the second Key Expansion Module Snap the other end of the ribbon cable into the top interface jack on the first Key Expansion Module see Figure 81 Key Expansion Module connections bottom view on page 336 Gather the excess cable in the base of the second Key Expansion Module 5 If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA reconnect the data cable to the base telephone jack Make sure the MPDA or MCA cable and interface cable do not get pinched between the base and footstand 6 Secure the footstand to the Key Expansion Module s and telephone by placing the tabs of the footstand into the slots provided on the base of the Key Expansion Module and telephone and pressing down Make sure the footstand is firmly seated on the base Note Use the cable supplied with the module This is a special cable required for EMI compliance Newer versions of the Key Expansion Module use a longer modified cable than was used on earlier versions Ensure that the ribbon cable s are not pinched between the footstand and mounting posts 7 Insert the three four if there are two modules self tapping Phillips head screws supplied with the Key Expansion Module into the mounting holes in
215. e upside down on top of a level solid work surface covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to moveable keys and the telephone face 3 Remove the 2 screws from the telephone footstand if fitted to separate the footstand from the telephone 4 Remove the wall mount clip located inside the footstand and insert the clip in the switchhook rest using the holes provided 5 Rotate the footstand 180 degrees snap the footstand back into place and tighten the screws Note that the footstand must be screwed to the base for wall mounting 6 Mount the telephone on the wall using the wall mount holes provided on the bottom of the footstand 7 Plug the line cord connector back into the connecting block Note The footstand cannot be reversed when the MCA data option or key expansion module is equipped so such telephones cannot be wall mounted Note An additional clip is provided for wall mounting the telephone This clip is attached to the switchhook rest to prevent the handset from slipping when mounted on the wall Specifications This section lists the specifications required for Meridian digital telephones Environmental and safety considerations All Meridian digital telephones are designed to comply with EN 60950 1992 Safety of Information Technology Equipment including Electrical Business Equipment EN 41003 1993 Particular Safety Requirements for Equipment to be connected to Telecommunication Network
216. eadset key MCA External Alerter Interface expansion M3310 Terminal headset handsfree MCA External Alerter Interface M3110 Terminal MCA External Alerter Interface Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 389 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Power supply board The power supply option consists of a power supply board that mounts inside the telephone coupled with an external wall mount transformer or closet power supply that provides power to the power supply board The power supply board receives its power through pins 1 and 6 of the line cord The power supply board connects to the telephone through a 14 pin bottom entry connector Local plug in transformer A single winding transformer equipped with a 10 ft 3 m cord of 22 AWG two conductor stranded and twisted wire with a modular RJ 11 duplex adapter can provide the additional power needed to operate the telephone and its options A Warning Do not plug any equipment other than the terminal into the RJ 11 transformer adapter as damage to equipment can result 390 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Local plug in transformer Adapter jack 6 conductor line cord from telephone Plug Wall Aa I Tu Saye e Sposi o cir 1 transformer Adapter 110 V or 220 V 553 AAA0725 Figure 101 Configuration of local plug in transformer 120 V transformer The following minimum specifications
217. eaeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 239 vs cable characteristic impedance 243 K K connectors IPE sssseeee 248 key clicks adjusting seeee 49 key designations seseeeeeeneenn 57 Key Expansion Modules e 333 344 connections eeeessssssseeeeenenenenenen nnns 333 for wall mounting eeseeeseeeeeer 344 installing and removing sss 333 troubleshooting seen 344 key location codes ssssssssseeeneeee 68 Key based Accessory module 127 key lamp add on modules sssssss 298 key lamp strips ssssssee 77 80 TUNCHIONS visisscsstedssncvvnsnsasvecssivasnevivanidadevvsarccncevesntant IZ March 2013 program mode eren ennrnntnnen nhi kennne nnn 80 KEVDOAIO es C ESE 45 68 LAY OUI M PE ae anA A Taaa Ei 45 testing key functionality sesssssss 68 KEYS ansins a Eaa a aa E aaa ASL 72 stuck Avaya 2250 Attendant Console console 72 knockout tabs BLF CGM c sccccccccccecesssesesssaeees 31 L L connectors IPE ient 248 Lamp Field test procedures 31 68 JAMIP LOSIS UR 68 languages inerte re nin daete ia iater added veces 49 LCD display screen
218. echanical keying 4 1 If either the CTIA or the PC Utility cartridge is installed no additional cartridge is required The applicable software may be purchased separately 5 2 The Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface can only be used for external alerting when used with the Full Duplex Handsfree Call Recording is not supported Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 123 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Pd SDI Wz USART accessory accessory SDI USART non serial accessory accessory WA Figure 30 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones mechanical keying Analog Terminal Adapter The Analog Terminal Adapter ATA lets you connect an analog device such as a fax machine or modem to your telephone You can have simultaneous use of the telephone and the analog device The ATA is available for the Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphone models In the EMEA market region the ATA is supported only on the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Computer Telephony Integration Adapter The Computer Telephony Integration Adapter CTIA along with the desktop TAPI Service Provider software provides an interface to connect a PC to the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones This enables PC applications to monitor or control the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones for first party individual call control type applications The CTIA integrates the PC and the telephone allowing more effective manageme
219. ed Soft keys The M2317 telephone has five LCD labeled soft keys located immediately beneath the display screen Each softkey has a seven character wide label on the display screen immediately above the key The labels change as the available features change For example a softkey could access one feature in the idle state and a different feature in the active state The fifth softkey more is used to scroll to a second layer feature menu when there are more softkey assigned features available for the active telephone state Pressing the more key brings up the labels for the remaining functions Softkey label positions on the display screen are fixed by the M2317 telephone firmware and cannot be changed by the user Alphanumeric display screen The M2317 telephone is equipped with a two line 40 characters per line capacity LCD screen The 155 x 15 mm 6 x 0 6 in LCD screen has a capacity of 80 characters two lines of 40 characters each The first line displays date and time during the idle state incoming call Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 353 M2317 telephone identification feature icons user prompts and messages The second line displays the labels for the soft keys seven characters per key Handsfree key When Handsfree is on a user can talk to another party without lifting the handset Handsfree can be activated by pressing the Handsfree Mute key or by pressing a DN key without lifting the hands
220. ed and restarts the download for that block and remaining ones after the overlay is exited If this happens to Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones flash download the block of telephones are out of service for a lengthy period of time and this prolongs the completion of the system wide flash download If system warm start Initialization or cold start Sysload occurs while flash download is in progress the download process is aborted abruptly Any telephones which are in the middle of download fail to complete firmware download and are left inoperable You must re enter the single telephone or system wide flash download command later to restart and complete the download For system wide downloads any previously scheduled telephones are no longer queued for download While a manual individual download operation is still in progress do not abort LD 32 except in an emergency by using the command If the overlay is aborted before completing the download the telephone is left inoperable until a flash download command for the telephone is re entered and completed at a later time During system wide download you can use all overlays by issuing the ld x susp command However this ungracefully stops the download to the current group of telephones that are being downloaded and leaves them without firmware until the overlay is exited The download to these telephones is then started again While a system wide flash download operation is in prog
221. ed to one of the Night DNs defined for the group The actual DN the call will be routed to is determined by the Night Service Option number selected at that time The customer will also be able to define whether Night Call Waiting tone will be given to Night stations With Night Call Waiting tone allowed busy Night stations are notified when an incoming call is terminating on them The incoming call will be queued on the Night station until it becomes idle When the Night station becomes idle the incoming call will be presented This enhancement allows incoming DID trunks to be queued against busy Night stations thereby making the operation of the DID trunks the same as for all other Public Network trunks Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 75 Attendant consoles Attendant Blocking of DN The Attendant Blocking of DN ABDN feature enables the attendant to block a DN fora telephone from receiving or making calls This is particularly useful when a caller dials the attendant DN and requests an external long distance call If the caller chooses to disconnect until the attendant successfully places the call the requesting DN becomes idle and can receive or make calls Therefore the requesting DN could be busy when the attendant establishes the requested call To prevent the requesting DN from being busy when the requested call is completed the attendant can block the DN from making or receiving calls To callers attempting
222. eden 5 Grey NT6G57BA 3 2250 Chameleon A0642803 Italy 5 Grey NT6G57BA 9 2250 Dark Grey A0642804 Italy 8 NT3G30AA 3 Adjustable Chameleon A0348780 Global 5 stand gray ash Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Features Engineering Model Color Order code Availability code NT3G30AA 9 Adjustable BTS dark gray A0348778 Global 8 stand NT7G10AA Attendant N A A0366221 Global Supervisory Module ASM Features The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console has the following features A four line 40 character liquid crystal display LCD with backlighting Power including backlighting is maintained during building power failures with the system s battery backup if equipped Angle adjustment of the display screen which can be tilted through 90 from horizontal to fully vertical e Scrolling control of lines 2 and 3 of the display screen In Shift mode the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console can have up to 20 Trunk Group Busy TGB keys In Shift mode the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console can have up to 10 extra flexible feature keys for a total of 20 An optional supporting stand that can be adjusted to nine different positions A handset and headset volume slider control situated below the dial pad A physical connection to a serial data port through a subminiature D type female connector on the console back wall This per
223. ee selected Handsfree selected at selected at the at the switch the switch Group switch Group listening off listening On M3820 CPM and primary DN HF and Primary DN HF Group listening and key Speaker LED is key speaker LED is Primary DN key speaker not illuminated on when in LED is on when in HF or Handsfree mode Group Listening mode M3310 CPM and Primary DN HF and Primary DN HF Group Listening and key Speaker LED is key Speaker LED is Primary DN key Speaker not illuminated on when in HF mode LED is on when in HF or group listening M3110 CPM and Primary DN N A Group listening and key Speaker LED is Primary DN key speaker not illuminated LED is on when in Group listening mode Note CPM is Call Process Monitor which enables the user to hear for example the dial tone in the speaker Group listening enables the user to speak through the handset headset microphone and one or more parties can listen through the speaker thus hearing both sides ofthe conversation In Handsfree mode the user or group of users uses both the handsfree microphone and speaker Note Group listening is switched on or off under the program key option 1 M3820 and M3310 only Additional feature keys Message Waiting lamp key Each telephone has a red message waiting LED just above the hold and Ris keys that lights to indicate a message is waiting This LED is the primary message waiting indicator and lets you know tha
224. eeps Press the dial pad keys Headset beeps Unplug the headset 6 Press the right side of the volume Speaker beeps control key Display is filled with dark squares Press the right side of the volume Speaker beeps control key Display is blank 288 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Installation and removal Step Action Result Press the right side of volume control Speaker beeps key Display shows symbols including digits 0 9 and uppercase alphabet Press the right side of the volume Speaker beeps control key Display shows symbols including upper and lowercase alphabet Press the right side of the volume Speaker beeps control key Display shows various symbols Press the right side of the volume Speaker beeps control key Display shows symbols Press the right side of the volume Speaker beeps control key Display is filled with dark squares 7 Press the RLS key end of test Message Waiting lamp goes off Display shows idle screen within 10 seconds Install an M2317 telephone Follow the steps in Installing the M2317 telephone on page 289 to install an M2317 telephone Installing the M2317 telephone 1 Complete the wiring and cross connection as shown in Figure 62 M2317 digital telephone cross connections on page 290 before connecting the telephone to the TELADAPT connector block 2 Place the tel
225. efully disconnect the end of the 8 pin TELADAPT jack plugged into the telephone by pressing firmly on the latch tab and slowly lifting up 5 Turn the telephone footstand assembly over and put it in the normal use position Remove the two self tapping screws that fasten the MPDA or MCA to the telephone footstand assembly and remove the MPDA or MCA by pulling outward and up Go to 11 on page 311 to replace the MPDA or MCA 6 Remove the back covering of the phone base by removing the four screws 7 If the NTZK or the NT2K with date code prior to April 24 1998 phone set is equipped with a Power Option board and or cable the Power Option board and or cable must be removed before installing the MCA Remove the two small screws from the Power board near the top and set them aside To disconnect the Power Option board from the NTZK telephone grasp the board firmly on each side and slowly rock the board while applying upward pressure until it is released from the 2X7 pin connector To disconnect the NT2K Power Option board from the set simply remove the screws from the base and lift the board out of the set 310 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com 10 12 13 MCA operating parameters If the Power Option board has a ribbon cable disconnect the cable from the 2X7 pin connector on the main board and remove the cable If the phone is equipped with the External Alerter board
226. ements Meridian digital telephones are supported by software The package number for the Meridian digital telephones is 170 The mnemonic is ARIE The DSET package 88 and the TSET package 89 are required Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 377 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Terminal options This section describes the options available for Meridian european digital telephones Table 102 Hardware features and options on page 378 lists the features and optional hardware available for each telephone Table 102 Hardware features and options M3820 M3310 M3110 Programmable Feature keys 13 7 8 Handsfree microphone X X Optional hardware available Key Expansion Module X Meridian Communications X X X Adapter MCA External alerter interface X X X Brandline insert X X X Note In this table x indicates available features for the telephone type listed in the top row Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface 378 The External Alerter Board provides an interface to standard remote ringing devices such as a ringing unit installed in a location separate from the telephone The Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface MEARI is not the remote ringer itself but provides access to standard off the shelf remote ringing devices The Alerter Board requires additional power See Power requirements on page 389 You can program the MEARI int
227. en wall mounted blocks are used Run and connect the other end of the cross connecting wire to the assigned TN terminal block Table 87 Z type cross connecting wire Size Gauge Color Designation 1 pr 22 Y BL Tip BL Y Ring 3 pr 24 W BL Voice T BL W Voice R W O Signal T O W Signal R W G Power G W Power 294 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Cross connect the telephones Table 88 Inside wiring colors Inside wiring colors Z station wire 16 25 pair cable Connect to equipment TN G W BL First pair Tip R BL W First pair Ring BK W O Second pair Tip Y O W Second pair Ring Pack Telephone connector connecting PE shelf block or connector Cross connect W BL Line ndis BL W to telephone For Power Supply leads W G pply G W to telephone BK G G BK to telephone BK S S BK to telephone Shelf X Part of 25 connector pair cable pair cable 553 AAA0587 Figure 63 Meridian Modular Telephone cross connections Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 295 Meridian Modular Telephones installation 296 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Appendix C Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Contents This section contains information on the following topics Packing and unpacking on page 298 Meridian Modular Telephones o
228. eparate winding is required for each terminal and grounds must not be connected Note The QUT1 closet power supply source is not compatible with Meridian digital telephones The AC source must be rated at 29 V AC 700 mA isolated The DC source must be rated at 42 V DC 300 mA isolated with current limiting output of 1 amp 392 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Closet Power Supply 3 Tipt To IDF 6 conductor linecord 7 from telephone AL Connects to an isolated output I II LI II LI L CC CS Co CS Ce ee coc c gt c 20 E c c Closet Power Supply 553 AAA0724 Shumway SBI 221 25 or equivalent Figure 102 Closet Power Supply configuration Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 393 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones 394 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Index Numerics 16 25 palr cables trece nien kon eu geek Rota 50 attendant console connections 50 terminal connections eeeeseeeeeene 50 500 2500 telephones ssssssss 245 248 COMMOCTING o 247 cross connecting ssessssssseseeneen 248 designallrig 2 2 ette e eth eta Rede 246 dazjcilert enaa Ea a eer creer 245 FEMOVING scccesnvanctvcevsaaacen ced aan en E aad 245 duce aanas aa E aA iia 247 A A conne
229. ephone upside down on a number of sheets of soft clean paper and on a solid level work surface to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone s face 3 Connect the handset cord 4 conductor TELADAPT connectors to the handset and to the telephone and snap into place 4 Turn the smooth side of the cord away from the telephone base and secure it under the restraining tab This ensures that the telephone sits level after the installation is complete 5 Connect the 6 conductor line cord to the telephone base and place it under the restraining tabs 6 Turn the telephone face up and place it in the normal operating position 7 Print the Directory Number DN on the designation card and place it in the designation card holder 8 Designate button labels for programmable keys and place them under the button cover Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 289 Meridian Modular Telephones installation 10 11 12 13 14 15 Pack Insert the line cord TELADAPT connector block and snap it into place Place the line cord under the restraining tabs Plug the 5 V power supply connector into the back of the telephone Plug the power supply into an AC utility outlet After the M2317 digital telephone is connected to a line that is both enabled and designated as an M2317 digital line the startup screen displays INITIALIZATION V6 4 Within 5 seconds the Idle state screen is displayed and the M2317 is op
230. ephones interface with the DLC The DLC supports eight Integrated Voice and Data ports each port supports one data and one voice channel A voice TN and a data TN are assigned in the software 258 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com General description General description This section describes the various features and capabilities of the following Meridian Modular Telephones M2006 A single line telephone with 6 programmable function keys See Figure 50 M2006 modular telephone on page 260 M2008 M2008HF A multi line telephone with 8 programmable function keys The M2008HF contains an integrated Handsfree unit See Figure 51 M2008 M2008HF modular telephone on page 261 M2616 A high performance multi line telephone with 16 programmable function keys and integrated Handsfree unit See Figure 52 M2616 modular telephone on page 262 M2216ACD 1 A multi line telephone for ACD operations It has 15 programmable function keys a special ACD Display Module and two RJ 32 jacks for modular electret headsets See Figure 55 M2216ACD 1 and 2 left side showing headset jacks on page 271 M2216ACD 2 A multi line telephone for ACD operations It has 15 programmable function keys and a special ACD Display It is similar to model 1 but with one PJ 327 jack for a carbon agent headset and one Ru 32 jack for an electret supervisor headset See Figure 55 M2216ACD 1 and 2 left
231. ephones series of telephones which is only available in Europe consists of the following telephones M3110 M3310 M3820 Meridian digital telephones are designed to provide cost effective integrated voice and data communication These telephones communicate with the Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems by using digital transmission over standard twisted pair wiring They interface with the system using the Integrated Services Digital Line Card ISDLC or the eXtended Digital Line Card XDLC Meridian digital telephones are connected to the system through a two wire loop carrying two independent 64 kbs PCM channels with associated signaling channels One of the two PCM channels is dedicated to voice while the other is dedicated to data traffic The telephone interfaces with the Digital Line Card XDLC or ISDLC in the Intelligent Peripheral Equipment shelf of the system The XDLC supports 16 voice and 16 data ports The ISDLC supports eight voice and eight data ports A TN is assigned to each port in the system software M3110 The M3110 Meridian digital telephone supports the following features On Hook Dialing and Group Listening Dedicated release and hold keys 368 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com M3110 Figure 93 M3110 Meridian digital telephone Message Waiting and Mute Indicators 10 Feature System Programmable k
232. er Place the black plastic connector shroud over the RS 232 C interface connector Note It is not possible to install the shroud after the board has been inserted in the telephone base Tip the circuit board up and insert it connector end first under the tabs in the base Position it over the molded locating pins then lower the board completely into position in the telephone base Use the three slotted self tapping screws supplied with the board and install them through the mounting holes Tighten the screws Plug the ribbon cable connector into the header connector located on the existing circuit board of the telephone mounted on the faceplate assembly Only one such connector is located on the telephone s circuit board Make sure the connector is snug Reassemble the telephone by placing the base section on the faceplate section Reinstall the five screws Tighten the screws reconnect all cords and place the telephone in its former position Refer to Installing the M2317 data terminal on page 340 to connect the power supply and data terminal to the ADO Installing the M2317 data terminal 1 Connect the RS 232 C interface connector from the data terminal to the matching header connector in the back of the telephone See Figure 83 M2317 data terminal 340 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com M2317 Data Option and Data Option power supply connection on
233. er measure the capacitance between the following points T and GND Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 237 Digital telephones line engineering R and GND Requirement The difference between the two readings must be 0 002 uF gt Measuring Impulse Noise Use Measuring impulse noise on page 238 to measure impulse noise Measuring impulse noise 1 Measure impulse noise on selected lines during busy hours Use an NE 58B noise measurement set or the equivalent Note The termination and weighting filter required are 135 ohm and 100 kHz respectively and the blanking interval is 25 us 2 Using Figure 47 Maximum allowable impulse noise counts versus loop loss on page 240 determine that for a given loop loss and noise threshold the impulse noise counts for each 15 minute interval are below the corresponding curve Note The values in Figure 47 Maximum allowable impulse noise counts versus loop loss on page 240 were derived by assuming that the counter has a count rate or 512 pulses per second Note Because ofthe inaccuracy of the noise measuring set additional errors can occur during the blanking interval and the reading consequently is lower than the actual measurement Measuring Background Noise Use Measuring background noise on page 238 to measure background noise Measuring background noise 1 Measure background noise on the loop by using an NE 58B noise measuring set 238 Telepho
234. er number 0 99 d1 starting Prime DN d2 ending Prime DN FRCE NO YES System wide Flash Download control option NO Conditional default System wide Flash Download through FDLS in LD 32 applies only to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones set whose flash firmware version is different from the version currently found on the system disk YES Forced Force System wide Flash Download to all of the specified Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones regardless of their current flash firmware versions Note Use this option with caution Once the download tree is built after executing FDLS in LD 32 this option automatically reverts to NO Note This option is not applicable to reporting FVER 0 99 Flash firmware version specified for full report If 0 report all versions default Note This option is applicable to reporting only through FSUM ALL in LD 32 Table 55 LD 11 Configure Full Duplex Handsfree Class of Service Prompt Response Description REQ NEW CHG Add new data Change existing data TYPE 3904 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones type Full Duplex Handsfree functionality requires an Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Phase III set CLS HFA Handsfree Allowed HFD Handsfree Denied default Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 175 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Table 56 LD 32 Flash Download commands Command Description FDLUI
235. er the display Be careful not to press the cable beneath the alignment posts or studs of the base See Figure 76 Connecting the cable to the display board on page 326 326 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing displays Note Do not allow R5 on the power supply board to become bent during this procedure 5 Replace the base If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA reconnect the data cable to the base telephone jack and replace the footstand ensuring that the MPDA or MCA cable does not get pinched between the base and the footstand Make sure the footstand is firmly seated in the base Note Place the label supplied with the display on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set 6 Tighten all screws reconnect all cords and place the telephone in the normal operating position 7 Perform the self test see and acceptance test procedures See LD 31 in the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Follow this procedure to add an NT2K28xx display to M2008 and M2616 telephones A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Before handling internal components of telephones discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Installing NT2K28AA displays on NTZK or NT2K sets Opening the Telephone 1
236. er the MCA is enabled in LD 11 System parameters are downloaded when the MCA is configured in LD 11 and power is reset See Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 for prompt and response details Data parameters can also be set through LD 11 as well as by the keypad The MCA communicates with Data Terminal Equipment DTE using the operating parameters shown below Synchronization Asynchronous Start Stop Number of bits 8 bits Parity none unchecked Data rate 110 150 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 bits per second autobaud asynchronous up to 64000 bits per second synchronous Stop bits 2 bits for 110 bits per second 1 bit for all other speeds asynchronous only Transmission Half duplex full duplex When using the MCA for synchronous data connections configure the telephone with a display option to view the data parameters The MPDA and MCA are supported on Meridian Modular Telephones only 306 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com MCA operating parameters When installing an MCA or MPDA into NTZK or NT2K phone sets with a date code prior to January 1998 a Power Option board is required along with an additional power source When installing an MCA in an NT9K or NT2K phone set with date code of January 1998 or later install only the MCA An additional Power Option board and Jumper board is not required See Table 79 NT2K model Po
237. erational The term V6 4 represents the firmware issue number and can differ with some installations If the M2317 has been connected to a line that is designated as a digital line but is not enabled the display prompts CONTACT SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR The line must be enabled using LD 32 from the maintenance terminal and by enabling the features outlined in the work order Refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 for the required routines prompts and responses If the M2317 has been connected to a line that is neither defined as a digital line nor enabled refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 for required routines prompts and responses Verify that all the requested features are enabled by accessing them with the soft keys or programmable keys from the M2317 telephone and observing the display screen Perform the self test see Performing the M2317 telephone self test on page 291 and acceptance test procedures See LD 31 in the Avaya Software Inout Output Administration NN43001 611 Telephone connecting connector PE shelf block or connector Cross connect block W BL as BL W o telephone W G G W to telephone BK G G BK BK S S BK to telephone to telephone Shelf 25 pair cable connector Part of multi pair cable 553 AAA0588 Figure 62 M2317 digital telephone cross connections 290 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments
238. erface to activate a ringer or light when the telephone rings or when the telephone is in use off hook A call to any DN configured on the telephone triggers the alerter The MEARI alerts to one active call at a time if the telephone is already active on a call a second call will not activate MEARI For information on installing and setting up the External Alerter see Add on modules in External Alerter Board on page 331 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Brandline Insert Brandline Insert The telephone contains a removable insert designed to accommodate custom labeling You can order blank Brandline Inserts and have a printer silkscreen your company logo on them Key Expansion Module A 22 key unit module can be attached to any M3820 terminal The extra keys can be assigned to any combination of lines and features You can add up to two expansion modules to a terminal You will need a separate footstand for the module s one for a single module one for a double Meridian Communications Adapter The Meridian Communications Adapter MCA lets you connect your telephone to a personal computer or terminal You can then use your telephone to exchange data between your computer and other computers The MCA can be used with all three models Configuration and installation Configuration Use LD 11 Meridian Digital Telephone Administration to configure the telephones
239. eridian Communications Adapter and Meridian Programmable Data Adapter 304 Fulichiongl descripfipiTou ioc ecce aeaa P 304 PAE OCT POSEE e aieo aceite de eden dildo arai ed t bdo Gn Ede nbn ak des dad En 306 Power Supply Board NTZK models E ET pug epe E E 312 Power supply Beard NTZK Modele E exeo edi OR E Oa e co et be e Rb da HL ep eR EO adn 319 Installing displays usse eset tritt err cope epe DuRo SE ERRARE APER PERDU oinek T Er External Alerter P T 331 Key Expansion Modules nan eee PE To T TT ee EE S r P ded Beynohigpous Data CU use rere eS Ep Orr atop PERDE axe bod tuba ne bb gd pes af ep eub d 336 l uriciioral descriptio iessen T PEE E PE PEE TE EROR E br UEd TT 336 ADO operating Pala i i RETRO A o LT 337 ADO eDSImal BOUE SUED n icio kadi aon sau de padded bo Eod nd ea DoD dici pas tnb ho Dri eua 337 M2317 Data ODDO eiie ito eee ind e edu REFUSER EIER Ee E E 339 Mendan Ce FINAN AUIS MI RN EE EO TT 343 ARIE eG al deserinio ee 343 iUc Be pr ERE TUNE 344 Bic ETT TEE 344 Appendix D M2317 telephone 349 Blume T T jobs T iveta ues actos bacon m THU areas 349 VAL Users s P diate ote RT 350 Feature description TE EEEE ane EU EET PER P T P EE cy UR PONEING TONNE T 351 GA VETE INI
240. es Fundamentals March 2013 5 Beal a I eee TT 49 AIIM IGE cascades E E E EE E ag anadecaeetenascan casa i OM CRM Macr exi d tcR E E di Edd 50 Trist DECIR pec ee epa acp po ied pta mda e Rp CL Oen ra p RR CP c ne RR C PERDE PIA 50 Noma aporo lo mee P cT 52 Pe ELLIS STERN RETRO reset rrr U re rer reer yr Tyrer 52 Packing and unpacking e T T TM TT 52 BrisfalbztoD BEER DEA E Fond ri poet esa bbc HE iR E Conan E Tei qan E Hd Lei fus ER Re qE DN IRL EQE 52 Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console ns deta vi Db dde ubertas Rond ccu RO sta duct Dor Fat FED RU IUE 53 Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console ET M TUNE TUO rm TUE s D Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top Cover ssssssssssssseseeeeeeen enne 54 Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover sssssssssseeeeeeennnen enne 55 Permorming A OBEDIRE USO iieaoe Econ Ge edat bu Seeds Ay dnb n e Cet noo RM DOR RL MD 56 Designating keys on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console TIE Tom TRU E E EEE Td Crese connecting attendant Consoles criais a E dk c CO E 59 LODS RD EEE A E A EE E A A EEEE P EE RA T DE Avaya 2250 Attendant Console CONF QUYALIONS csscccsesssscssssesesessesssssssessssessssssssssesissisessesesssnssseseeeee 65 QMT2 feature disabled arekodi TER T ET PPAT E E aisen aeania ere iiic 65 LITER ae S BIB qo nae e CO ead i ED Ae Op ek utc aude 65 Mushngdanr PE regure me Sy ciet eene ceccd ieu
241. esignation sheet in the key cap that fits on the key Follow the steps in Designating the M2016S telephone on page 98 to designate the M2016S telephone Designating the M2016S telephone 1 Remove the cap from each key requiring a designation 2 Place the designation in the cap place the cap over the corresponding key and gently press down Repeat for all keys requiring designations 3 Insert a paper clip into the hole at the left or right end of the designation window 4 Gently pry the window toward the center and remove and insert the number tag 5 Replace the designation window Cross connect the telephone Be sure to connect the telephones as shown in Figure 24 M2016S telephone cross connections on page 100 Follow the steps in Cross connecting the telephones on page 98 to cross connect the telephones Cross connecting the telephones 1 Locate the telephone terminations at the cross connect terminal 98 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installation Telephone terminations are located on the vertical side of the frame when frame mounted blocks are used and in the blue field when wall mounted blocks are used Connect Z type cross connecting wire to the leads of the telephone See Table 17 Z type cross connecting wire on page 99 and Table 18 Inside wiring colors on page 99 Locate the line circuit card TN terminations Line circuit card
242. esktop positions and a wall mount position The two desktop positions provide two different angles for the telephone on the desktop The telephone is supplied in the steeper of the two positions Follow Adjusting the telephone to the desktop shallow angle position on page 385 for adjustment to the shallow angel position and Wall mounting the telephone on page 385 for wall mounting Adjusting the telephone to the desktop shallow angle position The procedure to change to the more shallow angle is as follows 1 2 5 6 Unplug the line cord from the connecting block Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top of a level solid work surface covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to moveable keys and the telephone face Remove the 2 screws from the telephone footstand if fitted to separate the footstand from the telephone Snap the footstand back into place using the alternate slots located closer to the back of the set and tighten the screws if previously fitted Place the telephone back on the desk in the normal operating position Plug the line cord connector back into the connecting block Wall mounting the telephone The procedure to wall mount the telephone by reversing the footstand is as follows Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 385 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones 1 Unplug the line cord from the connecting block 2 Remove the handset and place the telephon
243. et The Handsfree Mute LCD indicator shows the status of the Handsfree Once Handsfree is activated it can be deactivated by picking up the handset or by pressing the Release RLS key Handsfree operates as if an off hook operation had been performed For example when the telephone is idle pressing the Handsfree Mute key turns on the Handsfree and selects a DN depending on line selection as assigned through COS enabling the user to make a call When a call comes into an M2317 and the set is ringing pressing the Handsfree Mute key turns on the Handsfree and enables the user to answer the incoming ringing call depending on COS assigned line selection without picking up the handset The M2317 provides independent volume adjustments for Handsfree handset and alerting tone volumes on hook dialing and buzz For detailed information on adjusting the volume refer to the M2317 Quick Reference Card LCD indicators LCD indicators support the following four key LCD states Function LCD state idle off active on steady ringing or feature pending flash 60 Hz hold fast flash 120 Hz The following figures show the M2317 key layout and the different telephone states that can be displayed on the M2317 screen 354 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com LCD indicators First line of LCD Display Second line of LCD Display 11 TT TE Feature Feature Key 5 _
244. et to make sure that it is an Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Phase III set NTMN34GA If your set is an NTMN34GA go to 2 on page 165 If your set is not an NTMN34GA it is not FDHF compatible Please contact your system administrator to obtain the correct set 2 Install the Accessory Connection Module ACM For information on how to install the ACM refer to Installing the Accessory Connection Module on page 154 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 165 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Insert the FDHF cartridge into one of the ACM ports Plug the wall transformer into the electrical outlet 5 Disconnect the telephone line cord from the telephone wall jack See Figure 37 Wall transformer connections on page 156 Connect the wall transformer adapter plug into the telephone wall jack See Figure 37 Wall transformer connections on page 156 Connect the telephone line cord to the wall transformer adapter jack See Figure 37 Wall transformer connections on page 156 Verify that the FDHF cartridge is working properly The FDHF cartridge is working properly when the red LED on the FDHF cartridge is flashing and when there are 18 segments on the volume bar Configuration Task summary The following is a summary of the tasks in this section 1 Table 46 LD 11 Configure the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones on page 167 Table 47 LD 15 Assign a def
245. ew in the base but otherwise they are the same The center screw may not be required Refer to Figure 70 M2006 M2008 telephone and option boards on page 315 on Figure 70 M2006 M2008 telephone and option boards on page 315 to locate the various components of the M2006 and M2008 M2008HF telephones Refer to Figure 71 M2616 M2216ACD telephone and option boards on page 315 on Figure 71 M2616 M2216ACD telephone and option boards on page 315 to locate components on the M2616 M2016S and M2216ACD telephones v Stand Base v Fillerplate H Set 553 AAA0636 Figure 64 Exploded view of the M2616 M2016S M2216ACD telephone Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 299 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Analog Terminal Adapter The Analog Terminal Adapter ATA enables the use of an off the shelf analog device FAX Modem Telephone to operate simultaneously with the Meridian Digital Telephones The Analog Terminal Adapter board fits into the footstand space of the Meridian Digital Telephone Functional description The Analog Terminal Adapter is mounted in the footstand of the Meridian Digital Telephone set The ATA requires a separate AC adapter that provides a 24 V AC external power source The ATA does not draw power from the Meridian Digital Telephone set The Analog Terminal Adapter ATA provides a RJ11 connection for analog equipment to operate on the same line as the Meridian Digita
246. ey Expansion Module to a telephone requires a power supply board along with an additional power source see Installing and removing the M2006 M2008 Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 312 on Installing and removing the M2006 M2008 Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 312 for the M2006 M2008 see Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 316 for the M2616 M2216ACD Installing and removing Key Expansion Module s on the M2616 and M2216ACD telephones 1 Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top of a level solid work surface covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone face 2 Disconnect all cords from the telephone 3 Remove the two screws from the footstand assembly and unsnap the footstand assembly from the telephone by pressing inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pulling upward Note If the M2616 M2216ACD is equipped with a Meridian Programmable Data Adapter MPDA or Meridian Communications Adapter MCA it must be removed and installed into the Key Expansion Module footstand Use Installing and removing the Meridian Communications Adapter or the Meridian Programmable Data Adapter on page 310 on Installing and removing the Meridian Communications Adapter or the Meridian Programmable Data Adapter on page 310 4 If the telephone is not equipped with a Key Expansion Module s go
247. ey register to a Call Server or Line Terminal Proxy Server LTPS that does not support the ACF feature For more information on Active Call Failover refer to Avaya Signaling Server IP Line Applications Fundamentals NN43001 125 Physical description These telephones are digital integrated voice data telephones with the physical features listed in Table 19 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones features on page 105 104 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Table 19 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones features Physical description Avaya 3901 Avaya 3902 Avaya 3903 Avaya 3904 Avaya 3905 Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone lines 1 1 4 12 7 supported Programma 5 3 4 4 4 ble feature keys fixed no Options Options Options Supervisor feature Program Program Program Emergency keys Message Message Message Not Ready with LED Application Application Make Busy Transfer with Shift Call Log Shift In calls LED Directory Log fixed keys no Hold Good Hold Good bye Smart Mute Hold Good for call bye Smart with LED Headset with bye Smart processing Mute with LED Handsfree with LED Mute with LED LED Handsfree Headset with with LED LED Supervisor no no no no yes Observe Key with LED fixed no Up Down Up Down Left
248. eys including 8 system programmable keys Mute key Speaker key Volume control for Handset Ringing Tone Buzz Tone On Hook Dialing and Group Listening Figure 94 M3310 Meridian digital telephone Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 369 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones s FEI FEE 00000000 00000000 ofe Figure 95 M3820 Meridian digital telephone Support for the following terminal options MCA data option to provide integrated voice and data External Alerter for high ambient noise environments Wall mount ability Brand line insert to provide for special company logos M3310 The M3310 Meridian digital telephone supports the following features Handsfree On Hook Dialing and Group Listening Dedicated Release and Hold keys Message Waiting and Speaker Mute Indicators Headset Socket 2 x 24 character display 10 Feature keys including Program key 7 system programmable keys Speaker key Mute key Volume control for 370 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com M3820 Handset Headset Ringing Tone Buzz Tone On Hook Dialing and Group Listening Handsfree e Support for the following set options MCA data option to provide integrated voice and data External Alerter for high ambient noise environments Wall mount ab
249. features available or the application in use Handsfree calling with LED fixed feature keys Goodbye Message Call log including Redial List Applications Shift Goodbye Hold Smart Mute and volume control Navigation cluster Quit and Copy e three line by twenty four character display area Call Log includes Redial List Group Listening on hook dialing two accessory ports 108 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone support for an amplified or unamplified headset Direct connect headset port Full icon support with expansion module LCD indicator Goodbye Hold B Message waiting light Soft labeled line feature keys OOO Programmable LED feature keys Handsfree key e LY r ISD et JC Jt Jt 3t 1 Fixed feature keys Copy Navigation keys Volume bar Options Qu 553 AAA0662 Figure 27 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone The features of the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone include six programmable line feature keys soft labeled which have two layers each giving the user access to 12 line feature keys four Context sensitive soft keys soft labeled that change functionality depending on the features available or the application in use Handsfree calling with LED fixed feature keys Options Message Directory
250. fer to these figures as the basis for component location references throughout this section 64 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console configurations Avaya 2250 Attendant Console configurations The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console can be configured to operate with the QMT2 feature which is provided by a QMT2 add on module incorporated in the console Instead of having to add a keystrip unit the technician can set a dip switch on the keyboard controller Printed Circuit Panel PCP to ON enable QMT2 or OFF disable QMT2 It is important that the system software configuration and the QMT2 dip switch be set correctly For more information refer to the section on LD15 in the following documents Avaya Features and Services Fundamentals Six Books NN43001 106 B1 B6 Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 QMT2 feature disabled When the QMT2 feature is disabled the following conditions apply If the console is not in Shift mode keystrip AK is inactive If the console is in Shift mode the keys in strip AK function as Trunk Group Busy TGB keys if configured in the system software If the operator presses any of these keys the associated trunk group is busied out The triangle points aimed to the left of keystrip AK are never active If the operator presses any key outside keystrip AK when the console is in Shift mode the conso
251. figuration of the M2016S 92 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Power requirements Local plug in transformer A single winding transformer equipped with a 10 ft 3 m cord of 22 AWG two conductor stranded and twisted wire with a modular RJ 11 duplex adapter refer to Figure 21 Configuration of local plug in transformer on page 94 can provide the additional power needed to operate the telephone and its options A Caution Do not plug any equipment computer modem LAN card other than the M2016S into the RJ 11 transformer adapter as damage to equipment may result 120 V transformer AO367335 or equivalent The following minimum specifications must be met by this transformer Input voltage 120 V AC 60 Hz No load output voltage 29 V AC maximum Voltage at rated current 26 7 V AC minimum Rated load current 700 mA 240 V transformer AO367914 or equivalent The following minimum specifications have to be met by this transformer Input voltage 240 V AC 50 Hz No load output voltage 29 V AC maximum Voltage at rated current 26 7 V AC minimum Rated load current 700 mA Note You cannot wall mount the telephone over the wall jack when using a transformer due to the size of the RJ 11 adapter Hang it above or to the side of the jack and run the line and power cords to it Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 93 M2016S Secure Set Adapter jack p
252. front plate of the telephone Note Avaya recommends that a systems administrator or technician complete this installation Table 45 Removal of the Hook Switch Cover 553 AAA0673 Front view Rear view There are five tabs and two hidden snaps on the HookSwitch cover There are two tabs along the right and three along the bottom edge Front view To remove the cover the hidden snaps must be released Rear view Use Removing the HookSwitch cover on page 163 to remove the HookSwitch cover Removing the HookSwitch cover 1 Ease the cover to the left and pull on the left side to release the left snap 2 While holding the left snap out ease the cover to the right and pull on the right side to release the right snap 3 Carefully maneuver the cover out from the three bottom slots and rotate the cover to release the two side tabs Use Installing the cradle on page 164 to install the cradle Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 163 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Installing the cradle 1 Hold the cradle in the same position as when you removed the Hook Switch Cover move the cradle to the right to place the tab into the slot 2 Ease the other tabs on the bottom edge of the cradle into the slots E3 t3 e 000 5 OOO 253 553 AAA0674 Figure 40 Installation of the cradle 3 When all tabs are in the pr
253. g condition If the telephone is idle the downloading occurs immediately If the telephone is on an active call the call is force disconnected and then downloading occurs immediately after the disconnect It also force downloads the system disk version even if the telephone firmware version is more current However if there is an application active on the telephone the downloading operation is aborted FDLFIscu System wide Flash Download To prepare and trigger the flash download for the whole system manually access LD 32 and issue the following commands Flash Download System FDLS Initiate system wide flash download based on the parameters specified in LD 97 This initiates the system wide flash download to all or the specified type of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones from the system disk if the flash firmware version on the telephone is different from the version found on the disk During system wide flash download when flash download detects that an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone is in an active call connection the telephone is skipped Download logic keeps track of skipped telephones and comes back to attempt the download later Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones flash download attempts download to each telephone up to three times If download does not succeed by the third attempt whether due to an active call connection or some problem such as a transmission error flash download to the telephone is considered to
254. g download 18 Flash memory cannot be erased 19 Error detected while programming flash 20 An application is currently active download cannot proceed 21 Verification byte incorrect hw telephone type can be 390x Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones model one of 3902 3903 3904 3905 a address TN can be 390x Deskphone TN LSCU loop shelf card unit v is the PSW version m Mode can be FAST MODE from initialization MAINT MODE by ENLL command in LD 30 BKGD MODE second attempt after initialization from background program Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 215 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Procedure notes For Symposium Call Center Server SCCS sites you do not have to de acquire telephones from the SCCS pulled out of all queues however the statistics might not be valid To downgrade an Avaya 390 Series Digital Deskphones telephone from Release 2 firmware to Release 1 firmware or to change the language file from North American to another language file or vice versa use PSWV File 5 from Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 For the downgrades procedure and language changes refer to the appropriate upgrade procedures document Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Upgrades Overview NN43021 458 Avaya Communication Server 1000S Upgrade Procedures NN43031 458 Avaya Communication Server 100
255. g the following equation Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 235 Digital telephones line engineering LM 12 UC x UL LL LM loop length limit in km kft excluding the length of the under carpet cable LL loop loss in dB km dB kft at 256 kHz UC length of the under carpet cable in km kft UL loss ofthe under carpet cable in dB km dB kft at 256 kHz see Table 65 Attenuation at 256 kHz for U C cable on page 242 for dB values Calculating DC Loop Resistance Use Calculating DC loop resistance on page 236 to calculate the DC loop resistance Calculating DC loop resistance 1 Calculate the DC loop resistance by adding the resistance of each cable section Calculate the resistance of each cable section by using the following formula cable resistances are given in Table 63 Conductor resistance per unit on page 236 LRi CRi x SLi LRi DC resistance for cable section i CRi conductor resistance per unit length for the cable section i SLi length of cable section i 2 Add the total of all cable sections If the total of all sections exceeds 175 ohm select another loop Note The loop resistance limit of 175 ohm must be reduced by 1 ohm for each percent of the loop that is aerial cable see Table 63 Conductor resistance per unit on page 236 Table 63 Conductor resistance per unit Gauge Ohm per loop kft Ohm per loop km 26 83 278 24 52 173 22 33 109 19 1
256. gital Deskphones Phase II phones to Phase II II firmware 25 15 Re Yes Phasel Follow the standard software issue order process Phase Il Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase II IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Small System Release 24 2x to Release 25 15 Re issue procedure for Phase telephones above The Release 25 15 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase I firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 30 Yes Phasel Follow the standard software order process Phase Il Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase II III phones should not be configured on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Small System Release 24 2x to Release 25 30 Re issue procedure for Phase telephones above The Release 25 30 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital 180 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital
257. h the BLF CGM display into position by rotating it back see Figure 7 Positioning the top cover and the BLF CGM on page 37 15 Ensuring that the volume slider is fully engaged in the correct slider hold the top cover and console base firmly together Turn the assembly upside down See Figure 8 Attaching the top cover to the attendant console base and BLF CGM on page 37 on Figure 8 Attaching the top cover to the attendant console base and BLF CGM on page 37 16 Reinsert the 12 screws that secure the top cover to the console base and tighten 17 Insert the two new screws supplied with the BLF CGM that attach it to the base and tighten See Figure 8 Attaching the top cover to the attendant console base and BLF CGM on page 37 on Figure 8 Attaching the top cover to the attendant console base and BLF CGM on page 37 BLF CGM Flat cable BLF CGM 553 AAA0630 Figure 6 Connecting the BLF CGM to the attendant console Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 35 Attendant consoles 36 18 19 20 21 22 23 Cable in BLF power at the local Main Distribution Frame MDF as per Avaya 2250 Attendant Console cross connections If required replace the adjustable stand Reconnect the main system cable to the rear of the console If the BLF CGM has been correctly installed the main menu appears when power is supplied to the attendant console Test the BLF CGM by selecting a
258. h the attendant console If the switch is activated while the console has power the word EMERGENCY appears on line 4 of the display Attendant Administration Attendant Administration is an optional feature that allows the attendant to modify some of the features assigned to selected telephone sets within the attendant s customer group The attendant can enter a special program mode with an assigned key Once in the program mode the console key lamp strips have different functions from those during normal call processing A plastic overlay can be placed over the console keyboard to identify the altered key functions Refer to Avaya Features and Services Fundamentals Six Books NN43001 106_B1 B6 for Attendant Administration description and operating procedures Collect Call Blocking 80 The Collect Call Blocking feature enables a system administrator to block long distance collect call service calls on incoming Direct Inward Dialing DID and Public Exchange Central Office trunks analog or DT12 Under the following conditions the system sends a special answer signal to the Central Office to indicate that collect calls cannot be accepted The Collect Call Blocking CCB package 290 is enabled The incoming route has CCB enabled via the CCB prompt in the Route Data Block The call is answered by a CCB user that is Collect Call Blocking Allowed Class of Service or option Classes of service and prompts are provided
259. have failed An appropriate message is displayed for each telephone that fails the firmware upgrade process Upon completion of system wide flash download a completion message is displayed on the maintenance telephone This operation can take up to several days to complete depending on the traffic load the total number and distribution of the equipped Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones and the scheduling of the download See Table 59 Estimated Flash Download times on page 218 for estimations on download times When Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones fail system wide flash download you can then determine the cause of the failure perform corrective action and repeat the flash download command system wide or for a specific telephone FDLS Flash Download Cancel FDLC Cancel the system wide flash download From LD 32 or outside of the overlays you can cancel or stop the system wide flash download operation Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 217 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download gracefully by issuing the FDLC command A download in progress to the current telephone s completes before the download process terminates FDLC Table 59 Estimated Flash Download times on page 218 shows the estimated Flash Download times Table 59 Estimated Flash Download times System Average Lines Avaya 3900 Download Time Faster Series Digital 10languages Download 6 Deskp
260. he module s to the set If using one KBA Kit 1 must be ordered If installing two KBAs on the same set Kit 1 and Kit 2 must be used If a second KBA is being installed on a set with an existing KBA and stand only Kit 2 is required Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 127 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Display Based Accessory Module The Display Based Accessory Module DBA provides additional line programmable feature keys soft labeled for the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones The DBA supports up to 3 layers of 8 additional keys for a total of 24 keys Note Refer to Table 24 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories compatibility on page 121 for a list of the telephones with which the DBA module is compatible A Page fixed key located on the DBA allows a user to switch between the three layers of soft labeled programmable feature keys Visual indication is also provided to indicate which page or layer of soft labeled programmable feature keys is in use Feature activation and deactivation on the DBA keys is the same as the programmable feature keys on the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones Note If an incoming call is posted to a DN key located on page 2 or 3 of the DBA the unit does not automatically scroll to that page This prevents the disruption of other user operations already in progress The user may change the feature key labels by selecting Change feature key label
261. he terminal or PC is connected to the MCA Check the data parameters for the display 4 Besure the transformer is plugged in or the closet power is connected 5 Be sure the cable between the MCA and the telephone is connected and has not been pinched 6 Be sure the power card is installed correctly Verify that the jumper settings are correct for either RS 232 or V 35 whichever you are using Key Expansion Module does not 1 Unplug and plug in the line cord work 2 Ensure that the transformer is plugged in or that the closet power supply is connected 3 Ensure that the power supply board is installed properly 4 Make sure that the ribbon cable connecting the telephone and the Key Expansion Module is routed properly and is not pinched External Alerter does not work 1 Ensurethatthe External Alerter Board is installed properly 2 Check that connections between the alerting device and the telephone connecting block are correct 3 Make sure that the jumpers are placed on the pins on the External Alerter Board as described in Installing and removing the External Alerter Board on page 331 4 Ensure that the transformer is plugged in or the closet power is connected 5 Ensure that the power supply board is installed properly Note If the pseudorandom pattern 511 data is idle the telephone keypad dialing is inoperative Use the release key to clear this condition
262. he wall transformer 1 Remove the line cord from the telephone jack 2 Insert the transformer adapter plug into the telephone wall jack 3 Insert the line cord into the wall transformer adapter jack Figure 37 Wall transformer connections on page 156 shows the connections for the wall transformer Adapter jack gt gt v A Adapter conductor plug line cord from telephone Plug cm om m 0m m J transformer 110 V or 220 V Adapter 553 AAA0671 Figure 37 Wall transformer connections 156 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Accessory keying Accessory keying On the Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones there are two accessory ports on the back of the telephone footstand On the Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone there is a single accessory port on the back of the footstand Each port can support one cartridge accessory You cannot use two accessories that require the same port type at the same time For example you cannot use two accessories that require a serial port connection at the same time The shape and size of the plug in the accessory cartridge prevents the user from accidentally connecting incompatible accessories To check the compatibility of accessories refer to Table 25 Accessory compatibilities on page 123 which shows the optional accessories and their compatibility Installing the Analog Terminal Adapter The Analog Terminal Adap
263. here xxxxx 3903V 3903V Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone Virtual 3904V Terminal 3903H 3904V Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Virtual 3904H Terminal TNB 3903H Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone Host Terminal 3904H Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Host Terminal Note Only Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones can be configured as a Virtual or Host Terminal Note The Print TNB and List TNB requests always show the logged off TNB data In logged in state an indication of the logged in TN HOST TN or VIRTUAL TN is added Table 36 LD 81 Print a list or count of telephones with a specified Class of Service or feature Prompt Response Description REQ LST LST Print list of telephones CNT CNT Print count of telephones CUST Customer number where xx designates one customer number and xx yy designates a range of customer numbers 0 99 Range for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and CS 1000E system lt CR gt Print all customers FEAT aaaa aaaa Designates a feature mnemonic 3900 3900 prints Avaya 3900 Digital Deskphones type DCFW telephones including Virtual and Host Terminals DCFW prints Default Call Forward Virtual Terminals Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 8 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Contents This section contains information on the following topics Reliability on page 148 Environment
264. hone and snap the handset cradle in over this area A headset handset or both must be plugged into the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone when ACD queue login is required Login to an ACD queue is not a supported operation when neither a headset nor a handset is plugged into the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone If neither a headset nor a handset are present and the hookswitch is uncovered it may still be possible to login to the ACD queue This could result in calls being presented to the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone without being answered Therefore care must be taken to ensure a headset or handset is plugged in before queue login is attempted If the hookswitch remains covered or if the handset is properly cradled on the hookswitch login cannot occur even if a headset is not plugged in The handset can be used without the headset plugged in However some functionality including the ability to login to the ACD queue can vary with the version of firmware installed on the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone and the release of software running on the system Refer to Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download on page 177 for details on how to determine the firmware version installed on an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Earlier software releases and previous versions of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones firmware deliver different operations Phase and Phase Il Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone report a headset present even if one is not This
265. hone Phase III firmware and hardware are required to support Full Duplex Handsfree accessory Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 121 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Accessory X11 Avaya 3900 Avaya Avaya Avaya Avaya release Series 3902 3903 3904 3905 intro Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital duced Desk Desk Desk Desk Desk phones phone phone phone phone phase intro duced Personal Release Phase NA NA Supports SupportsF Directory 24 24 ootnote PC Utility Headset NA Supports Supports Supports non amplified connects through the direct connect headset jack Headset Supports Supports Supports Supports amplified connects through the headset jack Accessory Connection Module The Accessory Connection Module ACM provides the interface for adding the Analog Terminal Adapter ATA Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface MEARI Computer Telephony Interface Adapter CTIA Personal Directory PC Utility and Full Duplex Handsfree FDHF The ACM is available for the Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones It also acts as a footstand for the telephone The ACM and its accessory cartridges cannot be used in wall mount applications The ACM requires one of the following wall transformers to power any of the accessory cartridges 110 V wall transformer NTMN80AA EU EMEA 230 V wall transformer NTHCO
266. hones 386 Meridian Modular Telephones 273 Exclude Destination key sesssssssssss if Exclude Source key ssssssssssseeeeneeeee 77 expected pulse loss calculating 239 External Alerter Boards ssssse 331 344 connecting block configuration 331 troubleshooting essssessesese 344 External Alerter interface c ccssscccceeeeeseseeeeeaees 378 F F connectors IPE cens 248 fastening screws BLF CGM esessss aT feature Keys oec rete aaa Rara enda dt 66 78 IMOGES p ERE 66 March 2013 397 TOATUINGS coc ee tpi pe ENG 29 74 77 78 80 assigning to Keys 2 cece cece eeeeseeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneees 78 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 29 74 itg ere unire ee ea aE E 80 permanently assigned to keys 77 EFT KY SU cdi et eie e e eee tu ueda 77 finger wheels eese 246 FI cni XX 1H assignable features scccececeeeeeeeseeseneeaeeees 78 permanently assigned features 77 flashing LCDs troubleshooting 344 TOOUSTANOS s c cce nace a aderat mrs n a d 333 Foreign Exchange display sess 7 Fully Restricted Station ind
267. hones above The Release 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase Follow the standard software order process Phase ll Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase II IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Small System Release 24 2x to Release 04 00 Re issue procedure for Phase telephones above The Release 04 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 25 08 25 08 Re issue No Phase I Phase II 1 Download software from the web 2 Follow PSDL installation on page 210 3 Install manufactured patches 4 Download firmware to telephones following the Flash Download procedure Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Ill phones should not be configured on a Release 25 08 system 182 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 08 to Release 25 08 Re issue procedure for Phase I II telephones above The 25 08 Reissue contains Avaya 3900 Se
268. hones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 309 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Before handling internal telephone components discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Installing and removing the Meridian Communications Adapter or the Meridian Programmable Data Adapter If using a NT9K phone or the NT2K with date code of April 24 1998 and later it is not necessary to install a Power Option board to operate the MCA 1 Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top of a level solid work surface a desktop for example covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone face 2 Disconnect all cords from the telephone 3 Remove the footstand For NT2K and NTZK with date code prior to April 24 1998 remove the two screws from the footstand assembly and unsnap the footstand by pressing inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pull upward Discard the footstand The redesigned footstand ordered with the ATA is used instead For NT9K and NT2K with a date code of April 24 1998 and later retain the footstand and skip to 10 on page 311 4 If the telephone is not equipped with the Meridian Programmable Data Adapter MPDA or Meridian Communications Adapter MCA go to 6 on page 310 If replacing an existing MPDA or MCA car
269. hones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 129 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Headset options The Avaya 3901 3902 and 3904 Digital Deskphones support an amplified headset when the headset connects to the handset jack On an Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone plug the amplified headset into the headset port Do not plug an amplified headset into the handset jack The Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones have a dedicated headset jack which supports a non amplified headset The Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones have a Headset fixed feature key to turn the Headset on and off Contact your Avaya distributor for qualified headset equipment Headset considerations Test the headset with the telephone before using In a noisy environment an amplified headset is an option When the amplified headset is used two choices of volume control are available the rocker control on the telephone and the switch on the headset The user should adjust the telephone volume before adjusting the headset volume To provide the best communication with the least amount of distortion the amplifier should have a higher setting than the telephone volume control Telephone wall mount kit For the Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones a separate wall mount bracket kit must be used This kit contains a one piece wall mount plate that attaches the telephone to the wall The wall mount kit is available from your local Avaya di
270. hones installation Meridian Modular Telephones self test Meridian Modular Telephones have a self testing capability Follow the steps in Meridian Modular Telephones self test on page 288 to perform the self test after installing a Meridian Modular Telephone or any of the hardware options to ensure proper operation Meridian Modular Telephones self test 1 Unplug the line cord from the telephone 2 While holding down the RLS key plug in the line cord to the telephone Let go of the RLS key 3 Follow the steps in Table 84 Meridian Modular Telephones self test steps and results on page 288 to perform the necessary steps and check results Table 84 Meridian Modular Telephones self test steps and results Step Action Result 1 Begin test plug in line cord while Speaker beeps once all LCDs flash holding down the RLS key Message Waiting lamps light steadily The handset is on hook Display reads LOCAL DIAGNOSTIC MODE PRESS RLS KEY TO EXIT 2 Press each Function key from zero to Adjacent LCD goes off when a key is fifteen if there are Key Expansion pressed Modules continue pressing the Function keys in any order Press the Hold key Speaker beeps 4 Press each dial pad key Speaker beeps each time a key is pressed 5a Lift the handset if applicable Speaker beeps Press the dial pad keys Handset beeps Replace the handset 5b Plug in the headset if applicable Speaker b
271. hones languages Lines Single Group 400 200 60 20hrs 2 15 hours XPECs 7 5 hours 10hrs 4 XPECs Multi Group 1350 650 60 22 hrs 6 16 5 XPECs MSL 100 8000 4800 60 30 hrs 32 22 5 hours XPECs 15 hours 20 hrs 48 XPECs The following assumptions apply to Table 59 Estimated Flash Download times on page 218 20 trunking on all systems 60 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones on Large Systems The Faster Download is based on using the North American language files for the Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones PSWV File 4 is shown in Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 which are 25 smaller than the Global language files Therefore they take 25 less time to download The languages that are missing from the North American reduced language file are Swedish Italian Norwegian and Finnish The languages contained in the North America reduced language file are English French German Spanish Brazilian Portuguese and Japanese Katakana Commands for LD 32 are shown below Table 60 LD 32 Flash Download commands Command Description FDLUIscu Initiate conditional download to one telephone Terminal number where loop s shelf c card u unit FDLIIscu Initiate conditional download to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones when it becomes idle 218 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Print Firmwa
272. hones with data cannot be wall mounted Additionally some wall plates are too deep to allow for wall mounting on top of the plate In these cases mount the telephone on the wall next to the plate An additional clip is provided for wall mounting the telephone This clip is attached to the switchhook rest to prevent the handset from slipping when mounted on the wall Wall mounting instructions for Meridian Modular Telephones 1 Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top of a level solid work surface covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone face 2 Disconnect all cords from the telephone 3 Remove the two screws from the footstand assembly and unsnap the footstand assembly by pressing inward at the back of footstand where it meets the base and pulling upward 4 Rotate the footstand 180 and snap the footstand back into place on the telephone bottom cover Make sure the footstand is firmly seated on the base of the telephone 5 Tighten all screws and replace all cords 6 Insert the wall mounting clip in the switchhook rest 7 Mount the telephone on the wall using the wall mount holes provided on the bottom of the footstand Troubleshooting Use Table 96 Troubleshooting Meridian Modular Telephones on page 345 to check problems encountered when installing Meridian Modular Telephones and their options 344 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comment
273. ication 77 function keys ssssssssessssese nennen 45 G G connectors IPE esssssseees 248 garbled prompts troubleshooting 344 H liandsets rec inta rec reete ar ee 47 49 129 163 Inte rTa COS icc rt gutr haere ever rc n ea f o ga a 163 NACK d m PEDEM 47 49 OPTIONS ers EM 129 163 volume control eeesseseeeeeereen 47 handsfree operation ssussss 265 354 378 M2317 telephone sess 354 M3820 M3310 and M3110 telephones 378 Meridian Modular Telephones 265 headsets sector ret aee 47 49 130 372 eleGttet E P eit sere Fvreisa F rer art ase xe gupag ada 372 InterfaCes arcere ru e eer ER ke b 130 372 PACK ce ETE 47 49 volume control ccccceeeececeeceaneeseececeeeaeeeeeeneanees 47 abc ii holdstate i t et ia 87 263 377 M3820 M3310 M3110 eee 377 Meridian Modular Telephones 87 263 l ICI Incoming Call Indicator keys 65 75 77 assignments seriinin inniinn enne 77 QMT mode enabled disabled 65 selecting calls reticere teu 77 ICS procedure russe ceed osi cratere ce pnzivsa cepa agarre and 68 idle State oie oe ratu era te idus 87 263 354 377 M2016S telephone sss 87 398 Telephone
274. ifferent is different from the version currently found on the system disk Forced Force System wide Flash Download to all of the specified Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones regardless of their current flash firmware versions Note Use this option with caution Once the download tree is built that is after executing FDLS in LD 32 this option automatically reverts to NO Note This option is not applicable to reporting Flash firmware version specified for full report where If O report all versions default Note This option is applicable to reporting only through the FSUM ALL command in LD 32 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Chapter 10 Digital telephones line engineering Contents This section contains information on the following topics Engineering a telephone line on page 227 Selecting a loop on page 235 Calculating DC Loop Resistance on page 236 Performing Loop Diagnostic Tests on page 237 Measuring Impulse Noise on page 238 Measuring Background Noise on page 238 Calculating Expected Pulse Loss on page 239 Measuring DC Loop Resistance on page 243 Engineering a telephone line Use Engineering a telephone line on page 227 to engineer a digital telephone line Engineering a telephone line 1 Be sure that cable pair selections meet the following requirements AC signal loss is less than 12 dB at 256 kHz d
275. ight Service key sss 77 Night Service mode ssssseusss 45 48 75 cii m 75 Toy p 45 status message sees 48 no response troubleshooting sesssssse 344 noise measurements ceseecececceeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 238 background esssssseeeeeeree 238 impulse noise ssesseseeeeenn 238 normal call processing mode 66 75 clee tiinomr em 66 exiting Position Busy mode to 75 normal operating ranges wiring sssss 52 NT7G10AA Attendant Supervisory Module 74 NTS8D02 CANIS 5 vitri rie ra drew iua da uve da 59 O operating Keys ssssseeemeem 77 Operating parameters for Virtual Office 143 operating procedures ssseeee 64 operating ranges wiring eeeen 52 Options menu sssessseseneeerene 45 49 66 Contrast option essere 49 exiting from ssssssssssssssssesesseseeeeneneennene 66 i re 45 66 ordering information eessessseseeeenerenes 27 COJdB8SS oM e EIU 27 P packing and unpacking 52 285 298 add on modules eeeseseeeeeeee 298 attendant consoles sse 52 telephones e 285 parameters MCA
276. ight when critical alarms occur Digital Trunk Interface CIS The CIS DTI trunk feature provides connectivity between the system and digital trunks used in the Commonwealth of Independent States CIS The CIS 2 Mbps DTI feature enables the system to connect digital DID COT trunks to a CIS Local Central Office and to a CIS Toll Exchange through Local CO and Public Network or directly for incoming toll call connections This link supports DID COT trunking types and requires that the system be equipped with at least one CDTI2 CSDTI digital trunks pack as well as associated software DPNSS Executive Intrusion Executive Intrusion El allows an originating party to break into an established call between two other parties the wanted and the unwanted parties under certain circumstances If intrusion succeeds a conference takes place on the wanted node between the originating wanted and unwanted parties El succeeds in breaking into the call based on comparisons between the Intrusion Capability Level ICL of the originating party and the Intrusion Protection levels IPL of the wanted and unwanted parties The system provides Executive Intrusion from attendant consoles Executive Intrusion from Telephone Sets is not supported However a Meridian 1 Avaya CS 1000M will accept an El activation request from an ordinary set on a third party PBX Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 81 Attendant consoles Attendan
277. ility Brand line insert to provide for special company logos M3820 The M3820 Meridian digital telephone supports the following features Handsfree On Hook Dialing and Group Listening Dedicated Release and Hold keys Message Waiting and Speaker Mute Indicators Headset Socket 2 x 24 character display 20 Feature keys including Store program key 13 system programmable keys Handsfree speaker key Mute key Directory key Caller s List key Edit key Delete key Volume control for Handset Headset Ringing Tone Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 371 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Buzz Tone On Hook Dialing and Group Listening Handsfree Directory Caller s List with 9 dedicated keys namely Directory Callers Edit Delete 4 cursor and Dial Support for the following terminal options MCA data option to provide integrated voice and data External Alerter for high ambient noise environments Wall mount ability Add on Key Expansion Modules 2 maximum Brand line insert to provide for special company logos Meridian digital telephones used with a headset You can use an electret headset in the headset port of the digital telephones M3310 and M3820 only Alternatively choose an amplified headset that draws power from a battery or AC transformer power is not provided by the telephone The amplifier must draw less than 400 micro amps from the teleph
278. imary DN of user A the following scenarios can occur If user A has Call Forward configured before logout the call is forwarded If user A does not have Call Forward configured but has Default Call Forward DCFW configured the call is forwarded to that DN the DN can be Call Pilot If neither of the above scenarios apply the caller receives an overflow tone Feature implementation Table 31 LD 15 Configure the automatic logout time for Virtual Office terminals Prompt Response Description REQ NEW CHG Add new data Change existing data TYPE FTR Features and options CUST Customer number 0 99 Range for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and CS 1000E system VO_ALO NO YES Disable Virtual Office Automatic Logout default Enable Virtual Office Automatic Logout VO_ALOHR 0 23 Virtual Office Automatic Logout time Use the 24 hour clock Table 32 LD 11 Allow or deny the erasing of the Callers and Redial lists for Virtual Terminals Prompt Response Description REQ NEW CHG Add new data Change existing data TYPE Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone types 3903V 3904 V Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Virtual Terminals CLS ELD ELA Erase Lists Denied Allowed 144 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Table 33 LD 57 Configure the Flexible Feature Codes for the Virtual Office feature Feature implementation
279. in the normal operating position 7 Print the directory number on the designation card Using a paper clip remove the number lens from the telephone Insert the designation card and snap the lens back into place 8 Designate the feature keys 9 Insert the line cord TELADAPT connector into the connecting block jack and snap it into place 10 Perform the self test see Meridian Modular Telephones self test on page 288 and acceptance test procedures See LD 31 in the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 11 Supply the user with a Quick Reference Card and all user documentation Make sure the SPRE number is printed on the Quick Reference Card Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installation and removal Meridian R Red CS 1000 Digital Meridian 1 Telephone T Gree Yellow Alternate power To closet Wall mount Power Supply transformer 553 AAA2030 Figure 60 Meridian Modular Telephone connections Pack Telephone connector connecting PE shelf block or connector Cross connect block W BL Line cord BL W to telephone For Power Supply leads W G pply G W to telephone BK G G BK to telephone si to teleph S BK o telephone Shet W part of 25 pair cable connector pair cable 553 AAA0587 Figure 61 Meridian Modular Telephone cross connections Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 287 Meridian Modular Telep
280. ing the two screws provided Connect the cable to the 8 way jack on the base of the telephone Reconnect all cords to the telephone 09 Qa 0 O Replace the footstand with the two screws if previously fitted Place the power board label on the footstand for tracking purposes Q 553 AAA0723 Figure 100 Power Board Installation 384 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Configuration and installation Adding a Headset M3310 and M3820 only Use the following procedure to add a headset to a Meridian telephone 1 Unplug the line cord from the connecting block Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top if a level solid work surface covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to moveable keys and the telephone face Remove the 2 screws from the telephone footstand if fitted to separate the footstand from the telephone Plug the headset TELADAPT connector into the socket on the base of the telephone marked with a headset icon Route the headset cord through the channels at the side of the telephone Replace the footstand in the same position and tighten both screws if previously fitted 7 Place the telephone back on the desk in the normal operating position 8 Plug the line cord connector back into the connecting block Telephone Positions Your Meridian telephone can be installed in three different positions two d
281. inging I Hold U Hold and Active DNkeys represented by a generic icon in previous releases displays the following icons with the Fulllcon Support feature SIT gs Table 21 Icons and Cadences Call Feature state DN key icon Cadence Ringing Flash I Hold Wink U Hold Flicker l Active On U Active On Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 115 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Feature interactions There are no feature interactions associated with this feature Feature packaging The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Full Icon Support feature requires the following packages Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Full Icon Support ICON PACKAGE package 397 Digital Sets DSET package 88 Feature implementation Use LD 17 to enable Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Full Icon Support Table 22 LD 17 Enable Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Full Icon Support Prompt Response Description REQ CHG Change existing data TYPE PARM System Parameters ICON NO YES Enable the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Full Icon Support feature NO Disable the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Full Icon Support feature Feature operation No specific operating procedures are required to use this feature 116 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Language selection during software installation L
282. inging Number Pickup Privacy Release Charge Account Call Party Number Configuring Keys 1 4 as anything other than the allowed features will cause an error message Note Keys 1 4 can be configured as Speed Call Speed Call System Speed Call Speed Call Controller and System Speed Call Controller Avaya recommends that Key 23 be used for Speed Call features Key 5 Feature Key 6 Feature Key 7 Options menu key Key 8 11 Configured as one of the following standard Call Center features Key 8 Make Set Busy Key 9 Not Ready must have CLS AGN Key 10 Emergency must have CLS AGN Key 11 Call Supervisor must have CLS AGN The following features can be configured on any Key 8 11 with the change of the prelabeled key cap Activity Code entry Agent Answer Answer Emergency Call Display Queue DWC used with supervisor or agent telephones Observe agent Ring Agent must have CLS SPV Note Keys 8 11 are prelabeled in the factory they are marked in this table with an asterisk Key 16 Message waiting key or another feature Key 17 Call Transfer key default Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 139 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Key Description Key 18 6 Party Conference default or A03 3 Party Conference Key 19 Call Forward default Key 20 Ring Again default
283. ips on both the telephone and the KBA into the hinges on the footstand assembly and press on the front of the footstand until they snap into place 2 While squeezing both the telephone and the KBA tilt handles swing the footstand into the desired position 3 Turn the completed assembly upright Installing the Expansion KBA footstand Use Installing the Expansion KBA footstand on page 162 to install the Expansion KBA footstand Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 161 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Installing the Expansion KBA footstand 1 Place the Single KBA footstand and the Expansion KBA footstand face down on a flat surface Align the Expansion KBA footstand with the Single KBA footstand and slide them together Insert two screws through the Expansion KBA plate into the Single KBA footstand Tighten all four screws ensuring that the two footstand assemblies are properly aligned Insert the clips on the telephone and the KBAs into the hinges on the combined Single Expansion KBA footstand Assembly and while squeezing the Module tilt handles swing the footstand into the desired position Turn the completed assembly upright Installing the Display Based Accessory Module The Display Based Accessory Module DBA gives you three layers of eight programmable line feature soft labeled keys for a total of 24 keys 32 through 55 The Page button al
284. iring colors Z station wire 16 25 pair cable Connect to equipment TN G W BL First pair Tip R BL W First pair Ring BK W O Second pair Tip Y O W Second pair Ring Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 253 Analog 500 2500 type telephones Operation Although analog 500 2500 type telephones do not have feature keys you can access various system features using Special Prefix SPRE codes SPRE codes are also useful for Meridian 1 proprietary telephones to access features without using feature keys Dial the SPRE code unique to each customer within the system and then the feature code that applies to the operation you desire Table 73 Feature codes used with SPRE on page 254 lists the feature codes available using SPRE Table 73 Feature codes used with SPRE Dial SPRE 1 Ring Again Operation performed Cancel Ring Again Ringing Number Call Pickup TAFAS Trunk Answer From Any Station Charge Account for CDR Oo oa A c N Authorization Code Access 70 ACOD mmm Trunk Route Access Code and Member Trunk Verification From Station 71 4 DN Call Park To Park 72 DN Call Park To Retrieve 73 System Speed Call To Use 74 Call Forward activate or cancel 500 type 75 Entry Access Code DN 500 type telephones 76 Entry Access Code 500 type telephones telephones Speed Call Individual To Program Entry Speed Call Individual To Use Entry 77 Permanent Hold 500
285. is attenuated during the FDHF mode when both parties are speaking As a result fluctuations in the receive volume can occur during FDHF calls If this occurs do not increase the set speaker volume as this may cause the set to revert to half duplex operation For Full Duplex Handsfree functionality you require an Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Phase II set equipped with an FDHF cartridge Note Phase Ill hardware is required since design modifications were made to the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones to accommodate the FDHF functionality The FDHF functionality requires the following hardware minimum vintages listed Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Phase III set NTMN34GA Note NTMN34TA is the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Phase III Icon set Full Duplex Handsfree cartridge NTMN72xx e Accessory Connection Module ACM NTMN71xx One of the following wall transformers to power the FDHF cartridge 110 V wall transfer NTMN80AA EU EMEA 230 V wall transformer NTHCO9AA UK 230 V wall transformer NTHCO8AA 126 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface The Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface MEARI provides an interface for a remote ringer device installed in a location separate from your Avaya 3902 3903 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphone The MEARI provides access
286. isplay of different call states These icons are displayed for the Directory Number DN keys on the Phase II and Phase Ill Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones as well as the Phase III Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Full Icon Support feature requires a minimum of Release 9 of the Key Based Accessory module KBA 114 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Full Icon Support The icons also display on the Key Based Accessory module and the Display Based Accessory module This feature allows the user to quickly determine the call state of a DN instead of viewing just the flashing cadence of a single generic icon to determine the call state The functions displayed with the Full Icon Support feature are I Ringing l Active U Active l Hold and U Hold The icons appear on the LCD displays located next to the DN keys The scenarios for these icons are as follows e Ringing The I Ringing icon is displayed on the ringing DN of a set that is being called Active The l Active icon is displayed on DNs on telephones in the active call state U Active The U Active icon appears on the MADN of a set when another set on the MADN is in the active call state e Hold The I Hold icon appears on the DN of the set that has a call on hold U Hold The U Hold icon appears on the MADN of a set when another set on the MADN has a call in the hold state The R
287. itch if no patch numbers given displays all patches The loadware patches must be located in the u loadware directory The following is an example of loadware patching pdt lwload gerlba50 p Loading loadware patch from c u loadware ger1ba50 p Loadware patch number is 0 pdt lwinst 0 The existing c p sl1 psdl rec will be deleted Do you wish to back up this file y n n Loadware GER1BA49 will be replaced by GER1BA50 Do you wish to continue y n y Building system loadware This will take a few minutes Done Must reboot for changes to take effect pdt lwstat 0 Base loadware version 56 Number of patches installed 1 Loadware patch number 0 Patch file c u loadware ger1ba50 p Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 211 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Patchname GER1 L w Ref number mplr12345 PRS number mp12345 Engineer DE Created Mon Feb 5 10 47 25 2001 Patch is loaded amp installed Install date Mon Feb 5 11 15 20 2001 pdt lwout 0 Loadware patch 0 has been removed successfully System loadware must now be re built Detailed Flash Download procedure 1 Identify telephones to be downloaded If possible organize by Telephone type TN Range or DN Range To determine telephone quantity and type use LDs 97 and 32 to print the ranges of telephones using the commands given below 2 Establish telephone quantity 3 Estimate the time required for downl
288. itiation The user pressed data DN key to make a data call data CALL Cs SPEED SAVED LAST Data call dialing Transmitting dialed digits data no soft keys shown Data call busy Called party off hook data RINGAGN SAVE Data call reorder Called party is unavailable data no soft keys shown Data call ringback Called party is ringing data SAVE Data call ERWT call back Initial set of routes not available Set gets Expensive Route Warning Tone ERWT RINGAGN SAVE Data call established Connection made data SAVE Asynchronous Data Option See Asynchronous Data Option on page 336 for more information on ADO requirements Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 359 M2317 telephone Software requirements All information related to the programmable keys must be downloaded into the M2317 RAM memory through the DLC or ISDLC Downloading to the telephone is performed when the system is loaded or when a telephone is enabled 360 Soft keys are automatically defined for the telephone based on Class of Service CLS database or package restrictions Soft keys work only in conjunction with the LCD display screen Table 99 M2317 data features on page 360 lists the data features supported by the M2317 firmware Table 99 M2317 data features Data features M2317 DTE Keyboard Ring Again X X
289. its original state after a time out period of about three minutes 1 From Diagnostics menu 2 press 3 2 Press the asterisk to toggle between QMT2 ON and OFF 3 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Toggling control gates Use this procedure to turn the conference bridge analog control gates the auxiliary tone channel and the Code Blue Relay ON or OFF Note that the auxiliary control only affects the control gate on the ASIP circuit card To actually generate a tone use the Alerter menu 1 From Diagnostics menu 2 press 4 DIAGNOSTICS CONTROL 1 SCR 2 DST 3 ARX 4 ATX 5 TON 6 REL 0 0 0 0 0 0j lt OFF gt exit 2 Follow the appropriate instruction below Press key 1 to toggle the primary control gate between ON and OFF Press key 2 to toggle the secondary control gate between ON and OFF Press key 3 to toggle the attendant receive control between ON and OFF Press key 4 to toggle the attendant transmit control between ON and OFF Press key 5 to toggle the auxiliary tone control between ON and OFF Press key 6 to toggle the relay control between ON and OFF 3 Press the asterisk to turn all the control gates OFF 4 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 71 Attendant consoles Reset To perform a hard reset of the console from Diagnostics menu 2 press 5 The reset is performed immediately
290. k into your floppy disk drive Click on Start Select Run Enter a setup assuming that drive a is your floppy disk drive Click on OK The Avaya logo screen appears while the installation utility loads The Welcome screen appears Click Next to continue installation If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement click Yes Continue to click Next until the installation is complete When asked to remove the disk from your floppy disk drive Click Finish Note You must restart your PC to access the Personal Directory PC Utility To select a port for the Personal Directory PC Utility click Phone Click Set port The pull down menu shows available PC ports Com1 Com2 The program selects the same port each time until you change it Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 159 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Installing the Key Based Accessory Module The Key Based Accessory KBA module provides 22 additional line feature keys for the Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones You can add up to two KBAs providing a total of 75 line feature keys Use Installing the KBA on page 160 to install the KBA Installing the KBA 1 While depressing the telephone tilt handle pull the telephone away from the footstand until it clears the final stop Gently pull the footstand off the clips Note If an ACM is installed unplug the ACM and remove it
291. key If Handsfree is not software assigned you can assign any other feature to key 15 When the Handsfree Mute key is pressed during a Handsfree call the microphone is deactivated while the speaker remains active preventing the other party from overhearing local conversations The Handsfree LCD indicator flashes while the microphone is muted Pressing the Handsfree mute key again reactivates the microphone and the Handsfree LCD lights steadily The Class of Service feature for M2616 Handsfree control enables system administrators to enable disable the Handsfree option on the M2008HF Handsfree telephone through software M2008HF telephones ship from the factory with a hardware jumper enabled to enable the Handsfree option for existing software releases System software overrides the hardware setting and default to Handsfree Denied HFD If the handsfree option is desired the system administrator simply enables Handsfree through the Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 265 Meridian Modular Telephones Class of Service prompt HFA included in LD 11 for the M2008 telephones consistent with M2616 Service Change Parameters Table 75 LD 11 Allow Deny Handsfree for M2008HF Prompt Response Description REQ NEW CHG TYPE M2008 M2008 telephone CLS HFD Digital Telephone Handsfree HFA Denied Digital Telephone Handsfree Allowed Handsfree operates as if an off hook operation had been performed For exam
292. kphone key descriptions on page 131 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone key descriptions on page 132 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key descriptions on page 134 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key descriptions on page 136 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key descriptions on page 138 Introduction The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones consists of the following telephones Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone an entry level telephone for occasional use Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone for manufacturing floor warehouse and low telephone use Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone an enhanced telephone for office professionals and technical specialists Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone a professional telephone for Managers Executives Administrative Assistants Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone a call center telephone for Agents and Supervisors The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones X11 Release 25 and later supports the following features Context sensitive soft keys Avaya 3903 and Avaya 3904 Set to Set Messaging Avaya 3903 and Avaya 3904 Corporate Directory Avaya 3903 and Avaya 3904 102 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Introduction Avaya 3900 single site Virtual Office Avaya 3903 and Avaya 3904 Display Based Accessory Module Avaya 3904 Flash download of firmware Avaya 3902 Avaya 3903 Avaya 3904 and Avaya 3905 Language selection during softwar
293. kphones Mean Time Between Failure ratings on page 148 Table 37 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Mean Time Between Failure ratings Set MTBF Return rate per year Avaya 3901 Digital 250 years 0 4 Deskphone Avaya 3902 Digital 200 years 0 5 Deskphone Avaya 3903 Digital 150 years 0 4 Deskphone Avaya 3904 Digital 93 years 0 23 Deskphone Avaya 3905 Digital 100 years 0 25 Deskphone Key Based Accessory 500 years 0 2 module KBA CTI Accessory CTIA 50 years 2 Power supply 30 years 3 148 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Environmental and safety considerations Environmental and safety considerations Temperature and humidity Table 38 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones operating temperature and humidity requirements Operating state Temperature range 0 to 50 C 32 to 104 F Relative humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing At temperatures above 34 C 93 F relative humidity limited to 53 mbar of water vapor pressure Table 39 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones storage temperature and humidity requirements Storage Temperature range 50 to 70 C 58 to 158 F Relative humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing At temperatures above 34 C 93 F relative humidity limited to 53 mbar of water vapor pressure Safety and Electromagnetic compatibility The Avaya 3900 Series Digit
294. kphones Phase III phones configured on a Release 25 15 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 15 to 25 30 Re issue procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 25 30 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 40 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software 25 40B II order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a Release 25 15 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 15 to Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 203 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 25 40 25 40B procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 03 00 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software
295. l FOFnWaEd u eere trenta exime rica ca incra reris 77 360 Call Waiting indicator eeeeseseeeeese 79 Call Waiting status message sssesssss 48 CANIS CR NERA 77 79 campe dOn Pe 77 setting maximum number of waiting 79 capacitance unbalance testing 237 CANS E 368 DLC Digital Line Card sssssss 368 ISDLC Integrated Services Digital Line Card 368 CAS Centralized Attendant Service 45 CAS History File status message 48 CCB Collect Call Blocking ssessss 80 characteristic impedance ssuuse 227 243 and junction loss serisindeki 243 under carpet Cabling sess 227 CI CK key lamp strips seen 77 CIS Commonwealth of Independent States 81 Clearing the Callers List and Redial List for Virtual Sic 142 Clearing the Directory Services Password for Virtual Sic TRE 142 clock calendar real time eseeeenene 49 closet power supplies ssseessssss 390 392 conference bridge analog control gates 68 Conference key sss nnns ZZ conferencing feature eeceeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeteeteneeeees 354 configurations ssssseeeeeee 65 connecting blocks
296. l Deskphones Table 62 LD 97 Configure parameters for System wide Flash Download Prompt Response Description REQ CHG Change Flash Download parameters PRT Print Flash Download parameters TYPE FDL Flash Download for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones FDTP 3902 Enter Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone type selected 3903 for Flash Download 3904 Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones 3905 All of the above ALL None of the above default NONE FDTM Time interval restriction for Flash Download 224 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Commands for system wide Flash Download of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Prompt Response Description NO Do not change time intervals default YES Proceed to change time intervals Note Flash Download is automatically paused one hour before virtual midnight see TODR in LD 17 to allow midnight routines to run Note This option is not applicable to reporting FDAY Enter day and number of time intervals for Flash Download where dn d day of the week 0 6 for Sunday to Saturday n number of time intervals 0 4 To disallow download for the day enter 0 Day is re prompted until you enter a Carriage Return lt CR gt Note This prompt appears only if FDTM YES Note If two or more intervals are specified they must be overlapping non consecutive and in order FINT Enter s
297. l Party Name Display ACPND feature 77 attendant consoles 30 31 49 52 57 59 298 BLF COM 30 31 COVEI S i irse dando iaa aa boue cag i 54 55 cross connecting sseeeeeeen 59 designating eiecerunt ger 57 Msta ssir 52 53 key lamp modules sss 298 local ele a 0 Seen 49 loopback tests eese 56 packing and unpacking eeessssss 52 REMOVING EE TA 54 static discharge ground connections 52 VII c 59 Attendant End to End Signaling 78 Attendant Forward No Answer cccceeeeessseeeeeees 82 Attendant Intercept display sessssssss zr Attendant Monitor ccccccceesssssseceeeeeeeseseeeeesensees 82 Attendant Supervisory Module NT7G10AA 74 attenuation cable essen 241 Autodial feature sss 360 March 2013 395 Automatic Logout for Virtual Office 143 auxiliary tone channel test sssessssssss 68 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 29 31 42 52 57 59 2 9 Blneec PO cal COVENS dusen AEA ra 54 55 cross connecting 02 0 ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 59 displaying number of waiting calls 79 failure COOES sissioni nannini an 7
298. l Telephone set The Analog Terminal Adapter enables data to be transmitted and received using the public switched telephone network PSTN The ATA supports an analog device link to a desktop or laptop computer with modems in the digital telephone environment Currently it is necessary to install a separate analog phone line to be able to interface with the PSTN The ATA can be used for the following analog devices FAX Machine Modem Analog Telephone ATA operating parameters The ATA data parameters are stored locally although the configuration is set in the Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 system Do not set data parameters in the system before installing the ATA in the telephone If the parameters are set before the telephone is installed the configuration information is lost Simultaneous voice and data capabilities are available When the ATA is installed the System Administrator must activate the Flexible Voice and Data feature by configuring LD 11 See Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 for prompt and response details The ATA is capable of receiving dial pulse or DTMF address signaling from the analog equipment 300 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com ATA operating parameters The ATA uses the 2nd channel of the TCM loop to add an analog port to the digital terminal It has an RJ11 type jack accessible from the back of the te
299. lar Telephones are designed to provide cost effective integrated voice and data communication capability They interface with the Digital Line Card DLC No additional hardware is required at the line circuit to provide data communication Meridian Modular Telephones are connected to the system through a two wire loop carrying two independent 64 Kb s PCM Channels with associated signaling channels One of the two PCM channels is dedicated to voice while the other is dedicated to data traffic Line cords and handset cords on all Meridian Modular Telephones are equipped with snap in TELADAPT connectors for easy and quick connecting procedures Three distinct versions ofMeridian Modular telephones distinguished by the first four letters in the upper left hand corner of the model identification label on the bottom of the telephone are available The three versions are the NTZK models the NT2K models with date code prior to April 24 1998 and both the NT9K models and the NT2K models with date code of April 24 1998 and later The two jacks face in the same direction on NT2K and NT9K telephones and in opposite directions on NTZK telephones When appropriate differences between the models are noted in this document Software requirements The option number for the Meridian Modular Telephones is 170 The mnemonic is ARIE The DSET package 88 and the TSET package 89 are required Intelligent Peripheral Equipment requirements The tel
300. le performs the function associated with that key The Shift indicator remains on The keys in keystrip BK function as Incoming Call Identification ICI keys QMT2 feature enabled When the QMT2 feature is enabled the following conditions apply e If the console is not in Shift mode the keys in strip AK and or BK function as Incoming Call Identification ICI keys If the console is in Shift mode the keys in keystrips AK and BK function as Trunk Group Busy TGB keys That is they imitate the keystrips of the QMT2 add on module as follows The LCD indicators pointing to the left indicate busy trunks Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 65 Attendant consoles The LCD indicators pointing to the right indicate incoming calls Attendant PC requirements To install the PC based Console software application a PC compatible Pentium system is required with the following minimum 16 MB RAM hard disk with at least 10 MB free disk space 17 inch SVGA color monitor 16 bit sound board Network interface adapter RS232 serial port For complete installation and operation instructions refer to the Avaya Attendant PC Console Fundamentals NN43001 520 brandline headset handset T volume control 1 alerter speaker 553 AAA0576 Figure 18 PC Console Interface Unit Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature key modes Functions shown for some of the feature keys in Table 4 Softkey defi
301. le supports normal business features in several languages including English Spanish and Quebec French Note You can adjust the display screen contrast so that it is too light or too dark to read If you cannot read the display disconnect and then reconnect the line cord to return to the default settings Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 89 M2016S Secure Set Program key The Program key is automatically assigned to telephones with a Display Module The Program key allows you to change a variety of display features such as screen format contrast and language The upper right hand key key 07 automatically becomes the Program key when a Display Module is configured with the telephone The Program key is local to the set and shows blank when you print key assignments in LD 20 On hook security The M2016S is a Telephone Security Group Class ll approved telephone designed to provide on hook security The M2016S uses relay circuitry that physically disconnects the handset from the telephone circuit when the switchhook is depressed On hook security is indicated by the Message Waiting lamp The red LED triangle lights steadily when the phone is not secure handset is off hook phone is ringing or any time the handset piezo relays are connected The red LED triangle blinks when a message is waiting Specifications The following specifications govern the performance of the M2016S telephone under the environmental co
302. led remove and discard the NT2K0013 daughterboard 2 NTZK models Make sure that the ribbon cable is folded as shown in Figure 78 Connecting the Display Module Ribbon Cable NTZK model on page 329 328 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing displays Colored strip Pin 1 Screwpost P2 or P4 Pin 1 553 AAA0645 Figure 78 Connecting the Display Module Ribbon Cable NTZK model 3 NT2K models Make sure that the ribbon cable is folded as shown in Figure 79 Connecting the Display Module Ribbon Cable NT2K model on page 330 on Figure 79 Connecting the Display Module Ribbon Cable NT2K model on page 330 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 329 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Colored strip Pin 1 Screwpost M2616 only 7H P2 M2008 only EUH D T 553 AAA0646 Figure 79 Connecting the Display Module Ribbon Cable NT2K model Make sure the red line on the ribbon cable lines up with the white dot beside the connector pins P2 on an NTZK M2008 J3 on an NT2K M2008 and P4 on an M2616 on the motherboard Slide the ribbon cable connector onto the connector pins P2 on an NTZK M2008 J3 on an NT2K M2008 and P4 on an M2616 on the mother board A Caution This connection is polarity sensitive Ensure that the pins line up with the connector correctly and carefully work the
303. les Fundamentals March 2013 113 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description copy and paste an entry into the Personal Directory Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone view an alphabetical listing of entries by last name system generated Note When names are copied to the Personal Directory Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone the names are listed by first name Operating parameters The user must have an Avaya 3903 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphone to support the Corporate Directory feature To access the Corporate Directory from the telephone the user must have the Corporate Directory Class of Service enabled When the Corporate Directory is being updated with new data the user cannot access the Corporate Directory The user exits the Corporate Directory by pressing the Quit key or the Applications key Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones single site Virtual Office The Virtual Office feature allows users to log in to a designated Avaya 3903 or 3904 Digital Deskphone and user their individual telephone configurations at that telephone The calls to the user s primary DN are routed to the Virtual Office Host Terminal where the Virtual Office worker is logged in For further information on Virtual Office refer to Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones single site Virtual Office on page 141 Full Icon Support The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Full Icon Support feature enables distinct icons and flashing cadences for the d
304. ling party the attendant can ring the called party by pressing the SACP key The attendant can then hold the call on the console or release the call as usual When the attendant tries to present the call after it has recalled to the attendant to the wanted party this party may have originated another call In that case the attendant receives the indication that the set is busy and can then camp on the call again or release it as usual On a second camp on the attendant must activate the SACP feature again if needed The SACP feature is active either for all camped on calls or on a per call basis depending on the customer option When the per call basis is chosen the attendant activates the feature by pressing the SACP key before camping on the call If the SACP key is pressed twice the associated lamp goes dark and the SACP feature becomes inactive for the call Series Call The Series Call feature causes a source call either an attendant answered incoming call or an attendant originated trunk call that has been extended to an internal destination party to be recalled to the attendant when the destination party hangs up The attendant can then send the source call to another destination party This feature enables a caller to talk to more than one party without having to disconnect and call again Recall to Same Attendant must be allowed otherwise the recall is routed to the first available attendant This process can be repeated
305. ll transformer 7 Reconnect the line cord back to your telephone base Note The ATA supports connections to Plain Old Telephone Service POTS only ATA does not support features such as Message Waiting Switchhook Flash Link Transfer Conference and CLASS type services A red LED status light located on the ATA indicates the status of the ATA Flashing red indicates that the ATA is operating normally For more troubleshooting guidelines refer to the user documentation that came with your analog device Solid red indicates that the ATA is not operating normally Contact your system administrator Red light off indicates that there is no power going to the ATA or the unit is not operating correctly Check the power connections to the ATA If problems continue contact your system administrator Flexible voice and data capabilities allow you to have continuous use of both the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones and the attached analog device Your system administrator configures the flexible voice and data capabilities for your telephone on the system equipment Contact your system administrator for more information about flexible voice and data capability When there is a power failure to the ATA the Analog Device does not store or keep information for example outgoing FAX from your FAX machine You must send the information again when power returns Table 44 ATA configuration on page 158 shows prompts and responses when c
306. loop lengths Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 387 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Table 107 Loop lengths for Meridian digital telephones QPC578 A and B QPC578 C NT8D02 PVC insulated cable polyvinyl chloride 22 or 24 AWG 100 3000 ft 30 5 0 3500 ft 0 1067 0 3500 ft 0 1067 915 m m m 26 AWG ee 00 ft 30 5 0 2600 ft 0 945 m 0 2600 ft 0 793 m m Note No bridge taps or loading coils are allowed Note Effect of line protector at MDF reduces loop length by 500 ft Note Use only the line cord provided with the telephone Using a cord designed for another telephone could result in damage to the cord Local alerting tones Each telephone provides four alerting tones and a buzz sound The system controls the ringing cadence by sending tone ON and tone OFF messages to the telephone The alerting tone cadences cannot be changed from the telephone but can be altered for individual terminals by software controlled adjustments in the system See Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 All other telephone tones such as dial tone or overflow are provided by the Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 systems from a Tone and Digit Switch Alerting tone characteristics The tone frequency combinations are as follows Tone Frequencies 1 667 Hz 500 Hz 5 2 2 667 Hz 500 Hz 2 6 3 1600 Hz 2000 Hz 5 2 388 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya co
307. low appear on line 4 of the display screen panel MN minor alarm MJ major alarm C H CAS History File CW Call Waiting BUSY Position Busy NIGHT Night Service IDLE Idle ACTIVE Ipk has been selected s Shift mode EMERGENCY Power Fail Transfer PFT feature is activated The first four status messages appear as MN MJ C H and CW on line 4 of the display screen panel BUSY and NIGHT are combined with the status of the Release lamp to indicate the console status as shown in Table 5 Release lamp indicator status on page 48 Table 5 Release lamp indicator status Type Indicator Status Night Busy Release Display screen status line 4 ON X X NIGHT OFF ON X BUSY OFF OFF ON IDLE OFF OFF OFF ACTIVE X X X EMERGENCY 48 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Connections If the emergency power fail transfer feature is activated the console status will be displayed as EMERGENCY Connections The line cord connects to the rear of the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console through a 25 pin subminiature D type connector The jack connector is attached to the line cord for user safety and equipment protection pins are not exposed Having the plug connector mounted in the console also prevents interchanges between the line cord and the serial data port connectors the serial data port in the console has a jack connector I
308. lows you to scroll to each key layer The soft labeled field is 10 characters in length You can customize the DBA labels using the program mode and the dial pad keys Use Installing the DBA on page 162 to install the DBA Installing the DBA 1 While depressing the telephone tilt handle pull the telephone away from the footstand until it clears the final stop Gently pull the footstand off the clips 2 Place the telephone and the DBA face down on a padded level surface and align them 3 Lower the DBA into place and insert the 10 pin plug on the Module into the 10 pin slot on the telephone Push in gently until the retaining tabs snap into place 4 Insert the clips on the telephone into the hinges on the footstand then press on the front of the footstand until it snaps into place 5 While depressing the telephone tilt handle swing the footstand into the desired position then release the handle 6 Carefully turn the new assembly upright 162 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing the handset option for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Installing the handset option for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone A handset does not accompany the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone The Handset Kit is a hardware option for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone and includes a handset cord and add on handset cradle The handset can be added to the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone by removing the
309. lset The analog interface of the ATA is a 2 wire source providing A and B leads tip and ring across which analog equipment modem fax is connected The loop length is gt 100 feet The analog interface of the ATA is compatible with the port types listed in Table 89 Port types compatible with ATA on page 301 Table 89 Port types compatible with ATA Country Port Type s Defining Standard s United ONS Station Interface EIA Tia 464A States Class A OPS Station Interface FCC Rules Part 68 Canada ONS Station Interface CAN3 T512 1 Class 1300 OPS Station Interface CS 03 Part Refer to Avaya Analog Terminal Adapter Installation and Reference Guide NN42370 121 for detailed information on this feature Follow the steps in Installing and removing the Analog Terminal Adapter on page 301 on Installing and removing the Analog Terminal Adapter on page 301 to add the Analog Terminal Adapter ATA to the telephone and to connect it to a FAX or modem The ATA is supported on Meridian Digital Telephones only Installing and removing the Analog Terminal Adapter A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Before handling internal telephone components discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor When the ATA is installed the System Administrator must activate the Flexible Voice and Data Feature by configuring LD 11 1 To Activate the Flexible Voice and
310. m Warble Rate Hz March 2013 Power requirements Tone Frequencies Warble Rate Hz 4 1600 Hz 2000 Hz 2 6 3 333 Hz 250 Hz 5 2 4 333 Hz 250 Hz 2 6 A 500 Hz buzz signal is provided for incoming call notification while the receiver is off hook Power requirements The Meridian digital telephones are loop powered Loop power originating in the ISDLC or the DLC consists of a 30 V DC power source and assumes a 3500 ft 1219 m maximum loop length of 24 AWG 0 5 mm wire and a minimum 15 5 V DC at the telephone terminals Note The loop length limit is defined by a 15 5 dB loss at 256 KHz Longer lengths can be determined using the wire s gauge and insulation Some configurations of telephones and options need more than basic loop power to operate Table 108 Power requirements Meridian digital telephones on page 389 lists the types of Meridian digital telephones and shows when additional power is needed to operate the telephone or its optional hardware Power Supply Boards come installed in factory assembled configurations that require additional power Note If a power failure occurs configurations that require loop power will continue to work only if the system has battery backup Only those options that require additional power will cease to function Table 108 Power requirements Meridian digital telephones Telephone type Loop power Additional power Power Supply Board M3820 Terminal handsfree h
311. mail system to avoid the double indication or have no key lamp pair assigned to the message center The Message Waiting lamp is also used to indicate security of the M2016S The red LED triangle lights steadily when the phone is not secure handset is off hook phone is ringing or 88 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Features any time the handset piezo relays are connected The red LED triangle blinks when a message is waiting Features The M2016S has 16 programmable keys Earlier models can have a Display Module added Later models of the set come with a display pre installed Note If the set is equipped with a Display the number of programmable keys is reduced by one as key 07 automatically becomes the Program key The features of the M2016S are as follows Display Module on page 89 field installable Program key on page 90 On hook security on page 90 For more information on M2016S features and operation refer to M2016S Secure Set User Guide or M2016S Secure Set Quick Reference Guide Display Module A 2 line by 24 character Display Module NT2K28ABxx provides system prompts feedback on active features and valuable calling party information In addition you can modify various set features such as volume and screen contrast using the Program key top right function key You can enable a Call Timer which times calls made or received on the prime DN The Display Modu
312. mber of time intervals for Flash Download Prompt appears only if FDTM YES Day is reprompted until carriage return CR alone is entered d day of the week 0 6 for Sunday to Saturday n number of time intervals 0 4 to disallow download for the day enter 0 Note If two or more intervals are specified they must be non overlapping non consecutive and in increasing order FINT sl Enter starting hour and length for a time interval Prompted n times if n gt 0 s Starting hour 0 23 length of interval in hours 1 24 FTNR NO YES TN range restriction option for Flash Download NO no TN restriction default YES specify TN range FSTN Starting Terminal Number for Flash Download Prompt appears only if FTNR YES Iscu Format for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and CS 1000E system where loop s shelf c card u unit FETN Ending Terminal Number for Flash Download Prompt appears only if FTNR YES Iscu Format for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and CS 1000E system where loop s shelf c card u unit 174 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Configuration Prompt Response Description FDNR NO YES DN range restriction option for Flash Download NO no DN restriction default YES specify DN range FDDN c d1 d2 Flash Download Prime Directory Number range Prompt appears only if FDNR YES c Custom
313. mentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Appendix A Meridian Modular Telephones Contents This section contains information on the following topics Introduction on page 86 Software requirements on page 258 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment requirements on page 258 General description on page 259 Physical description on page 263 Volume control on page 264 Message Waiting lamp on page 265 Handsfree Mute key M2008HF and M2616 only on page 265 Features and options on page 266 Display Module on page 267 Meridian Programmable Data Adapter on page 268 Program key on page 268 External Alerter Interface on page 268 Key Expansion Module on page 269 Brandline Insert on page 270 Headset on page 270 Relocation on page 272 Specifications on page 273 Environmental and safety considerations on page 273 Line engineering on page 274 Local alerting tones on page 275 Power requirements on page 276 Meridian Programmable Data Adapter on page 281 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 257 Meridian Modular Telephones Handsets on page 282 Note This section is for reference only The Meridian Modular Telephones are manufacture discontinued and no longer available Introduction This chapter provides feature add on module relocation and specification information for the M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2616 and M2216ACD Meridian Modular Telephones The Meridian Modu
314. menu option Refer to Avaya Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module User Guide for programming information Define the Busy Lamp Field in the system database Refer to Avaya Features and Services Fundamentals Six Books NN43001 106_B1 B6 Test the Busy Lamp Field features using Avaya M1250 M2250 Attendant Console User Guide Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installation BLF CGM Rotate Back Slide Back and Down Top Cover Figure 7 Positioning the top cover and the BLF CGM Fit 2 new screws E y 9 Eg Re Insert 12 Screws Polystyrene foam sheet 553 AAA0633 Figure 8 Attaching the top cover to the attendant console base and BLF CGM Checking the functionality of the Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module Use this procedure to check the functionality of the BLF CGM Once in this menu the dial pad is in CGM mode When any dial pad keys are pressed except the pound key the keys are echoed on the BLF CGM Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 37 Attendant consoles 1 2 3 From Diagnostics menu 1 press 5 Press keys 0 through 9 and the asterisk on the dial pad Check the CGM to see that they are echoed Press the pound to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Removing the Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module 1 Disconnect the main power system cable from the rear of the attendant console and remove the handset j
315. mits connection of the console to the serial port of a personal computer An optional Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module BLF CGM which displays the status of up to 150 consecutive extensions SBLF or any group of 100 extensions within the system EBLF and has many text and graphics capabilities An optional Attendant Supervisory Module ASM can be installed Supports transmission level adjustment to meet international requirements by accepting and processing downloaded information from the system when this messaging is supported in software The transmission level can be adjusted to one of 16 different levels Multi language selection Menus for local console features Options menu and diagnostics Diagnostics menu Code blue or emergency relay associated with ICI 0 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 29 Attendant consoles Time and date system download Alert tone volume and frequency selection Electret or carbon transmitter support Power Fail Transfer switch Keyclick Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module The Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module BLF CGM can be added to an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console The BLF CGM can do the following display the status busy or idle of up to 150 consecutive extensions within the system Standard Busy Lamp Field SBLF display the status busy or idle of any hundred group of DNs within the system Enhanced Busy Lamp Field EBLF
316. n C is Same as for 08H stuck OBH UIP A key in column DO is Same as for 08H stuck OCH UIP A key in column D1 is Same as for 08H stuck ODH UIP A key in column D2 is Same as for 08H stuck OEH UIP A key in column E is Same as for 08H stuck OFH UIP A key in column F is Same as for 08H stuck AOH ASIP The RS 232 has failed the Check to see if the loopback loopback test connector is inserted If not insert it and perform the loopback test again If the failure code still appears turn the console off and on while the connector is inserted Perform the loopback test again If the failure code still appears the console is faulty and should be returned 90H ASIP ASM A44 3 U1 is faulty Same as for 40H 88H ASIP Secondary A44 2 U2 is Same as for 40H faulty 84H ASIP Primary A44 1 U1 is Same as for 40H faulty 82H ASIP The UART U5 is faulty Same as for 40H 81H ASIP The RAM U8 is faulty Same as for 40H The failure codes produced by the firmware in response to the detection of a hardware fault are bit significant as follows B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO 0 PSG RTC RAM KEYS c2 c1 c0 1 ASIP RS 232 A44 3 A44 2 A44 1 UART RAM Refers to key s column number Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 73 Attendant consoles B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO Note Bit 7 indicates whether the failure occurred on the user interface printed circuit card
317. n can be added or replaced Installing the M2317 data option on page 340 explains how to install the Data Option for the M2317 telephone A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES CMOS devices inside the telephone can be damaged by electrostatic discharge Before opening any M2317 telephone discharge your hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 339 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Installing the M2317 data option 1 Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on a level workplace a desktop for example 2 Disconnect all cords from the telephone 3 Loosen and remove five screws in the base of the telephone lifting the base 10 11 upward If the telephone is not equipped with the ADO proceed with step 5 If the telephone is equipped with a defective ADO carefully disconnect the ribbon cable connector from the header connector in the digital printed circuit board Loosen and remove the two self tapping screws that fasten the ADO to the telephone base and remove the defective ADO Proceed with step 6 See Figure 83 M2317 data terminal and Data Option power supply connection on page 342 on Figure 83 M2317 data terminal and Data Option power supply connection on page 342 Remove the breakout section in the rear of the telephone base by tapping it with the handle of a small screwdriv
318. n page 298 Analog Terminal Adapter on page 300 Functional description on page 300 Meridian Communications Adapter and Meridian Programmable Data Adapter on page 304 Functional description on page 304 Power Supply Board NTZK models on page 312 Power Supply Board NT2K models on page 319 Installing displays on page 322 External Alerter Board on page 331 Key Expansion Modules on page 333 Asynchronous Data Option on page 336 Functional description on page 336 ADO operating parameters on page 337 ADO external power supply on page 337 M2317 Data Option on page 339 Meridian Communications Unit on page 343 Functional description on page 343 Analog Terminal Adapter on page 300 Troubleshooting on page 344 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 297 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Note This section is for reference only The telephone and options described in this chapter are manufacture discontinued and no longer available Packing and unpacking Use proper care when unpacking any add on module Check for damaged containers so that appropriate claims can be made to the transport company for items damaged in transit If a module must be returned to the factory pack it in the appropriate container to avoid damage during transit Remember to include all loose parts in the shipment There are three distinct versions of Meridian Modular
319. n the download is active in the background scheduled but not actively downloading telephones It is also not possible to perform a single telephone download FDLU FDLI or FDLF command from LD 32 while the download is active in the background If an individual download is attempted in this case the system indicates that the PSDL is not idle If an individual telephone download is necessary while the download is active in the background you must cancel the download in LD 32 using the FDLC command Once the individual downloads are complete you can restart the schedule download with the FLDS command in LD 32 Note If the force option is used with the FDLS command all telephones in the original schedule are downloaded For Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones actively being flash downloaded when the Flash Download Cancel FDLC command is issued the flash download to these telephones is completed before the flash download process cancels Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones acquired by the Symposium Call Center Server SCCS do not have to be de acquired pulled out of all queues before the flash download is started However during the download the agent using the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone is placed in a maintenance busy state for approximately 12 minutes As a result the SCCS is not able to record any agent statistics for agents using the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone during the download The SCCS agent reports for the interval in which the do
320. nFigure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 It is used to access Level 1 mode functions Handset and headset jacks Two pairs of jacks are provided for plugging in handsets or headsets The jacks are located on both sides of the console beneath the faceplate in the recessed area shown by the arrows See Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 on Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 The console accepts both carbon and electret handsets or headsets and automatically adapts itself to each type Note Electret headsets and handsets are polarity sensitive and must be correctly inserted into the jack LCD indicators The LCD indicators on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console display triangular symbols that normally point towards the key with which they are associated Certain keys in the QMT2 mode of operation and loop keys have two LCDs associated with each key instead of one Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 47 Attendant consoles Every LCD can flash at 30 60 or 120 impulses per minute ipm Refer to Operation on page 64 for more details The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console has 10 additional flexible features These are programmed in LD 12 and accessed using the Shift key Display screen messages Source information appears on line 2 of the display screen Destination information appears on line 3 of the display screen The status messages listed be
321. nd Copy 110 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone four line by twenty four character display an optional handset two accessory ports supports amplified unamplified headset Supervisor Observe Key with LED Full icon support with expansion modules Supervisor Headset Observe port LCD display Goodbye Hold Message waiting light incoming call indicator LED Programmable line Supervisor feature keye Observe key Self labeled Programmable feature ee bo Self labeled T Fixed feature keys In Calls Copy Volume control bar LED Make Busy Headset Navigation keys Mut Not Read Supervisor 9 y Quit Emergency 553 AAA0664 Figure 29 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Note The system administrator can configure four of the bottom six fixed feature keys Make Busy Not Ready Supervisor and Emergency to feature keys that suit the business needs of the Call Center user Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 111 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description Features The following section describes the following key features supported on Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Set to Set Messaging Personal Directory Corporate Directory Full Icon Support Language selection during software installation Feature keys Set to Set Messaging The Set to Set Messaging fea
322. ndamentals March 2013 177 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Meridian 1 to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone Flash Download provides a way for installed Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones to be updated to the appropriate firmware release level for supporting features on the system Firmware on all Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones can be upgraded using Flash Download with the exception of the Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone Flash Download can be invoked for one Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone for a group of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones or all telephones on the system It can be invoked locally or remotely for maintenance purposes Features of the flash download procedure include the following Telephone type can be specified Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones All Day s of week can be specified Up to four intervals per day can be specified start time length TN Range can be specified start TN end TN DN Range can be specified start DN end DN Force Download can be specified yes no Flash download is incorporated in the existing Peripheral SoftWare Version PSWV background tasks of the Work Schedule Therefore regular call processing is impacted as little as possible In the context of this document PSWV represents the firmware file that is downloaded to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone It is sometimes referred to as a Peripheral Software DownLoad PSDL
323. nditions described Environmental and safety considerations The M2016S meets the requirements of Electronic Industries Association EIA specification PN 1361 90 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Temperature and humidity Temperature and humidity Table 14 M2016S operating state temperature and humidity requirements on page 91 and Table 15 M2016S storage state temperature and humidity requirements on page 91 show the M2016S temperature and humidity requirements Table 14 M2016S operating state temperature and humidity requirements Temperature range 0 to 50 C 32 to 104 F Relative humidity 5 to 95 non condensing At temperatures above 34 C 93 F relative humidity is limited to 53 mbar of water vapor pressure Table 15 M2016S storage state temperature and humidity requirements Temperature range 50 to 70 C 58 to 158 F Relative humidity 5 to 95 non condensing At temperatures above 34 C 93 F relative humidity is limited to 53 mbar of water vapor pressure Electromagnetic interference The radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference meets the requirements of Subpart J of Part 15 of the FCC rules for Class A computing devices Line engineering The maximum permissible loop length is 3500 ft 915 m assuming 24 AWG 0 5 mm standard twisted wire with no bridge taps A 15 5 dB loss at 256 KHz defines the loop length
324. ne SPEED ACCOUNT Conference Transfer After special dialtone is heard no soft keys shown dialing dialing the call voice Conference Transfer After special dialtone is RINGAGN SAVE busy received called party is off hook voice Conference Transfer After special dialtone is no soft keys shown reorder received called party is unavailable voice Transfer ringback Used xfer feature and the called party is ringing voice CONNECT SAVE Conference ringback Used conf feature and the called party is ringing voice SAVE Consultation The third party consulting party called by xfer conf CONNECT SWAP 358 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Asynchronous Data Option Screen state State Softkey display feature has answered the call voice Consultation Hold The user is talking to the original party and the consulting party is on hold voice CONNECT SWAP Established Hold Call held by other party voice no soft keys shown User status Leave telset msg for set s status voice no soft keys shown Display The user has operated the SPEED EXIT feature key DSP to display the speed system speed call numbers voice or data Program The user has operated a no soft keys shown feature key that requires user input such as Auto Dial or Controlled Class of Service COS Data call in
325. ne line for data communications and handset free unit cords option Power Supply 553 AAA635 Figure 83 M2317 data terminal and Data Option power supply connection Table 94 Connections for the Apple Macintosh to the M2317 Asynchronous Data Option ADO 9 pin connector from terminal 25 pin RS 232 C connector at ADO port Pin 3 to Pin 7 Pin 5 to Pin 2 Pin 9 to Pin 3 Note Strap pins 4 and 5 and pins 6 8 and 20 together Table 95 RS 232 C signals and associated pin numbers for M2317 telephones Circuit designation Signal source EIA Common CCITT Pin number DTE DCE Name AA 101 1 X Frame ground BA TXD 103 2 X Transmit data BB RXD 104 3 X Receive data CA RTS 105 4 X Request to send CB CTS 106 5 X Clear to send CC DSR 107 6 X Data set ready 342 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Meridian Communications Unit AB GND 102 7 X Signal ground CD DTR 108 2 20 X Data terminal ready CE RI 125 22 X Ring indicator Meridian Communications Unit The Meridian Communications Unit MCU provides a stand alone version of the Meridian Communications Adapter MCA Functional description The Meridian Communications Unit MCU enables data to be transmitted and received using PSDS over either the public network or a private network The MCU which replaced the QMT21C is designed for domestic and international
326. ne through a ribbon cable running from the base of the telephone It is physically connected to the telephone by the footstand NT2K22VH or later vintage key lamp modules are required for CISPR22 Class B compliance Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 269 Meridian Modular Telephones dE TUBE C a Co z zz C E a M 553 AAA0730 Figure 54 M2616 with Display Module and Key Expansion Module Brandline Insert The filler plate on the telephone or Display Module contains a removable insert designed to accommodate custom labeling You can order blank Brandline Inserts and have a printer silk screen your company logo on them Brandline Inserts snap easily into and out of the filler plate Headset The M2216ACD 1 is compatible with most headsets Amplified headsets are strongly recommended The headset handset interface of the M2216ACD 1 can be adjusted for optimum performance using the Program key Three settings are available Plantronics Polaris GN Netcom Profile NT Liberation 270 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2616 M2216ACD telephones Try using the headset with each of the three settings to determine which works best Trial with both internal and external calls is also recommended to determine optimum performance When the amplified headset is used two choices for volume control are available
327. nes 312 319 Power supply boards eesessssss 312 319 Power Supply Boards 277 806 312 319 333 closet configuration esses 312 Installing dt rn pert eerte 312 319 Key Expansion Modules ssssse 333 MGA and MPDA ettet 277 306 OITIOVIIDYG ccu de sees exsennsae ex ee RES EPOR R ERE 312 319 transformers essen 312 programmable keys eeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 353 377 M2317 telephones sorcier 353 M3820 M3310 M3110 aaeeei 377 PVG CADIE tecssecivavsvsnatciasintaaliteninnsdecdeuaesuategadsiaecde 274 387 Q OBB AB M TEE 50 247 500 2500 connections essessss 247 terminal connections eene 50 QMT2 DIP switch eeeeseserneenen 68 QMT2 mode sssssseeeeeneeneen nens 47 65 configuring attendant consoles for 65 enabling disabling eseseeeeeeessess 65 LCD indicator S serie 47 ei peoia raakana nnee iaiiaeeeai iiaa a 76 79 Call Waiting indicator eeseesssssss 79 removing calls from ccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeesetteeaeeees 76 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals R R connectors IPE seeeeeeeee 248 izle 52 WING M 52 Recall display eite beca 77 Release
328. nes and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Calculating Expected Pulse Loss Note The weighting and termination to be used are 100 kHz flat and 135 ohm respectively 2 Reject the loop being tested if the measured background noise is not less than 51 dBrn Calculating Expected Pulse Loss Use Calculating expected pulse loss on page 240 to calculate expected pulse loss Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 239 Digital telephones line engineering Maximum allowable impulse noise counts per 15 minutes Loss in dB Note Impulse noise counter weighting is 100 kHz Termination is 135 ohms m Figure 47 Maximum allowable impulse noise counts versus loop loss Calculating expected pulse loss 1 Collect loop makeup data between the line card and the terminal For each cable section the data required is cable type PIC or pulp gauge length type of plant construction underground aerial or in building 2 Calculate individual cable section losses by using the figures in Table 64 Cable attenuation at 256 kHz and 21 1 degrees C 70 degrees F on page 242 through 240 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Example of applying calculation Table 66 Attenuation at 256 kHz for D inside wiring cable on page 242 and the following equation CSLi SLi x Li CSLi cable section loss for section i SLi section leng
329. ng inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pulling upward 3 If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA unplug the data cable from the base telephone jack Remove the five screws securing the base to the telephone Remove the base and set it aside 4 If the telephone is not equipped with a display go to 2 on page 323 If the telephone is equipped with a display go to 1 on page 322 Removing the display board The display board is located at the left center of the telephone Disconnect the display ribbon cable from the display board Remove the small mounting screw from the board Grasp the board firmly on each end and pull upward to remove it To replace it go to 2 on page 323 Removing the display 1 The power supply board is located on the left side of the telephone Remove the two small screws from the power supply board near the top and set them aside 322 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing displays Grasp the board firmly on each side Carefully work the board loose until released 2 Remove the two or three screws from the display Module Remove the display from the telephone To install the display go to 2 on page 323 Installing the display board 1 Place the J1 connector of the display board over the P2 pins of the telephone see Figure 75 Display cable routing on page 324 on Figure 75 Display cable routing on page 324 Press
330. ng the display board 1 Place the J1 connector of the display board over the P4 pins of the telephone see Figure 76 Connecting the cable to the display board on page 326 Press down slowly until J1 slides onto the P4 pins and is firmly seated Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 325 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 553 AAA0647 Figure 76 Connecting the cable to the display board 2 Insert the self tapping Phillips head screw supplied with the display into the mounting hole near the top Tighten firmly with a 1 Phillips screwdriver Installing the display 1 Place the display face down near the top of the telephone and align the two mounting holes of the display with the mounting holes in the telephone 2 Insert two self tapping Phillips head screws from the faceplate into the mounting holes tighten them firmly with a 1 Phillips screwdriver 3 Install the power supply board see Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 316 This step is not necessary on the M2616 unless there are other hardware options 4 Fold the ribbon cable near the connector to align it with the J2 pins on the display board ensuring that the notch on the ribbon cable is facing toward the display board Carefully work the ribbon cable connector onto the J2 pins until firmly seated Route the cable flat beside the power supply board gathering excess cable und
331. nitions and functions on page 45 Table 4 Softkey definitions and functions on page 45 vary depending on which console mode is in effect while the key is being pressed Table 11 Softkey alternate functions on page 67 on Table 11 Softkey alternate functions on page 67 lists the various alternate feature key functions When a feature key is pressed while the attendant console is in a mode other than normal or Level 1 nothing happens When in the normal call processing mode access the Level 1 mode by pressing the Shift key The LCD indicator beside the shift key lights and remains on throughout all options and menus 66 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature key modes It goes out only upon return to normal call processing All call processing keys that do not have a dual function perform normally while the console is in Level 1 mode Press the Shift key again to return to normal call processing On the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console press the pound key to exit from any submenu from the Options menu or from the Diagnostics menu to normal operating mode Press the Shift key to return to the Level 1 mode Level 1 mode also provides access to additional call processing features as well as to options and maintenance features One of the additional call processing features is access to Trunk Group Busy TGB keys that are locked out in normal mode For ex
332. nostics menu 1 Table 12 Key location codes for console diagnostics 22 21 20 34 54 60 61 62 00 10 70 80 90 01 11 71 81 91 02 12 72 82 92 03 13 23 63 73 83 93 04 14 24 64 74 84 94 05 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 95 06 16 26 36 46 56 66 76 86 96 07 17 27 37 47 57 67 77 87 97 08 18 28 38 48 58 68 78 88 98 09 19 29 69 79 89 99 Testing the LCD indicators Use this procedure to check the functionality of each LCD indicator on the console 1 From the Diagnostics menu 1 press 2 2 Press 1 to turn all lamps ON Press the asterisk to turn each lamp OFF one by one 3 Press 2 to turn all lamps OFF Press the asterisk to turn each lamp ON one by one 4 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Testing the data port Use this procedure to perform a loopback test on the RS 232 port at the back of the console Before performing the test a connector 25 way D plug with pin 2 shorted to pin 3 should be inserted in RS 232 port A failure code is displayed if any error is found 1 From Diagnostics menu 1 press 3 The display shows ok if the test is successful 2 Press the asterisk to repeat the loopback test 3 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 69 Attendant consoles Testing the ICS Use this procedure to check the functionality of any peripheral device
333. ns ssssssseeeeeenees 207 Engl Downbad avise mE MS icon dieu besbdcn duc Mosi Eau RS ttes Napa ike Uu Pos p i Du kan USER DUM guineas 208 PSDL installation Rr dads tanueaeisanaatedstetganemtaccententecsahautana ae PE Dynamic PSDL metalation AEI AEN NIEI EEA NA AET N DK E 211 Detailed Flash Download procedure OL ED 212 FOCENO ia TTE 216 Lanfgurston parameters m LO J2 erisin an en riae aea a a MER Single Set Flash Download 216 Pied wide FERN Download pm 217 219 220 224 ipte 10 Digital telephones ines engineering ikisaidia 227 Contents Eni Engineering a telephone m E EE ATE T AI E 227 Selecting a loop digitos ueni rise aldara ee aes DIR Calculating DC Loap Resistance E AE E EA L Rin UD en E E coc placer les oS doc di ao 236 Fenonning Loop Diagnose TERSESL uoo cei bereit REGES ippnCck ceste crEx cine Sis UD TII M NPCI IR CAI TERR A Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 9 Measuring Impulse Noise M 238 Measuimo Background NBI uode bbb c eher Ead RES Get er a Rp RE oe ra A EA D a RP REE FEE REC RR DUAE ING 238 Calculating Expected Pulse L s8 eer neri nnns ROT T 239 Exsmple ar applying es DER doveri ao n rb aa gno ah C Ga E cta ra a p f a ac goa i dn 241 Measuring DC Loop Resistance
334. ns cccceeeesseecececaseesceeeeesensnesees 98 designating assistiu danie eanit Aa 98 293 display module cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 89 267 exploded view seseseesee 298 Installing iteie creer paia 95 286 Key Expansion Module ss 269 relocating ES RR RUE RS MRAMNAESES 272 Meridian Programmable Data Adapter 268 message waiting feature sssssse 376 377 messages LCD display screen sssss 48 MICFOPMOMG c M 378 on M3820 M3310 M3110 telephones 378 minor alarm indication status message 48 79 modem pooling with MCA seseeeeese 306 MPDA Meridian Programmable Data Adapter 306 333 InStalliriga 2 A eir et eiae etes 306 Key Expansion Modules 333 400 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals N NE 284 74 5001 adapters 50 247 500 2500 connections sese DAT terminal connections eeeeseseeeene 50 NE 47QA Et 50 247 500 2500 connections sseeeeeeeeeee 247 terminal connections eeeeeee 50 NE 625F TELADAPT plugs and jacks 50 247 500 2500 connections eeeeeeesssss 247 terminal connections cccceceeeeeseeeeeeeenseeeeeeees 50 N
335. ns Both the closet power supply and the transformer are for use with the Meridian Modular Telephones 2000 Series Meridian Digital Telephone only A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 319 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Before handling internal components of telephones discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Installing and removing the M2006 or M2008 Power Supply Board on NT2K sets Opening the Telephone 1 Disconnect and remove all cords including the handset from the telephone Place the telephone upside down on a padded level surface If the telephone does not have an MCA or MPDA adapter go to 7 on page 320 Using a 1 Phillips screwdriver remove both screws from the footstand a A C N Remove the footstand from the base by pressing in the back of the footstand as it is lifted from the base 6 Unplug the MCA or MPDA from the data line jack on the base and set the footstand aside 7 Remove all screws on the base of the telephone 8 Remove the base from the telephone Attaching the Power Module 1 Lay the Power Module assembly into position on the left side of the telephone Be careful not to bend R5 the big disk on the Power Module during installation 2 If you are adding a Power Module to the set for the first time not replacing an existing Power Module the
336. nstallations When a console is in Position Busy mode BUSY is shown on line 4 of the display Night Service permits incoming calls to the attendant to be routed to a preselected station The Night Service key enables the attendant to assign the Night Directory Number DN and to initiate Night Service When assigning the Night Service DN NIGHT flashes on line 4 of the display When Night Service is on NIGHT appears without flashing on the display n a multiconsole system activating Night Service will busy out all attendant consoles in the system Hold allows the attendant to hold an active call at the console while serving other calls Conference permits the attendant to set up a conference of up to five conferees plus the attendant Release Destination allows the attendant to release the called party from a call held at the console while holding the calling party Release Source allows the attendant to release the calling party from a call held at the console while holding the called party e Signal Source and Destination allows the operator to recall either party to a call held on the console Exclude Destination excludes the called party from an established call held at the console allowing the attendant to speak privately with the calling party Exclude Source excludes the calling party from an established call held at the console allowing the attendant to speak privately with the called party Feat
337. nt of calls using PC applications such as Microsoft Outlook An RS 232C cable is required to connect the PC to the CTIA The CTIA connects to the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones through the Accessory Connection Module ACM The CTIA is a small cartridge accessory and can be inserted into either the small or large footstand opening The CTIA is powered through the ACM The ACM receives power through the telephone through the telephone line cord which is connected to a Teladapt wall transformer power supply see Figure 37 Wall transformer connections on page 156 on Figure 37 Wall transformer connections on page 156 Check with your Avaya distributor for the recommended wall transformer for the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones accessories Install the Accessory Connection Module ACM into your Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones refer to the ACM Installation Sheet before you install your CTIA 124 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Telephone Application Programming Interface TAPI software The CTIA cartridge provides the user connectivity to the PC voice call control using the TAPI SP software included with the CTIA Telephone Application Programming Interface TAPI software The Desktop TAPI Service Provider software accompanies your CTIA Cartridge The Desktop TAPI Service Provider software interprets the information sent to the telephone and passes it onto a TAPI
338. ntals March 2013 285 Meridian Modular Telephones installation Installation and removal Install the Meridian Modular Telephones 286 Follow the steps in Installing Meridian Modular Telephones M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2616 M2216ACD on page 286 to install the Meridian Modular Telephones M2006 2008 2008HF 2616 2216ACD Installing Meridian Modular Telephones M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2616 M2216ACD 1 Complete the wiring and cross connections loop power before connecting the telephone to the TELADAPT connector See Figure 60 Meridian Modular Telephone connections on page 287 and Figure 61 Meridian Modular Telephone cross connections on page 287 2 Place the telephone upside down on a number of sheets of soft clean paper ona solid level work surface to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone s face 3 Connect the handset cord 5 conductor TELADAPT connectors to the handset and snap it into place not applicable to M2216ACD 4 Connect the other end of the handset cord to the connector in the bottom cover of the telephone Turn the smooth side of the handset cord up away from the telephone bottom cover before tucking it under the restraining tab to ensure that the telephone will sit level on the desk after installation is complete not applicable to M2216ACD 5 Connect the line cord to the telephone bottom cover Route the cord through the channels 6 Turn the telephone right side up and place it
339. o 25 40 25 40B procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 03 00 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software II order process Phase Ill Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a Release 25 30 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 30 to 03 00 procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 205 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present Upgrade to Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps software software required Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software II order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a Release 25 30 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 30 to 04 00 procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 04 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 25 40 03 00 Yes Phase Phase Follow the standard softw
340. o activate the feature has not been completed Volume control One key with two toggle positions controls volume Pressing the right volume up or left volume down side of the key incrementally increases or decreases the volume for the tone or sound which is currently active The volume settings are retained for subsequent calls until new volume adjustments are made If the telephone is equipped with a Display Module volume can be adjusted at any time with the setting displayed on the screen in Program mode Handset volumes can be configured to return to nominal on a per call basis You can adjust the volume of the following tones while they are audible ringing handset headset buzz on hook dialing When the telephone is disconnected all volume levels will return to default values upon reconnection Message Waiting lamp The telephone has a red triangle in the upper right hand corner that lights brightly to indicate a message is waiting This LED is the primary message waiting indicator and lets you know a message is waiting regardless of whether the telephone has a message waiting key lamp pair You must have Message Waiting CCOS configured If you do assign a message waiting key lamp pair there will be two indications of a message waiting the red Message Waiting triangle blinks and the LCD associated with the Message Waiting key flashes You may assign an Autodial key that dials the message center or voice
341. o 95 from 20 to 29 C 4 to 84 F noncondensing 5 to 15 from 29 5 C to 66 C 85 to 150 F Dimensions and weight The M2317 digital telephone has the following dimensions depth 226 5 mm 9 in width 272 0 mm 10 1 in height front 27 5 mm 1 1 in height rear 73 5 mm 2 9 in Excluding the power supply and the NT1FO9AC Asynchronous Data Option board the M2317 weighs approximately 1 4 Kg 3 Ib With the Data Option installed the telephone excluding power supply and data cable weighs approximately 1 56 Kg 3 5 Ib Line engineering The M2317 digital telephones operate to their full potential through twisted pair wiring on transmission lines selected by the rules given in Digital telephones line engineering on page 227 amp c The maximum permissible loop length is 1067 m 3500 ft of 22 or 24 AWG or 760 m 2500 ft of 26 AWG standard twisted wire with no bridge taps or load coils The 1067 m 3500 ft loop length requires the use of a Digital Line Card DLC or an Integrated Services Digital Line Card ISDLC NT8D02 or later Power requirements The M2317 digital telephone uses loop power for all circuits requiring 10 V To satisfy the power requirements for those circuits on a maximum loop as defined in Digital telephones line engineering on page 227 60mA of 13 5 V DC must be available at the telephone The line card must have compatible voltage and source resistance to meet these requirements
342. oad Downloading telephones with the North America reduced language set file takes nine minutes per telephones on the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone it takes 12 minutes Language sets other than the North America reduced language set file take 12 minutes to download On Large Systems you can download one set per XPEC in parallel up to a maximum of 8 on CP4 and 31 on CPP The following formulas provide estimates of download times Quantity of Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone 3 4 x 9 minutes quantity of Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones 12 minutes 4 where 4 details the number of sets that can be downloaded in parallel Quantity of Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone 3 4 5 x 12 minutes 4 where 4 details the number of sets that can be downloaded in parallel Large System North America 6 Language file Quantity of Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone 3 4 x 9 minutes quantity of Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone x 12 minutes number of XPECs assuming even distribution of sets Large System Global 10 Language file 212 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Detailed Flash Download procedure Quantity of Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone 3 4 5 x 12 minutes number of XPECs assuming even distribution of sets 4 Based on the quantity of telephones and the site situation determine how the download will occur a Individual downloads Use individual commands in LD 32 b System download
343. ocal plug in transformer on page 318 or closet power supply see Figure 73 Closet power supply configuration on page 319 on Figure 73 Closet power supply configuration on page 319 Refer to Power requirements on page 276 for requirements Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 317 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Adapter jack x ems 6 conductor plug line cord from telephone Plug Jack i i Wall transformer 110 V or 220 V Adapter 83 AAAO4O Figure 72 Configuration of a local plug in transformer 318 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Power Supply Board NT2K models Amphenol connector 32 32 32 32 32 Connecting Block Cable Marker Service Fitting Utility Column 553 AAA0641 Figure 73 Closet power supply configuration Power Supply Board NT2K models Follow the steps in Installing and removing the M2006 or M2008 Power Supply Board on NT2K sets on page 320 to add a Power Supply Board to the telephone for connection to a transformer or closet power supply This procedure applies to the M2006 M2008 M2008HF M2216ACD and M2616 Meridian Modular telephones NT2K models A Caution Damage to Equipment Connect the optional Power Supply to the Meridian Modular Telephones only Equipment damage may result from incorrect connectio
344. ode Avaya Activity Cs 3905 Digital Deskphone Answer Emergency Ans Emerg 4 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Emergency Avaya Emergency E 3905 Digital Deskphone Observe Agent Avaya Obv Agent 2A 3905 Digital Deskphoner Display Queue Avaya Dsply Queue e 3905 Digital Deskphone Note Icon key labels are available in specific markets areas Programmable line feature keys soft labeled The programmable line feature keys soft labeled are the keys located at the left and right sides of the upper section of the display area Soft labeled keys are keys that are labeled on the telephone s LCD display The user defined programmable line feature keys of the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones deliver the ability for a user to change the LCD labels of their set keys with the exception of the primary Directory Number key to meet their business needs The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones soft labeling is similar to the previous digital telephones which required paper labels to be created and inserted under clear key caps By design this information is stored in the set itself When a line or feature key programming is changed the user defined soft label is replaced with the default label The programmable line feature key soft labeled provides two layers of functionality on the Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone and Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone Pressing the Shift key allows access to the second layer
345. old the top cover and console base firmly together Turn the assembly upside down 10 Reinsert the 12 screws that secure the top cover to the console base and tighten 11 If required replace the adjustable stand 12 Reconnect the main system cable to the rear of the console 13 Test the supervisory console feature to make sure you can now properly supervise the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Refer to Avaya M1250 M2250 Attendant Console User Guide Pin connector J3 connector Attendant Supervisory Module Insert Standoffs here Avaya 2250 Attendant Console main PCB cutaway 553 AAA0634 Figure 9 Identifying the correct grid positions on the main PCB and attaching the ASM Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 41 Attendant consoles Physical description Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 on Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 shows a top view of the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console layout The user accessible components are labeled using a row column grid arrangement Figure 11 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console rear left side and bottom views on page 44 on Figure 11 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console rear left side and bottom views on page 44 shows rear left side and bottom views of the console These illustrations show where to find the various components Dimensions Dimensions of the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console are as follows Table 3 Dimensions
346. olid work surface such as a desktop covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone face 1 2 10 Disconnect all cords from the telephone Remove the two screws from the footstand assembly and unsnap the footstand assembly by pressing inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pulling upward If the telephone is equipped with a Meridian Programmable Data Adapter MPDA or Meridian Communications Adapter MCA unplug the data cable from telephone s base jack Remove the four screws securing the base of the telephone to the top cover Remove the base and set it aside If the telephone is equipped with a display disconnect the display ribbon cable from the display board and move it out of the way If the telephone is not equipped with the power supply board remove the jumpers from P1 connector pins on the main board Go to 9 on page 313 If the telephone is equipped with a power supply board go to 8 on page 313 The power supply board is located on the left side of the telephone Remove two small screws from the power supply board near the top and set them aside Grasp the board firmly on each side Work the board loose from the connector by slowly applying upward pressure to alternate sides until released If the power supply board is not being replaced place the jumpers A0288529 connecting the bottom two sets of pins on the P1 connector
347. one jack The headset should be designed to work with a telephone jack with these characteristics Transmit interface 5 V through 10K DC bias resistance with maximum current of 500 micro amps The differential input impedance is 10K ohms Connects to pins 2 and 5 of the headset jack Receive interface single ended output with output impedance of 180 ohms Connects to pins 3 and 4 of the headset jack Physical description Meridian digital telephones support many general features as illustrated in Table 100 Meridian digital telephone general features on page 372 Table 100 Meridian digital telephone general features Feature M3820 M3310 M3110 Handsfree On Hook Dialing and Group Listening yes yes yes 372 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Physical description Feature M3820 M3310 M3110 Dedicated Release and Hold keys yes yes yes Message Waiting and Speaker Mute Indicators yes yes yes Headset Socket yes yes no 2 x 24 character display yes yes no Feature keys including 20 10 10 Store program key yes yes no system programmable keys 13 7 8 Handsfree speaker key yes yes yes Mute key yes yes yes Directory key yes no no Caller s List key yes no no Edit key yes no no Delete key yes no no Volume control for Handset Headset Ringing
348. onfiguring the ATA Table 44 ATA configuration Prompt Response Description REQ NEW Input new data CHG Change current data CLS aaaa Class of Service options where aaaa FLXD Flexible voice data denied FLXA Flexible voice data allowed required if ATA equipped VCE Voice terminal required if ATA equipped DTA Data terminal Note If ATA is installed CLS must be FLXA VCE KEY 0 SCR xxxx Single Call Ringing where xxxx the DN for ATA 158 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing Personal Directory PC Utility software Installing Personal Directory PC Utility software The Personal Directory PC Utility provides a faster easier way to create or modify a personal directory You can enter names and numbers into a Personal Directory file on your Personal Computer PC You can download the PC file directly to the Avaya 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphone You can upload a directory from the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone to a PC to modify the Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone directory Use Installing the Personal Directory PC Utility software on page 159 to install the Personal Directory PC Utility software Installing the Personal Directory PC Utility software O O ON Oa RA O N _ 12 Note Close all open applications before installing the Personal Directory PC Utility Insert the Personal Directory PC Utility dis
349. onnection Module TOP anlar PEERS 154 u rilsEir vor Bui a a e 156 moon KOy dL Bee POR ee td bd roe on et reed Ree CUE Cetera oer altebi ino euh sa dedi unio cH eT omens dads 157 Installing thie Analog Terminal Adaptat osisssa ea Te Installing Personal Directory PC Utility sofware de ie E E E N E A 159 Installing the Key Based Accessory WONG ga sscccniisiccccessiidaccesepidacererisddacntesidddeceeseuiddentorindeameoreididenresivicas 100 Installing the Single KBA foote bd eco peer na E en na da a 161 Irnitatlino The Expansion KBA IODUITSRIEL a oe qa ipa oU Pv aae ror d ceu bo pe IR ERN O Installing the Display Based Accessory Module 162 Installing the handset option for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone sedie 163 Installing alternate key caps for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone 164 Installing the Full Duplex Handsfree cartridge 165 ole LTEN o E PER WO MESES GEI DM RE a a S EN EERE 166 Chapter 9 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download e dT Contents 177 EUSISITUeI PTT OO D a gri Summary of steps s 178 Determining software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV or firmware v versions 206 X11 software versions 206 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones language PSWV versions i Re dE Sd 207 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones firmware versio
350. ons just above the dialpad with the Hold key closest to the handset 4 Print the directory number on the designation card Remove the number lens from its position underneath the handset insert the designation card and snap the lens into place 5 Print the feature keys on the label strip Remove the label lens beside the feature keys insert the label strip and snap the lens into place 382 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Configuration and installation 6 Plug the line cord connector into the connecting block 7 Perform the self test and acceptance procedures for Meridian Modular telephones see Meridian Modular Telephones self test on page 288 8 Supply the user with a quick reference card Installing hardware options This section describes procedures for installing the following options Power Board on all models Headset on M3310 and M3820 telephones Wallmount Desktop Position change For installation of other options MCA data option external alerter and key expansion modules see the section on Add on modules for Meridian Modular Telephones NT2K models in Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation on page 297 Installing the Power Board 1 Open the Telephone a b Place the telephone upside down on a padded level surface Using a 1 Phillips screwdriver remove the two screws holding the footstand if fitted Disconnect
351. op over mounting holes in the telephone and carefully press down so that the H1 connector on the board slides onto the pins of the header P1 on the M2616 or J2 on the M2006 M2008 Take the self tapping Phillips head screws supplied with the power supply board and install them into the mounting holes Tighten firmly with a 1 Phillips screwdriver If the telephone has a display reconnect the display ribbon cable routing the cable as described in Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Display on NTZK sets on page 322 on Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Display on NTZK sets on page 322 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Power Supply Board NTZK models Note Do not allow R5 on the power supply board to become bent during this procedure 11 Replace the base If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA reconnect the data cable to the base telephone jack and replace the footstand ensuring the MPDA or MCA cable does not get pinched between the base and footstand Make sure the footstand is firmly seated to the base Note Place the label supplied with the power supply board on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set 12 Connect the telephone to a local transformer see Figure 72 Configuration of a local plug in transformer on page 318 on Figure 72 Configuration of a l
352. oper position secure the cradle into place by pushing straight downward Installing alternate key caps for the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Use the Key Extractor Tool with the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone to remove the programmable keys and replace them with alternate keys customizing your telephone to fit your need 164 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing the Full Duplex Handsfree cartridge 553 AAA0675 Figure 41 Install the alternate key caps As shown in Terminal options on page 378 place the tips of the tool into the slots at the right and left of the key grip tightly and pull straight upward Do not rock or twist the key during removal or insertion as this may damage the key seat and impair the functionality of the set Use Installing the key caps on page 165 to install the key caps Installing the key caps 1 Fit the two small elastomer posts into two slots on the undersides of the keys and firmly press downward 2 The key releases immediately after pressure is applied Note If the key does not release remove it Attempt the installation again making sure that the posts and the slots are properly aligned Installing the Full Duplex Handsfree cartridge Use Installing the Full Duplex Handsfree cartridge on page 165 to install the Full Duplex Handsfree cartridge Installing the Full Duplex Handsfree cartridge 1 Check the label on the back of your s
353. or 31 of the appropriate PFJ5 terminal Table 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console typical cross connections Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Pair Pins Pair DLC Connections ISDLC Connections Color 1T 26 W BL Unit Unit 1R 1 BL W 0 0 2T 27 W O Unit Unit 2R 2 O W 1 8 3T 28 W G Unit Unit 3R 3 G W 2 1 March 2013 63 Attendant consoles Pair Pins Pair DLC Connections ISDLC Connections Color 4T 29 W BR Unit Unit 4R 4 BR W 3 9 5T 30 W S Unit Unit 5R 5 S W 4 2 6T 31 R BL Unit Unit 6R 6 BL R 5 10 7T 32 R O Unit Unit 7R 7 O R 6 3 8T 33 R G Unit Unit 8R 8 G R 7 11 9T 34 R BR Unit Unit 9R 9 BR R 8 4 10T 35 R S Unit Unit 10R 10 S R 9 12 11T 36 BK BL Unit Unit 11R 11 BL BK 10 5 12T 37 BK O Unit Unit 12R 12 O BK 11 13 13T 38 BK G Unit Unit 13R 13 G BK 12 6 14T 39 BK BR Unit Unit 14R 14 BR BK 13 14 15T 40 BK S Unit Unit 15R 15 S BK 14 7 16T 41 Y BL Unit Unit 16R 16 BL Y 15 15 Operation This section contains operating procedures for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console The attendant console faceplate layout is shown in Figure 14 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console key designations in Shift mode QMT2 not enabled on page 58 through Figure 16 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console designations in Unshift mode QMT2 not enabled on page 59 starting on Figure 14 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console key designations in Shift mode QMT2 not enabled on page 58 Re
354. or if the telephone fails download for any reason the telephone is rendered inoperable Flash downloading must run to completion before the telephone can be made operable For the manual individual download operation if the telephone is not responding is not operational or if the telephone is not a Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones flash download fails 208 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Flash Download advisements If the firmware file s used as the source for flash download to Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones are not present in the proper location on the system disks the flash download operation fails While a system wide flash download operation is in progress attempts to disable telephones that are currently being downloaded result in an SCH1958 message that is printed with the list of telephones involved If a loop shelf or card that contains the telephones being downloaded is disabled then the download to the telephones on that loop shelf or card fails According to the existing PSWV logic when PSWV is in progress an attempt to load an overlay is denied and result in an OVLO306 message Avaya strongly recommends that you not force load an overlay load with a Suspend option unless there is an emergency while PSWV is in progress In this instance existing PSWV logic aborts downloading for the current PSWV block of cards or telephones of a given type being download
355. ort for an amplified headset 106 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone Feature activation indicator r Hold Feature Goodbye Line Message and call status indicator Feature card Volume bar 553 AAA0660 Figure 25 Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone The features of the Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone include one line Directory Number DN capability three programmable soft keys soft labeled fixed feature keys Options Message Transfer Goodbye Hold Smart Mute and Volume control two lines by twenty four character display area Group Listening on hook dialing support for an amplified headset one accessory port handsfree calling option with LED Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 107 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description LCD indicator m Message waiting light One line Programmable feature keys LED Handsfree key Fixed feature keys Volume bar a LED 553 AAA0661 Figure 26 Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone The features of the Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone include two programmable line feature keys soft labeled which have two layers each giving the user access to four line feature keys four Context sensitive soft keys soft labeled that change functionality depending on the
356. ows the main Diagnostics menu for the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Entering the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Diagnostics mode 1 Press the Shift key 2 Press the F4 function key 3 On the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console consoles enter the password 9999 4 Press the asterisk key to enter Diagnostics menu 1 To toggle between menu 1 and menu 2 press the asterisk key 5 To quit the Diagnostics mode press the octothorpe key Follow the procedures listed below to perform the Diagnostic tests DIAGNOSTICS MENU 1 1 KEYBOARD 2 LAMPS 3 DATA PORT 4 ICs 5 LAMP FIELD 6 ALERTER lt next exit DIAGNOSTICS MENU 1 DISPLAY 2 FIRMWARE 3 QMT2 4 CONTROL 5 RESET next lt exit gt 553 AAA0577 Figure 19 Console Diagnostics menus Testing the Keyboard Use this procedure to check the functionality of each key on the console When a key is pressed its location code is displayed within parentheses For example 00 denotes the upper left hand ICI key 68 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console diagnostics 1 From Diagnostics menu 1 press 1 2 Press any key on the console The display shows the key s location code indicating that the key is functional Table 12 Key location codes for console diagnostics on page 69 shows the key location codes 3 Press the octothorpe key to exit and return to Diag
357. page 342 on Figure 83 M2317 data terminal and Data Option power supply connection on page 342 2 Insert the two captive screws in the connector body into the threaded holes in the header connector Secure them tightly to prevent accidental disconnection during data terminal operation 3 Insert the keyed power supply plug securely into the 5 pin power connector located to the right of the RS 232 C connector 4 Plug the wall transformer into the nearest AC outlet The data terminal is now operational Note If an ADM3 ADM5 or ADM11 terminal is used in conjunction with the RS 232 C connector in the Asynchronous Data Option pin 22 in the RS 232 C cable must be disconnected These ADM terminals will go into test mode if this pin is not disconnected Note A special 9 pin connector is required to connect the Apple Macintosh to the RS 232 C connector in the Meridian Modular Telephone Asynchronous Data Option The connections are shown in Table 94 Connections for the Apple Macintosh to the M2317 Asynchronous Data Option ADO on page 342 on Table 94 Connections for the Apple Macintosh to the M2317 Asynchronous Data Option ADO on page 342 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 341 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation GND 12 V Return 5 V Supply 12V 5 V Common ooon i A RS 232 C interface connector 25 pins 5 pin power connector Exit port for telepho
358. ple when the telephone is idle pressing the Handsfree Mute key turns on the Handsfree and selects a DN depending on line selection as assigned through COS enabling the user to make a call When a call comes in to an M2008HF M2616 and the set is ringing pressing the Handsfree Mute key turns on the Handsfree and enables the user to answer the incoming call depending on COS assigned line selection without picking up the handset Features and options Table 76 Hardware features and options on page 266 lists the distinctive characteristics of each Meridian Modular Telephone and shows the optional hardware you can add to each Table 76 Hardware features and options M2006 M2008 M2616 M2216 M2216 2008HF ACD 1 ACD 2 Programmable keys 6 8 16 16 16 Handsfree microphone standard Optional hardware Display X X standard standard Key Expansion Module X X x Meridian Communications Adapter X X X X X MCA 266 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Display Module M2006 M2008 M2616 M2216 M2216 2008HF ACD 1 ACD 2 Meridian Programmable Data X X X X X Adapter MPDA External alerter interface X X X X x Analog Terminal Adapter ATA X X X X X Brandline insert X X X X X Note In this table x indicates available features for the set type listed along the top row Note If the set is equipped with a Di
359. port avaya com Suspected security vulnerabilities with Avaya products should be reported to Avaya by sending mail to securityalerts avaya com Trademarks The trademarks logos and service marks Marks displayed in this site the Documentation and Product s provided by Avaya are the registered or unregistered Marks of Avaya its affiliates or other third March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com parties Users are not permitted to use such Marks without prior written consent from Avaya or such third party which may own the Mark Nothing contained in this site the Documentation and Product s should be construed as granting by implication estoppel or otherwise any license or right in and to the Marks without the express written permission of Avaya or the applicable third party Avaya is a registered trademark of Avaya Inc All non Avaya trademarks are the property of their respective owners and Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Downloading Documentation For the most current versions of Documentation see the Avaya Support website http support avaya com Contact Avaya Support See the Avaya Support website http support avaya com for product notices and articles or to report a problem with your Avaya product For a list of support telephone numbers and contact addresses go to the Avaya Support website http support avaya com scroll to the bottom of the page and select Contact Avay
360. pproximately 2 Ibs 1 kg Figure 20 M2016S Secure Set on page 86 illustrates the M2016 Secure Set Filler plate Brandline insert Speaker Switchook Message waiting lamp Ris key Hold key 16 Function keys with 8 LCDs Volume control Prime DN 553 AAA1647 EPS Figure 20 M2016S Secure Set 86 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Software requirements Software requirements The option number for the M2016S is 170 The mnemonic is ARIE The DSET package 88 and the TSET package 89 are required Physical description The M2016S is equipped with LCD indicators on page 87 Volume control on page 88 Message Waiting lamp on page 88 Hold key Release key Speaker LCD indicators The M2016S has a number of programmable keys with LCD indicators that can be assigned to any combination of directory numbers and features The lower right hand key key 0 is reserved for the Primary DN When equipped with a Display module key 07 is automatically assigned as the Program key and cannot be changed LCD indicators support 4 key LCD states Function LCD state idle off active on steady ringing flash 60 Hz hold fast flash 120 Hz Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 87 M2016S Secure Set Note An indicator fast flashes when a feature key is pressed but the procedure necessary t
361. put Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 Avaya Communication Server 1000M and Meridian 1 Large System Upgrades Overview NN43021 458 For information on IP Phones refer to Avaya IP Phones Fundamentals NN43001 368 Online To access Avaya documentation online click the Technical Documentation link under Support on the Avaya home page http www avaya com Customer service Visit the Avaya Web site to access the complete range of services and support that Avaya provides Go to http www avaya com or go to one of the pages listed in the following sections Getting technical documentation on page 22 Getting product training on page 22 Getting help from a distributor or reseller on page 23 Getting technical documentation To download and print selected technical publications and release notes directly from the Internet go to http www avaya com support Getting product training Ongoing product training is available For more information or to register you can access the Web site at http Awww avaya com support From this Web site you can locate the Training contacts link on the left hand navigation pane 22 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Customer service Getting help from a distributor or reseller If you purchased a service contract for your Avaya product from a distributor or authorized reseller contact the technical support staff for that di
362. put voltage 29 V AC maximum Voltage at rated current 26 7 V AC minimum Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 279 Meridian Modular Telephones Rated load current 700 mA 240 V transformer AO367914 or equivalent The following minimum specifications must be met by this transformer Input voltage 240 V AC 50 Hz No load output voltage 29 V AC maximum Voltage at rated current 26 7 V AC minimum Rated load current 700 mA Note The telephone cannot be wall mounted over the wall jack when using a transformer because of the size of the RJ 11 adapter Hang the telephone above or to the side of the jack and run the line and power cords to it Note The above mentioned transformers can also be used with outlets identified as 110V or 220V Closet power supply Closet power can be obtained from an AC transformer for loops of 100 ft 30 m or less ora DC transformer for loop lengths of 650 ft 197 m or less An equivalent power source can be used but must maintain isolation of outputs to the terminal Refer to Figure 59 Closet power supply configuration on page 281 A Caution When using closet power do not plug the TELADAPT connector into any equipment computer modem LAN card other than the Meridian Modular Telephone as damage to equipment may result Note All terminals must be isolated from the input winding and each terminal must be isolated from all other terminal windings A separate winding is required
363. r Radio Frequency Devices USA CSA C108 8 Radiated Emissions Canada ICES 003 Interference Causing Equipment Standard Digital Apparatus Canada EN55022 CISPR 22 Information technology equipment Radio disturbance characteristics Limits and methods of measurement Europe See Notes Footnote and Footnote below 78 EN 61000 3 2 Limits for harmonic current emissions equipment output current lt 16 A per phase EN 61000 3 3 Limitation of voltage fluctuations and flicker in low voltage supply systems for equipment with rated current lt 16A VCCI EMC Japan AS NZS 3548 CISPR 22 Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of information technology equipment Australia New Zealand See Notes Footnote and Footnote below Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Class B telephones comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules to Class B limits Operation of Class B equipment is subject the following conditions o Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Class A telephones comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules to Class A limits In a domestic environment this equipment may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to provide adequate protective measures The Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone NTMN33GA is CISPR A compliant The Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone meets CISPR 22 to Class B limits in the regions of Europe the Middle East and Africa The Analog Terminal Adapter NT
364. r process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a 25 10 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 10 to 03 00 procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Releases 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones configured on a 25 10 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 10 to 04 00 procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Releases 04 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 25 15 25 15 Re issue No Phase I Phase II 1 Determine Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV to install see Table 61 Firmware and PSWV versions on page 221 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 201 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present Upgrade to Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps software software required Series Digital Deskphones Select PSWV 1 Global or 4 N A 2596 savings second PC card needed Note Select PSWV 5 Release 1 firmware for X11 Release 24 second PC card
365. r the purpose specified in the Documentation and solely as embedded in for execution on or in the event the applicable Documentation permits installation on non Avaya equipment for communication with Avaya equipment Charges for Heritage Nortel Software may be based on extent of activation or use authorized as specified in an order or invoice Copyright Except where expressly stated otherwise no use should be made of materials on this site the Documentation Software or hardware provided by Avaya All content on this site the documentation and the Product provided by Avaya including the selection arrangement and design of the content is owned either by Avaya or its licensors and is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws including the sui generis rights relating to the protection of databases You may not modify copy reproduce republish upload post transmit or distribute in any way any content in whole or in part including any code and software unless expressly authorized by Avaya Unauthorized reproduction transmission dissemination storage and or use without the express written consent of Avaya can be a criminal as well as a civil offense under the applicable law Third Party Components Third Party Components mean certain software programs or portions thereof included in the Software that may contain software including open source software distributed under third party agreements Third Party
366. ration MPDA External Alerter Interface MCA optional M2008 Basic configuration Any option s M2616 Basic configuration with Handsfree MPDA Key Expansion and Display Module External Alerter Interface MCA optional M2216ACD 1 Basic configuration with Display MPDA Key Expansion Module External Alerter Interface MCA optional M2216ACD 2 N A Any configuration Local plug in transformer A single winding transformer equipped with a 10 ft 3 m cord of 22 AWG two conductor stranded and twisted wire with a modular RJ 11 duplex adapter refer to Figure 58 Configuration of local plug in transformer on page 279 can provide the additional power needed to operate the telephone and its options 278 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Local plug in transformer A Caution Do not plug any equipment computer modem LAN card other than the Meridian Modular Telephone into the RJ 11 transformer adapter as damage to equipment may result To IDF Adapter jack l L 6 conductor line cord from telephone I I Plug i I I i I i I I I i I 1 I I L L L i Jack Wall TEMPERA mn ys resem 1 transformer Adapter 110 V or 220 V 553 AAA0725 Figure 58 Configuration of local plug in transformer 120 V transformer AO367335 or equivalent The following minimum specifications must be met by this transformer Input voltage 120 V AC 60 Hz No load out
367. re Versions on Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Command Description FDLFIscu Initiate a forced download to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones regardless of its version and state FWVUIscu Query and print the firmware versions currently on an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones FDLS Initiate system wide Flash Download to all or a specified type of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones based on parameters specified in LD 97 FDLC Cancel or gracefully stop the system wide flash download for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones FSUM Display the summary report of current firmware versions on all Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones The format of the report is as follows M390x SUMMARY REPORT dd ON DISK ff cc nnnn SETS FOUND ff cc nnnn SETS FOUND Where x 2 to 5 for Avaya 3902 to 3905 Digital Deskphones dd the flash firmware version found on the system disk ff the downloadable flash firmware version found on the telephones cc the core firmware found on the telephones nnnn the number of telephones found with firmware version ff cc FSUM ALL Display a complete report on all Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones based on parameters specified in LD 97 The format of the report is as follows TYPE tttt CUST cc PDN ddddddd TN s c u FW vv Where tttt 3902 3903 3904 or 3905 cc 0 99 ddddddd the Primary DN of the telephone vv the flash firmware version
368. ress Service change CHG MOV or OUT to a unit that is currently being downloaded is blocked in LD 11 An SCH1958 message is printed Move MOV or remove OUT through LD 11 or Automatic Set Relocation to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone before its flash download starts prevents download to the telephone in this cycle of system wide flash download Anew Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone added through LD 11 or Automatic Set Relocation after the FDLS command is issued is not included in this round of system side download Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 209 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download When scheduling the Flash Download of telephones note that one hour before the Midnight routines execute the flash download process is gracefully stopped The Flash downloading resumes once midnight routines are executed When a schedule is defined in LD 97 and the Flash Download is started by entering the FDLS command in LD 32 all scheduled telephones are queued for download The download process remains active in the background until the download is complete or is canceled using the FDLC command in LD 32 If the download is active in the background telephones not actively downloading per the scheduled download time and the download schedule is removed in LD 97 the download begins immediately for the telephones that remain in the download queue Use the LD x SUSP command to load an overlay whe
369. ries Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3902 and 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 15 Re issue Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 08 system 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 08 to Release 25 15 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase Il telephones above The 25 08 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 183 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Present software Upgrade to software Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Keycode required Upgrade steps 25 10 Re issue Yes Phase I Phase ll 1 Call Avaya technical support to find out how to obtain any necessary upgrades 2 Determine Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones PSWV to install see Table 6
370. rnal Alerter device Installing and removing the External Alerter Board A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Before handling internal components of telephones discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on a level solid work surface covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone face 1 2 Disconnect all cords from the telephone Remove the two screws from the footstand assembly and unsnap the footstand assembly by pressing inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pulling upward If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA unplug the data cable from the base telephone jack Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 331 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 4 Remove the four screws securing the base of the telephone to the top cover Remove the base and set aside 5 If the telephone is not equipped with an External Alerter Board go to 2 on page 332 If replacing an existing External Alerter Board go to 1 on page 332 Removing the External Alerter Board The External Alerter Board is located at the right center of the telephone Remove the screws from the board Grasp the board firmly on each end and pull upward to remove Installing the External Alerter Board 1 Place the H1 connector of the
371. ross connecting attendant consoles on page 59 Operation on page 64 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console configurations on page 65 Attendant PC requirements on page 66 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature key modes on page 66 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console diagnostics on page 68 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console failure codes on page 72 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature operation on page 74 Introduction Attendant consoles are designed to assist in placing and extending calls into and out of a telephone switching system The console is operated by an attendant who is the human interface between the system and the users The Avaya 2250 Attendant Console is a stand alone digital attendant console designed for telephone traffic control in the Avaya Communication Server 1000 Avaya CS 1000 and Meridian 1 A Digital Line Card DLC connects the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console to the system The PC based Console application software allows all functions supported by the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console to be performed on a computer workstation within a Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows 2000 or Windows NT operating system environment The PC based Console application operates with the PC Console Interface Unit PCCIU The PCCIU is typically installed under the attendant s PC monitor and provides connection to the Main Distribution Frame MDF and PC communications port The PCCIU is configured as an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console in
372. rs on page 87 Volume control on page 88 Message Waiting lamp on page 88 Features on page 89 Display Module on page 89 Program key on page 90 On hook security on page 90 Specifications on page 90 Environmental and safety considerations on page 90 Line engineering on page 91 Local alerting tones on page 92 Power requirements on page 92 Installation on page 94 Packing and unpacking on page 94 Installation and removal of M2016S Secure Set on page 95 Designate the telephone on page 98 Cross connect the telephone on page 98 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 85 M2016S Secure Set Introduction The M2016S is a Telephone Security Group Class ll approved telephone designed to provide on hook security It is a high performance multi line telephone with 16 programmable feature keys The M2016S uses relay circuitry that physically disconnects the handset from the telephone circuit when the switchhook is depressed The red LED triangle lights steadily when the phone is not secure that is when the handset is off the hook the phone is ringing or the handset piezo relays are connected The red LED triangle blinks when a message is waiting The M2016S has no handsfree capability The M2016S does not support any accessories options or add on modules The telephone s dimensions are as follows Length 9 75 in 250 mm Width 9 45 in 235 mm Height 3 64 in 93 mm Weight a
373. rsions of the Intelligent Peripheral Equipment IPE Digital Line Card DLC The DLC supports 16 voice ports and 16 data ports The system software assigns a TN to each port in the system Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 103 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones description For more information on features and telephone operations refer to the following documents Avaya Meridian Digital Telephones M3901 M3902 M3903 M3904 User Guide NN42370 107 Avaya Meridian Digital Telephones M3902 M3903 M3904 Quick Reference Guide NN42370 105 Avaya Meridian Digital Telephone M3905 Call Center User Guide NN42370 108 Automatic Call Failover The Active Call Failover ACF feature enables an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones to reregister in the ACF mode during a supported system failure The ACF mode preserves the following active media stream LED status of the Mute Handsfree and Headset keys DRAM content Note All other elements feature keys soft keys and text areas are retained until the user presses a key or the connection with the Call Server is resumed If the user presses a key during the failover the display is cleared and a localized Server Unreachable message is displayed The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones uses this new mode of reregistration only when the Call Server explicitly tells the telephone to do so Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones clear all call information if th
374. s A 15 5 dB loss at 256 kHz defines the loop length limit Longer lengths are possible depending on the wire s gauge and insulation A Caution Use only the line cord provided with the telephone A line cord designed for another telephone can cause damage to the equipment Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones power consumption Table 43 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones power consumption on page 152 shows power consumption measurements of the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones in various states Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 151 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Table 43 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones power consumption Avaya 3901 Avaya 3902 Avaya 3903 Avaya 3904 Avaya 3905 Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone Deskphone Idle 29 3 37 3 42 5 31 5 15 02 H F Nominal N A 45 7 48 7 37 5 N A H F Maximum N A 64 3 59 7 46 4 N A DBA Idle N A N A N A 39 29 15 31 DBA H F Nominal N A N A N A 45 9 N A DBA H F N A N A N A 52 N A Maximum 2 KBA Idle N A N A N A 33 42 14 98 Note All measurements are in milli amps Installation Use Installing the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones on page 152 to install the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Installing the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 1 Complete the wiring and cross connections loop power
375. s infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature operation To answer a specific type of incoming call press the ICI key next to the appropriate ICI indicator This removes the call from the queue and presents it to the attendant ICI key assignments An ICI key may be assigned more than one call type Refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 If theAttendant Call Party Name Display ACPND feature is equipped all incoming calls are displayed by calling party name or external call source The following examples list possible ICI key assignments Attendant Intercept indicates that a call is being made by a station to a facility to which that station is restricted and the call has been routed to the attendant console Listed Directory Numbers maximum four indicates that a call is being made to an attendant console associated with one of the listed directory numbers Dial 0 indicates that a station that is not fully restricted has dialed 0 Fully Restricted Station indicates that a fully restricted station has dialed 0 Foreign Exchange indicates that the incoming call is from a foreign exchange Wide Area Telephone Service indicates that the incoming call originated at a wide area telephone exchange Recall indicates that a camped on call or a call extended to an idle station has not been answered for 30 seconds or that a station is recalling the attendant Call Forward indicates tha
376. s infodev avaya com Troubleshooting Table 96 Troubleshooting Meridian Modular Telephones Symptom Solution Telephone does not work 1 Unplug the line cord from the telephone and plug it back in 2 Ifthe telephone uses external power make sure the transformer or closet power supply is properly connected and that the power supply board is properly installed If the telephone does not use external power make sure that jumpers are placed connecting the bottom two sets of pins on the P1 connector on the main circuit board All LCDs flash and telephone does 1 Press the Release Hls key not function 2 Unplug the line cord from the telephone and plug it back in Telephone wobbles 1 Ensure that all cords are properly routed through channels in the footstand 2 Checkthat the footstand is firmly seated on the telephone 3 Ensure that all feet are firmly seated in the footstand Display does not work 1 Unplug the line cord from the telephone and plug it in again 2 Ensure that the transformer is plugged in or the closet power is connected M2008 only 3 Ensure that the power supply board is installed properly M2008 only Display does not work cont 4 Check that the display ribbon cable is properly connected to the display board and has not been pinched 5 Ensurethatthe display boardis installed correctly and held securely with a mounting screw 6 M2006 M2008
377. s and Consoles Fundamentals M2317 telephone sss 354 M3820 M3310 M3110 telephones 377 Meridian Modular Telephones 263 Idle status message 2 e eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeseenneateees 48 impedance cable characteristic 227 243 under carpet cabling sssrini ne 227 vs junction loss oriita iaasa 243 impulse NOISE ctore t eR ER e eX kaadi 238 239 lutem ms 238 VEMM IOOP IOSS ec X 239 incoming calls eesesesssses 65 76 77 ANSWETINO srera pex pinta eR REA Eaa Ea 76 77 INACIO OBERE CETTE EET 65 CUUGUING BER Ff installation cesi ey rea oin rare e Favre des 300 ATA Analog Terminal Adapter 300 insulation resistance testing sssss 237 Integrated Alarm Management sssss 81 Intelligent Peripheral Equipment IPE 248 368 cross connections cessere 248 DAI TERTIUM 368 InterGOI d nici ri oot rper chris e Eu ea eee En E Ec nba bus 354 ISDLC Integrated Services Digital Line Card 49 368 ISBLGO failUres uiii cci rir rn a erae tee c 291 M2317 telephones sssssssssss 291 J Ie com 372 392 and TELADAPT snap in connectors 392 for headsets oee seit Pin nv P Ra 372 uc 312 JUNCHON TOSS 239 243 determining 0 2 eee ce cece eeeeeeeeete
378. s and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Physical description Switchook Ris key Hold key oes pem i oss B n ee t3 Hoe Um control T T c DN 553 AAA0742 Dimensions Length 9 75 in 251 mm Width 9 45 in 237 mm Height 3 64 in 92 6 mm Weight approximately 2 65 Ibs 1 1 kg Figure 53 M2216ACD 1 and 2 modular telephones Physical description All of the Meridian Modular Telephones are equipped with Hold key Release key Volume control Message Waiting lamp Speaker Each modular telephone also has a number of programmable keys with LCD indicators that can be assigned to any combination of directory numbers and features only one DN for the M2006 The lower right hand key key 0 is reserved for the Primary DN Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 263 Meridian Modular Telephones When equipped with a Display module or MCA key 07 is automatically assigned as the Program key and cannot be changed Key 05 becomes the Program key on the M2006 if equipped with MCA The M2006 is a single line telephone and accepts only one DN The remaining five key lamp pairs can be assigned any feature that is not considered a DN such as Transfer Call Forward or Conference Features that cannot be assigned are those that are considered DNs Voice Call and 2 way Hotline for example Attempting to assign more than on
379. s connected to the User Interface Printed UIP and the Audio System Interface Printed ASIP microprocessor circuit cards within the console A failure code is displayed if any error is found 1 From Diagnostics menu 1 press 4 2 Press the asterisk to perform the ICS test 3 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Testing the Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module Use this procedure to check the functionality of the BLF CGM Once in this menu the dial pad is in CGM mode When any dial pad keys are pressed except the octothorpe key the keys are echoed on the BLF CGM 1 From Diagnostics menu 1 press 5 2 Press keys from 0 9 and the asterisk on the dial pad Check the CGM to see that they are echoed 3 Press the octothorpe to exit and return to Diagnostics menu 1 Note For more information on installation and operation of this feature see Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module on page 30 or refer to the Avaya Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module User Guide Checking the Alerter Use this procedure to check the pitches and volume levels of the alerter and auxiliary tone channel 1 From Diagnostics menu 1 press 6 2 Follow these instructions in any order Press key 1 to turn the buzz and auxiliary tones ON Press key 2 to turn the buzz and auxiliary tones OFF Press key 3 to increase the pitch of the buzz and auxiliary tones Press key 4 to decrease the pitch of
380. scu Initiate conditional download to one telephone Terminal number where loop address s shelf address c card address u unit address FDLIIscu Initiate conditional download to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones when it becomes idle FDLFIscu initiate a forced download to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones regardless of its version and state FWVUIscu Query and print the firmware versions currently on an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones FDLS Initiate system wide flash download to all or a specified type of Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones based on parameters specified in LD 97 FDLC Cancel or gracefully stop the system wide flash download for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones FSUM Display summary report of current firmware versions on all Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones The format of the report is as follows M390x SUMMARY REPORT dd ON DISK ff cc nnnn SETS FOUND ff cc nnnn SETS FOUND e x 2 to 5 for Avaya 3902 to 3905 Digital Deskphones dd the flash firmware version found on the system disk e ff the downloadable flash firmware version found on the telephone cc the core firmware found on the telephone nnnn the number of telephones found with firmware version ff cc FSUM ALL Display a complete report on all Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones based on parameters specified in LD 97 The format of the report is as follows TYPE tttt CUST cc PDN ddddddd TN
381. second 1 bit for all other speeds Transmission Full duplex 366 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Appendix E M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Contents This section contains information on the following topics Feature description on page 368 M3110 on page 368 M3310 on page 370 M3820 on page 371 Meridian digital telephones used with a headset on page 372 Physical description on page 372 Fixed keys same for all three models on page 374 Additional feature keys on page 376 Programmable Feature keys on page 377 Software requirements on page 377 Terminal options on page 378 Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface on page 378 Brandline Insert on page 379 Key Expansion Module on page 379 Meridian Communications Adapter on page 379 Configuration and installation on page 379 Configuration on page 379 Installation on page 382 Installing hardware options on page 383 Specifications on page 386 Environmental and safety considerations on page 386 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 367 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Line engineering on page 387 Local alerting tones on page 388 Power requirements on page 389 Note This section is for reference only The M3110 M3310 and M3820 sets are manufacture discontinued and no longer available Feature description The Meridian European Digital tel
382. selection The default is the language selection chosen for the customer in LD 15 Note The user can change the language defined at the MLNG prompt from their set English French German Hebrew Dutch Spanish Italian Norwegian Swedish Danish Portuguese Finnish Polish Czech Hungarian Japanese Russian Latvian Turkish Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 171 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Table 50 LD 11 Configure the Server based Applications Corporate Directory and Set to Set Messaging Prompt Response Description REQ NEW New data CHG Change current data TYPE 3903 3904 3905 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones set types that support the Corporate Directory and the Set to Set Messaging CLS aaaa Class of Service options where aaaa ADD Automatic Digit Display default for Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones VCE DTA Voice Terminal Data Terminal FLXD Flexible voice data Denied FLXA Flexible voice data Allowed Note Class of Service must be VCE FLXA if telephone is equipped with the optional Analog Terminal Adapter STSD Set to Set Messaging Denied STSA Set to Set Messaging Allowed Note STSD and STSA Class of Service applies to Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones CRPD Corporate Directory Denied CRPA Corporate Directory Allowed Note CRPD and CRPA Class of Service applies to Avay
383. set Note Place the label supplied with the power supply board on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 321 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation Installing displays The following procedures cover installation of the various displays on the various sets Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Display on NTZK sets on page 322 Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Display on NTZK sets on page 322 Installing and removing the M2616 Display on NT2K sets on page 324 Installing and removing the M2616 Display on NT2K sets on page 324 Installing NT2K28AA displays on NTZK or NT2K sets on page 327 Installing NT2K28AA displays on NTZK or NT2K sets on page 327 Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Display on NTZK sets A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Before handling internal components of telephones discharge static electricity from hands and tools by touching any grounded metal surface or conductor Remove the handset and place the telephone upside down on top of a level solid work surface covered with soft material or paper to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone face 1 Disconnect all cords from the telephone 2 Remove the two screws from the footstand assembly and unsnap the footstand assembly by pressi
384. side showing headset jacks on page 271 Note If a headset is desired for the M2216ACD sets the amplified type is strongly recommended Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 259 Meridian Modular Telephones Switchook Brandline insert Speaker Message Waiting lamp Function keys and LCDs DN Volume control 553 AAA0726 Dimensions Length 8 42 in 216 mm Width 8 42 in 216 mm Height 3 61 in 92 6 mm Weight approximately 2 65 Ibs 1 1 kg Figure 50 M2006 modular telephone 260 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com General description Filler plate Brandline insert Speaker Message Waiting lamp Ris key Hold Key Function keys and LCDs conog 0000 Oooo 8 553 AAA0727 Dimensions Length 8 42 in 216 mm Width 8 42 in 216 mm Height 3 61 in 92 6 mm Weight approximately 2 65 lbs 1 1 kg Figure 51 M2008 M2008HF modular telephone Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 261 Meridian Modular Telephones Switchook Ce Ris key el 1 Filler plate Brandline insert Speaker Message waiting lamp 16 Function keys with 8 LCDs Prime DN 553 AAA1647 EPS Dimensions Length 9 75 in 251 mm Width 9 45 in 237 mm Height 3 64 in 92 6 mm Weight approximately 2 65 Ibs 1 1 kg Figure 52 M2616 modular telephone 262 Telephone
385. speeds up to 64 kbps High Level Data Link Control HDLC and Bisynch character oriented framing of the V 25 commands are supported Programmable echo canceller disabling for 56 and 64 kbps network calls Synchronous and asynchronous mode features supported by the MCA include the following T Link and DM DM support T Link and DM DM are Avaya proprietary protocols The EOS and DMS data devices use T Link DM DM is used by CS 1000 and Meridian 1 data devices such as ASIM AIM Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 305 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation ADM SADM Asynchronous Data Option ADO and MPDA MCA can use both DM DM and T Link Hotline Virtual Leased Line V 35 interface capability selectable with jumper plugs on the MCA Data tandem calls across TIE trunks provided all switches involved are Avaya machines PSDS tandem data calls across TIE trunks are supported with release 18 or later when each tandem node uses an ISDN Primary Rate Interface PRI or Basic Rate Interface BRI connection Note Internal PSDS calls are not supported MCA operating parameters The MCA data parameters are stored locally although the configuration is set in the system Data parameters cannot be set in the system before installing the MCA in the telephone If the parameters are set before the telephone is installed the configuration information is lost Operating parameters are downloaded aft
386. splay Meridian Programmable Data Adapter or Meridian Communications Adapter the number of programmable keys is reduced by one as key 07 key 05 on M2006 automatically becomes the Program key The optional hardware for Meridian Modular Telephones is described below Display Module A 2 line by 24 character Display Module provides system prompts feedback on active features and valuable calling party information In addition you can modify various set features such as volume and screen contrast using the Program key top right function key You can enable a Call Timer which times calls made or received on the prime DN Note The Display Module is not supported on M2006 Note The Display Module requires a Power Supply Board on M2008 Two types of Display Module are available North American Display Supports normal business features in two languages English and Quebec French Special Applications Display Supports the following features Automatic Call Distribution ACD Hospitality 6 languages English Quebec French Parisian French German Spanish Dutch Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 267 Meridian Modular Telephones A Special Applications Display Module comes as standard equipment on the M2216ACD telephones M2008 or M2616 telephones used as ACD telephones require the Special Applications Display Note It is possible to adjust the Display screen contrast so that it is too light
387. sstteeeeeeens 306 data DOME Mr 68 data terminals ccccccccecesssseeeeeecessseeeeeeeseeenes 306 339 CONNGCHONS iie erona 306 339 Msta eeen 339 RS 232 C connectors sss 339 Dataport option sseeeseee 56 DC loop resistance uussss 235 236 243 calculating sse 236 MAXIMUM Ss pin eoi aea d E tua rt ed ea RR Dod Peace ed eda 235 measuring essssssssssseseeeen enne 243 dead telephones troubleshooting 344 designations c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeee 57 98 246 293 attendant consoles ccccccesseeseeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeees 57 telephones esee 98 246 293 diagnostic tests loop ssessssssss 237 Diagnostics menu sssesseseees 45 56 66 EXITING TOM pem 66 password protection seeeessssssss 45 66 Selecting EE 45 66 Diagnostics mode ssssssssseee 68 Dial 0 display 2 eei eeactie Eri dialing failures seessssseseeennne 291 M2317 telephones sees 291 digital line cards eessseeseeeenn 49 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals digital lines enabling eeeeeesese 289 digital telephones ssssssss 285 289 291 cross connections ccccceeessseeeeceeaneeseeeeeeeanees 289 JASTANMAG E
388. stand which displays the ACM connector ports When ready to attach an accessory insert the appropriate cartridge into the port slot There is one 154 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing the Accessory Connection Module accessory port available on the Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone There are two accessory ports available on the Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones Note A wall transformer is required to power any accessory cartridges The transformer does not come with the ACM unit Contact your Avaya local distributor to order this ACM compatible wall transformer Refer to the procedure Installing the wall transformer on page 156 Note Refer to the manufacturer s documentation for complete installation and configuration instructions for your external analog device FAX machine modem or 500 2500 telephone Note The accessories you attach to the telephone must be compatible Table 25 Accessory compatibilities on page 123 shows the compatibility of the available options Figure 36 ACM module on page 155 shows the installation of the ACM into the telephone footstand 553 AAA0670 Figure 36 ACM module Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 155 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Installing the wall transformer Use Installing the wall transformer on page 156 to install the wall transformer Installing t
389. stem Release 24 2x to 25 40 25 40B procedure for Phase telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 194 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 03 00 Yes Phase Follow the standard software order process Phase Il Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Il and Phase III telephones on a Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Large System Release 24 2x to 03 00 procedure for Phase telephones above The Release 03 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase Follow the standard software order process Phase ll Phase Hl Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Il and Phase III telephones ona Release 24 2x system 1 Follow the Large System Release 24 2x to 04 00 procedure for Phase telephones above The Release 04 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones
390. stria 5 Belgium CIS Denmark Europe Finland France Germany Greece Holland Ireland Middle East Norway Portugal Sweden Switzerland Turkey UK NT3G42BA 9 BLF CGM Dolphin A0656519 Australia UK 3 NT3G42BA 9 BLF CGM N A A0642994 Finland France 8 Germany NT6GOOAF 3 2250 Chameleon A0393450 Africa APAC CALA CIS 5 Grey Greece Ireland Middle East NA Portugal Turkey Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 27 Attendant consoles 28 Engineering Model Color Order code Availability code NT6G40BA 3 2250 Chameleon A0642786 Switzerland 5 Grey NT6G41BB 3 2250 Chameleon A0642787 APAC Norway 5 Grey NT6G42BC 3 2250 Chameleon A0642788 Denmark 5 Grey NT6G43BA 3 2250 Chameleon A0642789 Finland Germany 5 Grey NT6G43BA 9 2250 Dark Grey A0642790 Finland Germany 8 NT6G44BA 3 2250 Chameleon A0642791 Austria 5 Grey NT6G45BA 3 2250 Chameleon A0642792 Belgium 5 Grey NT6G47BB 3 2250 Chameleon A0642793 France 5 Grey NT6G47BB 9 2250 Dark Grey A0642794 France 8 NT6G48BC 3 2250 Chameleon A0642795 UK 5 NT6G48BC 9 2250 Dolphin A0642796 New Zealand UK 3 NT6G50BA 3 2250 Chameleon A0642797 Australia 5 NT6G50BA 9 2250 Dolphin A0642798 Australia 3 NT6G53BB 3 2250 Chameleon A0655900 Holland 5 NT6G55BA 3 2250 Chameleon A0642799 Spain 5 Grey NT6G56BB 3 2250 Chameleon A0642802 Sw
391. stributor The footstand supplied with the Avaya 3901 and 3902 Digital Deskhones can be reversed to allow wall mount installations To provide additional support an optional wall mount brace kit may be purchased The wall mount kit does not support the Accessory Connection Module ACM and its accessory cartridges 130 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Brandline insert Brandline insert The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones contain a removable insert made to accommodate your company logo You can order blank Brandline Inserts with your company logo The Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones also support Electronic Brandline Refer to Avaya Features and Services Fundamentals Six Books NN43001 106_B1 B6 for information on the Electronic Brandline feature Key descriptions This section provides key description and key configuration information for each model of the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones This section also shows the physical placement of the keys on each model Avaya 3901 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Table 26 Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone key description on page 131 gives a description of the keys on the Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone Figure 31 Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone key positions on page 132 shows the physical placement of the keys on the Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone Table 26 Avaya
392. stributor or reseller for assistance Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 23 Introduction 24 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 4 Attendant consoles Contents This section contains information on the following topics Introduction on page 26 Engineering codes on page 27 Features on page 29 Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module on page 30 Display backlight power supply option on page 39 DSS 9000 Direct Station Select Busy Lamp Field on page 39 Attendant Supervisory Module on page 39 Physical description on page 42 Dimensions on page 42 Keyboard layout on page 45 Display screen messages on page 48 Display screen messages on page 48 Connections on page 49 Local console controls on page 49 Wiring on page 50 Installing wiring on page 50 Installation on page 52 Normal operating ranges on page 52 Packing and unpacking on page 52 Installation and removal on page 52 Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 53 Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 54 Removing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover on page 54 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 25 Attendant consoles Installing the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top cover on page 55 Performing a loopback test on page 56 Designating keys on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 57 C
393. sy Lamp Field The DSS 9000 is a combined 150 lamp busy field and 150 button direct station select console that can be attached to an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console The DSS 9000 emulates either a QMT 3 Busy Lamp Field array standard Busy Lamp Field mode or the Enhanced Busy Lamp Field Mode of a Console Graphics Module For more information on DSS 9000 Direct Station Select Busy Lamp Field refer to the Avaya DSS 9000 Direct Station Select Busy Lamp Field User Guide Attendant Supervisory Module A customer may wish to supervise an attendant console To allow the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console to be supervised an Attendant Supervisory Module ASM must be added An attendant console configured as a supervisor does not need the ASM installed To accept the ASM the minimum vintage Avaya 2250 Attendant Console is Avaya 2250 Attendant Console AD To fully support the ASM the minimum vintage BLF CGM is AB The third PWR TN must be programmed and wired out to support the ASM See Figure 17 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console cross connections on page 61 Follow the steps in Installing an Attendant Supervisory Module on an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 40 to install an ASM on an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 39 Attendant consoles Installing an Attendant Supervisory Module on an Avaya 2250 Attendant Console A Electrostatic alert CAUTION WITH ESDS DEVICES Damage to Equipment Before h
394. t Headset jacks Handset Headset jacks Protective plastic cover to be installed when connector is not in use RS 232 female connector for connection Knockout for access to PC with monitor data port to J4 connector BLF CGM 25 pin subminiature D type male connector for cable connecting console to distributing frame Rear view Handset Headset jacks Backlighting ON OFF slider switch same on opposite side Left side view Front edge of console Power Fail Transfer H e switch PFT 9 Backlighting slider switch O Adjustable standscrew mounting point total of 4 Knockout for access RS 232 female connector to J4 connector BLF CGM 25 pin D type male connector Bottom view eas Aaa Figure 11 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console rear left side and bottom views 44 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Keyboard layout Keyboard layout Refer to Table 4 Softkey definitions and functions on page 45 for the description of keys and Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 and Figure 11 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console rear left side and bottom views on page 44 for the location of switches and keys mentioned in this section Function keys The attendant console has eight function keys located directly below the display screen Refer to Table 4 Softkey definitions and functions on page 45 for the positions functions and markings of these
395. t Monitor Attendant Monitor is a customer defined option which allows the attendant to monitor in listen only mode any established call involving a set or trunk on the customer with or without the connected parties being aware that monitoring is taking place depending on the configuration of the customer tone option The differences between the existing Busy Verify and Barge in features and the Attendant Monitor feature are the following Attendant Monitor provides a listen only path for the attendant There is no click sound given to the connected parties upon Attendant connection when the no tone option is configured The tone to the connected parties may or may not be given depending on the customer tone options for Attendant Monitor The display if there is one on any of the parties involved in the calls does not indicate that the Attendant is monitoring Busy Verify and Barge in Enhancement Attendant Monitor changes the operation of Busy Verify and Barge in slightly Tone is now configurable Busy Verify and Barge in restrictions relating to the Warning Tone Allowed Denied Class of Service apply to Attendant Monitor as well Attendant Forward No Answer Attendant Forward No Answer allows two enhancements to existing operations The first enhancement permits calls presented to the attendant to forward to a second attendant or the night DN when a customer defined time expires The second enhancement allows
396. t a message is waiting regardless of whether the telephone has a message waiting key lamp pair You must have Message Waiting allowed Class of Service See LD 11 Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 and Avaya Software Input Output Reference Maintenance NN43001 711 376 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Programmable Feature keys If you do assign a message waiting key lamp pair there will be two indications of a message waiting the red Message Waiting LED lights the LCD associated with the Message Waiting key blinks Autodial key You can assign an Autodial Key that dials the message center or voice mail system to avoid the double indication or have no key lamp pair assigned to the message center Programmable Feature keys Each Meridian digital telephone has a number of programmable keys with LCD indicators that can be assigned to any combination of directory numbers and features The M3820 has 13 fully programmable feature keys the M3310 has seven and the M3110 has eight The lower right hand key key 0 is reserved for the Primary DN LCD indicators support four key LCD states Function LCD state idle off active on steady ringing flash 60 Hz hold fast flash 120 Hz Note Note An indicator fast flashes when you have pressed a feature key but have not completed the procedure necessary to activate the feature Software requir
397. t and Redial List keys Prompt Response Description REQ NEW CHG Add new data Change existing data Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Configuration Prompt Response Description TYPE KEY KEY KEY KEY 3903H 3904H 3903V 3904V 3905 27 CLT 28 RLT XX CLT XX RLT Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone types Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphone Host set Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones Virtual set Configure Callers List key on a Context sensitive soft key CLT and NUL are the only options for KEY 27 Configure the Redial List key on a Context sensitive soft key RLT and NUL are the only options for KEY 28 Configure the Callers List key on an available programmable feature key Configure the Redial List key on an available programmable feature key Table 49 LD 11 Configure the default language for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Prompt Response Description REQ NEW CHG Add new data Change existing data TYPE Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone types 3902 3903H 3904H Avaya 3902 Digital Deskphone set 3903V 3904V 3905 Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Host set Avaya 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Virtual set MLNG Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones language ENG FRE GER HEB DUT SPA ITA NOR SWE DAN POR FIN POL CZE HUN JAP RUS LAT TURK
398. t hear you This is especially useful when on a conference call and you are only listening When you wish to return to the two way conversation you must push the mute key again The mute key applies to handsfree handset and headset microphones Speaker Handsfree The speaker key allows you to activate handsfree and group listening features Handsfree is only available on the M3310 and M3820 models and is enabled by the system administrator If handsfree is not configured at the switch the telephone can only be used to listen 374 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Fixed keys same for all three models Program Keyt LCD Indicators Display Modulet Feature Keys Release RIs Key Message Waiting Indicator Hold Key Speaker INE bI Y i l Speaker Mute LED Speaker Key Mute Key Edit Key Callers List Key Cursor Keys Directory Key Delete Key Dial Key Main Extension Key or Directory Number DN key T M3310 and M3820 only M3820 only Figure 96 The location and function of buttons on the Meridian digital telephone The table below indicates the mode the terminal is in when the speaker key is operated under the various switch and set operations Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 375 M3110 M3310 and M3820 telephones Table 101 Speaker Key Function MODEL Handsfree not Handsfr
399. t the call is being forwarded to the console from a station within the system Tie Trunk indicates that the incoming call is on a tie trunk Operating keys The operating key lamp strips CI CK DI El and FI FK allow the attendant to process calls from the console Key lamp strips CI CK and FI FK have permanently assigned functions as given in the following list Release allows the attendant to release a call presented to the console When the LCD associated with the RLS key is lit it indicates that no incoming calls are being presented to the console Loop Keys Lamps allow the attendant to answer and originate calls from the console The first call in the incoming queue is automatically presented to an idle loop key Subsequent calls are queued and presented to a loop key when a loop becomes idle Call selection is made by pressing the required ICI key This action causes the call which was automatically presented to the loop key by the system to be replaced by the selected Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 77 Attendant consoles incoming call In all cases when the loop key is pressed all ICls go dark except the one associated with the call presented to the loop key Position Busy enables the attendant to put the console in Position Busy mode All calls directed to a console in Position Busy mode are redirected to a free console in multiconsole installations or to the night connection in single console i
400. taching the ASM on page 41 on Figure 9 Identifying the correct grid positions on the main PCB and attaching the ASM on page 41 Insert one standoff in each of the holes twisting it until it is secure A Caution Damage to Equipment Once a standoff is inserted it cannot be removed Be sure to place each standoff in the correct hole on the main PCB as shown in Figure 9 Identifying the correct grid positions on the main PCB and attaching the ASM on page 41 on Figure 9 Identifying the correct grid positions on the main PCB and attaching the ASM on page 41 Position the ASM board over the J3 connector on the console s main PCB Align the holes on the ASM board with the standoffs and carefully work the ASM pin connector onto connector J3 until firmly seated See Figure 9 Identifying the correct grid positions on the main PCB and attaching the ASM on page 41 on Figure 9 Identifying the correct grid positions on the main PCB and attaching the ASM on page 44 40 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Attendant Supervisory Module 7 Hold the top cover over the attendant console and reconnect the cable connector onto the base of the console 8 Place the top cover on the console Slide it back and down into place Check that all the cables are in the correct positions and that none are trapped 9 Ensure that the volume switch is fully engaged in the correct slider H
401. tals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Cross connect the telephones Telephone terminations are located on the vertical side of the frame when frame mounted blocks are used and in the blue field when wall mounted blocks are used 2 Connect Z type cross connecting wire to the leads of the telephone See Table 71 Z type cross connecting wire on page 253 and Table 72 Inside wiring colors on page 253 3 Locate the line circuit card TN terminations Line circuit card TN terminations are located on the horizontal side of the distributing frame when frame mounted blocks are used and in the white field when wall mounted blocks are used 4 Run and connect the other end of the cross connecting wire to the assigned TN terminal block Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 249 Analog 500 2500 type telephones Line WS OE Color of pair in cable from PE shelf T BLY G R BR V Note This connection applies only to line cards equipped with the Parallel Message Waiting Lamp feature to cross connect terminal terminal according to location of pack in PE shelf T Cable pairs Slots Slots designation in PE 1 4 2 5 PackW Shelf 7 101 T mar R e e T 48V e e H GND l4 4 Po MEE pedi W G Y BR c BK BL R LU I L niti eril cia av e e W BR Y S BK O sm T9 9 IBR W s Y o Bid W S V BLi BK G 9 e S W BL V G BK 1 48V eared ig We
402. tarting hour and length for a time interval where sl s starting hour 0 23 length of interval in hours 1 24 Note FINT is prompted n time if n is greater than 0 FTNR TN range restriction option for Flash Download NO No TN restriction default YES Specify TN range FSTN Starting Terminal Number for Flash Download Prompt appears only if FTNR YES Iscu Format for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and Avaya CS 1000E system where loop s shelf c card u unit FETN Ending Terminal Number for Flash Download Prompt appears only if FTNR YES Iscu Format for Large System Media Gateway 1000B and CS 1000E system and Avaya MG 1000E where loop s shelf c card u unit Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 225 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download 226 Prompt Response Description FDNR FDDN FRCE FVER NO YES c d1 d2 NO YES 0 99 DN range restriction option for Flash Download No DN restriction default Specify DN range Flash Download Prime Directory Number range where c Customer number 0 99 d1 starting Prime DN d2 ending Prime DN Note Prompt appears only if FDNR YES System wide Flash Download control option Conditional default System wide Flash Download using the FDLS command in LD 32 applies only to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone whose flash firmware version is d
403. te The QMT2 feature must be enabled in system software Refer to LD 12 in Avaya Software Inout Output Administration NN43001 611 2 Carefully lift the top cover straight up and connect the 20 pin plug ribbon cable to J2 3 Put the top cover back on the attendant console a Place the top cover onto the base housing and turn the attendant console upside down b Reinsert and tighten the ten 10 mm fastening screws on the flange c Reinsert and tighten one 10 mm and one 40 mm fastening screw on the back 4 Return the attendant console to its working position reconnect the plugs and cords and test the features Performing a loopback test Follow the steps in Performing a loopback test on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console on page 56 to perform a loopback test on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console Performing a loopback test on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console 1 Make a loopback connector Prepare a blank 25 way RS 232 plug by internally connecting pins 2 and 3 together with strapping wire 2 Press the Shift key to access Level 1 mode 3 Press the F4 function key to access the Diagnostics menu on the LCD screen 4 Plug the loopback connector into the Data Port RS 232 jack in the back of the console 5 Select the Data Port option from the Diagnostics menu by dialing 3 The LCD screen displays OK when the test is successfully completed If there is a hardware fault on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console AOH is displayed
404. telephone face down on a padded level surface 4 Using a 1 Phillips screw driver remove both screws and separate the footstand from the phone base 5 If using the NT9K ATA ready set or the NT2K with date code of April 24 1998 or later Remove and retain the footstand this footstand will be reattached back onto the set base after ATA installation is complete Skip to the ATA Installation 12 on page 304 6 If using the NT2K or the NTZK phone set remove and discard the footstand Use the redesigned footstand required for the installation of the ATA 7 If an MCA or MPDA installed is installed unplug it from the data line jack in the phone base 8 Remove the back covering of the phone base by removing the four screws 302 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com ATA operating parameters Footstand Figure 65 Telephone base and footstand 9 If the phone is equipped with a Power Option board and or cable you must remove it before installing the ATA The Power Option board is located on the left side of the telephone Remove the two small screws from the Power Option board near the top and set them aside To disconnect the Power Option board from the NTZK telephone grasp the board firmly on each side and slowly rock the Power Option board while applying upward pressure until it is released form the 2X7 pin connector To disconnect the NT2K Power Option board from
405. ter ATA allows an off the shelf analog device FAX modem or analog 500 2500 type telephone to work simultaneously with your Avaya 3902 3903 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphone The ATA is not supported on the Avaya 3901 Digital Deskphone Install the Accessory Connection Module ACM into your Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Refer to Installing the Accessory Connection Module on page 154 before you install your ATA The ACM provides connection capabilities between the Avaya 3902 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones and the ATA Use the Installing the ATA on page 157 to install the ATA Installing the ATA 1 Disconnect the line cord from the telephone before installing the ATA 2 Insert the ATA accessory cartridge into the ACM The latch should be at the top 3 Connect the commercial device you have selected to use either your FAX machine modem or analog 500 2500 type telephone to the connection on your ATA cartridge interface 4 Plug the transformer into the electrical outlet use only the transformer designed for your ACM accessories 5 Connect the Adapter plug attached to your transformer into the telephone wall jack The wall transformer Adapter plug attaches between the telephone line cord and the telephone wall jack Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 157 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration 6 Connect the line cord to the Adapter jack attached to the wa
406. th of section i Li loss per unit length for section i 3 Correct individual cable section losses for maximum cable temperature by using the following equation TCLi CSLi x TCFi TCLi temperature corrected loss for section i TCFi temperature correction factor for section i Correction factors aerial cable TCF 1 1 underground cable TCF 1 04 in building cable TCF 1 4 Determine junction loss see Figure 48 Junction loss versus cable characteristicimpedance on page 243 Note Junction loss due to gauge discontinuity of outside plant cables and D inside wire varies between 0 03 dB and 0 07 dB and can be ignored However AMP 25 pair under carpet wiring has a characteristic impedance of 40 ohm at 256 kHz and its junction loss is approximately 2 dB This must be included in the calculation 5 Calculate the expected pulse loss EPL by finding the sum of the items 6 Reject loops whose expected pulse loss is greater than 12 dB Example of applying calculation Example of applying the calculation shown in Calculating expected pulse loss on page 240 Section 1 Mainframe bulkhead to DF1 500m 26 AWG PIC underground Section 2 DF1 to DF2 200m 26 AWG PIC inside Section 3 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 241 Digital telephones line engineering DF2 to terminal 24 AWG NT D inside Therefore SL1 1 5 km SL2 0 2 km SL3 0 1 km From Table 64 Cable attenuation at
407. the adapter into the cable connector Fasten the connector together with the screws provided at the end of each connector Table 67 NE 500 2500 telephone connections Mounting cord NE 47QAor NE 284 74 5001 Cable color Connect to TN QBBIB block designation pairs 16 to 25 designation not used TIP green G 1T W BL TIP RING red R 1R BL W RING GND yellow BK X2 Y X1 Cross connect the telephones Be sure to connect the telephones as shown in Figure 49 NE 500 2500 type telephone cross connections for IPE modules on page 250 Figure 49 NE 500 2500 type telephone cross connections for IPE modules on page 250 provides the diagram for cross connecting analog 500 2500 type telephones on an Intelligent Peripheral Equipment IPE module Table 68 500 2500 line card pair terminations for IPE module connectors A E K R on page 251 Table 69 500 2500 line card pair terminations for IPE module connectors B F L S on page 251 and Table 70 500 2500 line card pair terminations for IPE module connectors C G M T on page 252 show analog 500 2500 type telephone cross connections on an Intelligent Peripheral Equipment IPE module Follow the steps in Cross connecting the telephones on page 248 to cross connect analog 500 2500 type telephones Cross connecting the telephones 1 Locate the telephone terminations at the cross connect terminal 248 Telephones and Consoles Fundamen
408. the bottom cover of the telephone Turn the smooth side of the handset cord up away from the telephone bottom cover before tucking it under the restraining tab to ensure that the telephone will sit level on the desk after installation is complete Connect the line cord to the telephone bottom cover Route the cord through the channels Turn the telephone right side up and place it in the normal operating position Print the directory number on the designation card Using a paper clip remove the number lens from the telephone Insert the designation card and snap the lens back into place 8 Designate the feature keys 9 Insertthe line cord TELADAPT connector into the connecting block jack and snap 10 it into place Perform the self test see M2016S self test on page 97 and acceptance test procedures See LD 31 in the Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 Supply the user with a Quick Reference Card and all user documentation Make sure the SPRE number is printed on the Quick Reference Card Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 95 M2016S Secure Set Meridian Digital Telephone T Green Yellow Alternate power R Red CS 1000 Meridian 1 Wall mount Ne transformer PP y 553 AAA2030 Figure 22 M2016S Secure Set connections Pack Telephone connector connecting PE shelf block or connector Cross connect block W BL Line cord BL W to telephone For Power
409. three different angled height desktop positions Use Changing the telephone angle on page 153 to change the telephone angle Changing the telephone angle 1 Move the top of the footstand away from the telephone base it has a snap connection 2 Place the footstand in the desired position and snap the top of the footstand back into place Wall mounting the telephone For the Avaya 3903 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones a separate wall mount bracket kit must be used to wall mount the telephone The telephone wall mount bracket kit contains a one piece wall mount plate to attach the telephone to the wall For the Avaya 3901 and 3902 Digital Deskphones the supplied footstand can be reversed to allow wall mount installation An optional wall mount brace kit may be purchased for the Avaya 3901 and 3902 Digital Deskphones to provide additional support Note The Key Based and Display Based Accessory modules cannot be wall mounted Use Wall mounting the telephone on page 154 to wall mount the telephone Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 153 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones installation and configuration Wall mounting the telephone 1 Place the wall mount bracket against the wall and mark the spot to insert the SCrews Note Avaya 3901 and 3902 Digital Deskphones have built in wall mount brackets 2 Screw the five screws in and leave about 3 1 2 mm 1 8 inch between the head of the screw and the wall
410. tion with the terminal cable to verify lead states and replace or repair cable if pinouts are incorrect Attempt to make a data call from the terminal keyboard Refer to Table 99 M2317 data features on page 360 If unsuccessful proceed with Step 4 4 Remove the transformer from the AC receptacle unplug the 5 pin power supply connector at the back of the telephone and replace the data option circuit board See Installing the M2317 data option on page 340 Reconnect the data option power supply Make a new attempt to start a data call If trouble persists continue with the ISDLC failure procedure 5 Use the self test procedure to verify that the telephone electronics are operating correctly ISDLC failure 1 Go to the system maintenance terminal TTY or CRT and check for displayed error and location codes An NWS 401 LS C or an NWS 501 L S C U code indicates that the automatic routine diagnostic test has detected a fault Check for the following indications L faulty circuit card ISDLC card loop number 292 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Designate telephones Step Action S circuit card location shelf number C number of the faulty circuit card U unit number of a faulty telephone appears only in conjunction with the NWS 501 code 2 Replace the faulty components Try to establish a call If unsuccessful
411. to Talk Push to Mute and Mercury Switch handsets do not meet product transmission reception specifications if used with NT2K sets Global handsets are not compatible with Avaya 2250 Attendant Console AE or current Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 283 Meridian Modular Telephones 284 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Appendix B Meridian Modular Telephones installation Contents This section contains information on the following topics Packing and unpacking on page 285 Installation and removal on page 286 Install the Meridian Modular Telephones on page 286 Meridian Modular Telephones self test on page 288 Install an M2317 telephone on page 289 M2317 telephone self test on page 291 Designate telephones on page 293 Cross connect the telephones on page 294 Note This section is for reference only The Meridian Modular Telephones are manufacture discontinued and no longer available Packing and unpacking Use proper care when unpacking any digital telephone Check for damaged containers so that appropriate claims can be made to the transport company for items damaged in transit If a telephone must be returned to the factory pack it in the appropriate container to avoid damage during transit Remember to include all loose parts cords handset power unit labels and lenses in the shipment Telephones and Consoles Fundame
412. to contact the blocked DN the line appears busy To a caller attempting to use the blocked DN the line is connected to the attendant When the attendant completes the external call the attendant can call the blocked DN and extend the call This feature applies to both stand alone and ISDN network environments The Attendant Blocking of DN feature is available on the Avaya 2250 Attendant Consoles It is not valid on M2616 telephones used as attendant consoles Attendant and Network Wide Remote Call Forward This modification to the Remote Call Forward feature RCFW allows a user to program a call forward Directory Number from any attendant console or station throughout the network An RFW key on the attendant console allows an attendant to view any station s call forward status and to activate or deactivate call forward for a station Refer to Avaya ISDN Primary Rate Interface Fundamentals NN43001 569 for further details Network Attendant Services This feature allows attendant services to be distributed anywhere within a Meridian ISDN network If at the time of an attendant request attendant services are not available at a station s local node connection to an attendant at a remote node takes place Call treatment is the same as for a connection to a local attendant node Call processing The attendant answers an incoming call by pressing the flashing loop key 76 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comment
413. to prevent damage to movable keys and the telephone face 1 Disconnect all cords from the telephone 2 Remove the two screws from the footstand assembly and unsnap the footstand assembly by pressing inward at the back of the footstand where it meets the base and pulling upward 3 If the telephone is equipped with an MPDA or MCA unplug the data cable from the base telephone jack Remove the five screws securing the base to the telephone Remove the base and set it aside 4 If the telephone is not equipped with a display go to 2 on page 326 If the telephone is equipped with a display go to 1 on page 325 324 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Installing displays Removing the display board The display board is located at the left center of the telephone Disconnect the display ribbon cable from the display board Remove the small mounting screw from the board Grasp the board firmly on each end and pull upward to remove it To replace it go to 2 on page 326 Removing the display 1 The power supply board is located on the left side of the telephone Remove the two small screws from the power supply board near the top and set them aside Grasp the board firmly on each side Carefully work the board loose until released 2 Remove the two or three screws from the display Module Remove the display from the telephone To install the display go to 2 on page 326 Installi
414. ts tcn eaae ceci na 280 10 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Meridian Programmable Data Adapter esiti ce tite eerte eta ber Su eb Sa E dd etini 281 ETOL I A T AET E TE A E E VNA E IAE EA E A EA E EE A 282 Appendix B Meridian Modular Telephones installation 285 Manca fe PT 285 Packing and unpack sneinen PE PTEE DRURE EIN T Onions dione predica eee De eS I NENNEN REID Install the Meridian Modular EN ve PETER 286 Meridian Modular Telephones self test M 288 liec ait v2 3T E E didit tn apa an SEAN adc en Renta ie hi og os xau tte x ace tu uu n eMac ED eg 289 M2317 telephone gel E RTI OU TODO D PS 291 IRA ES TOI PORRO A o pencil Fianndurdadbokdp Gri na NE pa una anon P abr 293 Goss connect the Tela pho ugs iei eati eeu rectis eto Era inb iet Lac a eee buried aad 294 Appendix C Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation ciues Re LOHN EIE 297 BEBE ooi SU ete m T eee M acdsee T poteit meee oni enni 297 Packing and unpacking VR A placer reine Dude pP E RES DARE HEP ERE fads 298 Meridian Modular Telephones arnai EERE E rere T m 298 Analog Te RE ACs iets oorr epo enebbciata nai nop Pepe a oda uendpc aac bcc a a on cc 300 FLU A SEFTON RT TOT E 300 ATA SpA pameli acc e peer ee pe oce eee EUR Hose erc ere teeter ra eue 1E pcr ern enr er 300 M
415. ture provides a visual message from one Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones to another Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones when a user makes a call to that telephone The user on an Avaya 3903 3904 or 3905 Digital Deskphone set enters the Set to Set Messaging text at the telephone Set to Set Messaging is accessed through the Applications key The maximum length for Set to Set Messaging text is 24 characters one line of the set display Table 20 Examples of message text on page 112 shows examples of Set to Set Messaging text Table 20 Examples of message text OUT TO LUNCH BACK TO WORK 4 Dec 02 BACK TO OFFICE Jan 03 WILL REPLY AFTER 1 PM BACK 4 00 PM NOT IN TODAY RETURN SOON 8 10 AM GONE FOR THE DAY 112 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Personal Directory The user may have only one Set to Set message on their telephone at a time To activate Set to Set Messaging the user must first define a message If password protection is active for the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones it also applies to Set to Set Messaging If the Multiple Appearance Redirection Prime MARP feature is active then MARP determines which DNs receive the Set to Set Message If MARP is not active then Multiple Appearance Directory Number MADN determines which DNs configured on the telephone receive the Set to Set Message To use Set to Set Messaging the Avaya 3903 3904 or 3
416. type telephones 78 Stored Number Redial To Store 79 Stored Number Redial To Redial 81 Automatic Set Relocation 83 Malicious Call Trace 254 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 Operation Dial SPRE Operation performed 84 Integrated Messaging System 86 x status Room Status 86 1 Cleaning Request 86 2 Cleaning In Progress 86 3 Room Cleaned 86 4 Passed Inspection 86 5 Failed Inspection 86 6 Cleaning Skipped 86 7 Not For Sale 87 Disconnect Trunk Conference 6 analog 500 2500 type telephones 89 Last Number Redial 91 Access to maintenance programs by Maintenance Telephone 92 Terminal Diagnostics telephones and attendant consoles 93 Conference Circuit Testing 94 Ringing Number Group Pickup 95 Ringing Number DN Pickup 96 Centrex Switchhook Flash 97 Unassigned Automatic Call Distribution ACD analog 500 2500 type telephone Log in out 98 Unassigned ACD analog 500 2500 type telephone Activate deactivate Not Ready Table 74 2500 type telephone features no SPRE code used 1 DN Call Forward 2 Speed Call code DN Speed Call Individual To Program Entry 2 Speed Call code Speed Call Individual To Erase Entry 3 Speed Call code Speed Call Individual To Use Entry 4 Permanent Hold Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 255 Analog 500 2500 type telephones 256 Telephones and Consoles Funda
417. uch as a ringing unit installed in a location separate from the telephone The Meridian External Alerter and Recording Interface MEARI is not the remote ringer itself but provides access to 268 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Key Expansion Module standard off the shelf remote ringing devices The Alerter Board requires additional power see Power requirements on page 276 You can program the MEARI to activate a ringer or light when the telephone rings or when the telephone is in use off hook A call to any DN configured on the telephone triggers the alerter The MEARI alerts to one active call at a time if the telephone is already active on a call a second call will not activate MEARI For more information on installing and setting up MEARI see External Alerter Board on page 331 Key Expansion Module A modular 22 key unit can be attached to any 16 key Meridian Modular Telephone except 2016S See Figure 54 M2616 with Display Module and Key Expansion Module on page 270 The extra keys can be assigned to any combination of lines and features You can add up to two expansion modules to a single telephone providing a total of 60 line feature keys You will need a separate footstand for the module s one for a single module one for a double The expansion module requires additional power See Power requirements on page 276 The Key Expansion Module connects to the telepho
418. ue to all sources DC loop resistance is less than 175 ohm Minimum loop length mainframe bulkhead to telephone is 30 m 100 ft Near end crosstalk coupling loss is 38 dB at Nyquist frequency of 256 kHz not an issue for typical 22 24 and 26 AWG twisted pair cable No bridge taps are permitted No loading coils are permitted Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 227 Digital telephones line engineering Protection devices of the carbon block and gas filled type are permitted if the off state shunting impedance is better than 10 M resistive and less than 0 5 pF capacitive 2 Be sure that the following criteria are met where under carpet cabling is used Characteristic impedance is at 256 kHz 100 10 ohm Insertion loss is at 256 kHz 4 6 dB kft The next pair to pair coupling loss is at 256 kHz gt 40 dB 3 For a typical system with 22 24 or 26 AWG standard twisted pair cable the requirements translate to the following allowable loops up to 915 m 3000 ft of 22 or 24 AWG cable up to 640 m 2100 ft of 26 AWG cable 4 If the selected cable pair does not work satisfactorily select another cable pair as shown in Figure 46 Engineer a telephone line on page 229 228 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com 1 Select another loop that meets the criteria for cable length Procedure 2 2 Is there a bridge tap
419. unctional description The MCA enables synchronous applications DTEs such as video conferencing equipment and Group IV fax units to be connected to the telephone System software enables access to data functions through both the keypad and service change in LD 11 Asynchronous mode features supported by the MCA include the following Asynchronous transmission at up to 19 2 kbps autobaud Enhanced Hayes commands including upper and lower case dialing voice call origination through AT dialing hang up data call and on line disconnect of voice call Script file capability that enables the MCA to learn a dial up and log on sequence that can be played back to automatically access a host or service Voice Call Origination VCO DCE mode Autodial Ring Again Speed Call Autobaud and Autoparity Detect Modem Pool Calling Host Terminal Mode Forced Data Terminal Ready DTR Dynamic Carrier Detect DCD Inactivity Time out Remote Loopback RTS CTS hardware flow control capability when calling another MCA Synchronous mode features supported by the MCA include the following Half Duplex Full Duplex Internal and external clocking Modem and network capability Synchronous transmission up to 64 kbps Public Switched Data Service PSDS compatibility MCA extends PSDS and 64K restricted and 64K clear capabilities to Modular telephones V 25 bit dialing protocol support at all synchronous
420. ure keys Any of the keys on keystrip FK can be assigned any of the optional features in the list that follows except the Barge In and Busy Verify features These require five LCD indicator states off on and flash at 30 60 or 120 impulses per minute If Barge In or Busy Verify is required it must be assigned to keys FK 0 and FK 1 78 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 2250 Attendant Console feature operation All other features may be assigned to any of the keys on strip FK Refer to Avaya Software Input Output Administration NN43001 611 for additional information The following are some of the more common feature keys Attendant End to End Signaling enables the attendant to send dual tone multifrequency DTMF signals to either the source or destination party Busy Verify allows the attendant to confirm that a station returning a busy signal is actually being used e Barge In allows the attendant to enter an established trunk connection for the purpose of talking to one or both parties Paging allows access to a public address facility Speed Call allows numbers to be dialed automatically by pressing the SPEED CALL key and dialing a 1 or 2 digit code Call Waiting indicator The Call Waiting indicator indicates that there is a queue of calls to be answered When one or more calls are waiting CW appears on line 4 of the display The CW display changes from stead
421. used 553 AAA0731 M2317 screen display available idle state features Displays Month Day Hour Minutes MMM DD HH MM Figure 88 356 Telephones and 553 AAA0733 M2317 screen display dialing state Consoles Fundamentals Comments infodev avaya com March 2013 LCD indicators Displays Day Month Hour Minutes Calling DD MMM HH MM Party Ringback screen Note The softkey label display on the called party s screen is the Idle State screen 553 AAA0734 Figure 89 M2317 screen display ringback state Elapsed Timer Hours Minutes Seconds PARK PRIVREL CHARGE VMSG more Note Only one row of softkey labels is displayed at a time Additional rows are accessed by operating the more softkey The five softkeys are located beneath the screen display in line with each designation 553 AAA0735 Figure 90 M2317 screen display available established state features Not all the features listed in Table 98 M2317 states and associated soft keys on page 357 are provided for each customer Check only those features that are enabled in accordance with the work order The gt gt symbol display is associated with the Call Party Name Display CPND feature CPND must be enabled before it can be accessed Table 98 M2317 states and associated soft keys Screen state State Softkey display Idle On hook voice or data Savedit LAST CANCL E gt more HEL
422. vaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key positions on page 136 shows the physical placement of the keys on the Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone Table 28 Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key description Key Description Key 0 Primary Directory Number Key 1 Secondary Directory Number or Feature or Auto Dial Key 2 Secondary Directory Number or Feature or Auto Dial Key 3 Secondary Directory Number or Feature or Auto Dial Note Keys 1 3 cannot be configured as the following features 3 Party Conference 6 Party Conference Call Forward Account Charge 134 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 3903 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Key Description Calling Party Number Call Park Privacy Release Ring Again RPN Call Transfer Configuring Keys 1 3 as anything other than the allowed features will cause an error message Note Keys 1 3 can be configured as Speed Call Speed Call System Speed Call Speed Call Controller and System Speed Call Controller Avaya recommends that Key 23 be used for Speed Call features Key 4 15 Not used at this time Key 16 Message Waiting default Key 17 Call Transfer default Key 18 6 Party Conference default or 3 Party Conference Key 19 Call Forward default Key 20 Ring Again default Key 21 Call Park default Key 22 Ringing Number Pickup Key 23 Configure as
423. ware software required Series Digital Deskphones Phase Ill Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones configured on a 25 10 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 10 to 25 30 Re issue procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Release 25 30 Re issue contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 40 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software 25 40B II order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process There should not be Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones configured on a 25 10 system 1 Follow the Large System Release 25 10 to 25 40 25 40B procedure for Phase I II telephones above The Releases 25 40 and 25 40B contain Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 200 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 03 00 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software orde
424. wer requirements Meridian Modular Telephone sets on page 278 for power requirements information e See Installing and removing the M2006 M2008 Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 312 for M2006 M2008 NTZK sets e See Installing and removing the M2616 M2216ACD Power Supply Board on NTZK sets on page 316 for M2616 M2216ACD NTZK sets See Installing and removing the M2006 or M2008 Power Supply Board on NT2K sets on page 320 for M2006 M2008 M2008HF NT2K sets e See Installing and removing the Analog Terminal Adapter on page 301 for installing an MCA onto an NT9K or NT2K with date code of April 24 1998 and later Figure 67 Back of telephone showing MCA on page 307 on Figure 67 Back of telephone showing MCA on page 307 shows the back of a Modular telephone with an MCA mounted Figure 68 Block diagram of MCA and Modular telephone on page 308 on Figure 68 Block diagram of MCA and Modular telephone on page 308 shows a block diagram of the Modular telephone and MCA IET RCR RCR RCR RR D R R Q anoagoanadgann Flashing RS 232 LED interface 553 AAA0739 Figure 67 Back of telephone showing MCA The MCA can be placed as far from its associated data terminal or computer port as is consistent with EIA RS 232 or V 35 When the MCA is used as a V 35 interface an additional cable is required to convert the DB 25 into a 34 pin rectangular connector This does not apply to asynchronous configurations
425. wheel further clockwise until the clamp spring releases 6 Remove the finger wheel when it becomes loose The dial returns to normal position Designate 2500 type telephones Follow the steps in Designating analog 2500 type telephone on page 247 to designate 2500 type telephones Designating analog 2500 type telephone 1 The designation window is located directly below the dial pad Insert a paper clip into the hole at the left or right end of the designation window 2 Gently pry the window toward the center and remove 3 Insert number tag with the appropriate directory number and station designator and replace the designation window Connect the telephones Follow the steps in Connecting analog 500 2500 type telephones on page 248 to connect analog 500 2500 type telephones Table 67 NE 500 2500 telephone connections on page 248 lists the NE 500 2500 telephone connections Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 247 Analog 500 2500 type telephones Connecting analog 500 2500 type telephones 1 Ensure that the terminal connector is compatible with the telephone connector 2 Connect the telephone mounting cord TELADAPT cords NE 625F connector do not require terminations Insert the plastic connector on the end of the telephone mounting cord into the NE 625F type receptacle 3 Connect the mounting cord to an NE 284 74 5001 Amphenol adapter if re using a 16 or 25 pair cable Plug
426. with the MPDA or MCA into the mounting holes and tighten them with a 1 Phillips screwdriver Plug one end of an 8 conductor line cord supplied with a TELADAPT adapter in the jack J1 of the MPDA or MCA latch tab facing down and plug the other end of the line cord into the data jack in the base of the telephone Make certain the latch tab of each cable end is firmly snapped into place Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 311 Meridian Modular Telephones add on modules installation 14 Carefully route the excess cable so that it will not become pinched between the footstand and base 15 Reassemble the base and footstand assembly sections ensuring that the footstand is firmly seated on the base 16 Tighten the screws Reconnect all cords connect the new 24v AC transformer to the set Plug in the new transformer into the 110v AC commercial electrical outlet Place the telephone in the normal operating position Note Place the label supplied with the MPDA or MCA on the outside of the bottom cover of the telephone This allows proper identification and tracking of the option level of the set Note If an ADM3 ADM5 or ADM11 terminal is used in conjunction with the DB 25 connector C interface connector in the Asynchronous Programmable Data Adapter pin 22 in the DB 25 connector cable must be disconnected These ADM terminals will go into test mode if this pin is not disconnected Connecting the data terminal 1
427. wnload occurred will therefore be inaccurate PSDL installation During a flash download the system downloads the contents of a PSDL PSWV file to an Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphone This PSDL Installation Procedure can be used to load a new PSDL PSWV file on the system in place of totally reinstalling system software If there are concerns about system downtime in regards to performing software upgrades in cases where only a new PSDL PSWV file is needed this process allows the replacement of the PSDL PSWYV file only 210 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Dynamic PSDL installation Dynamic PSDL installation The system supports Dynamic PSDL installation It is no longer necessary to update all PSDL files to obtain the latest firmware A loadware patch with new PSWV can be installed The patch installation replaces the existing PSVW file and rebuilds the PSDL file The Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones firmware files are available through the Avaya support website Four pdt commands support the Dynamic PSDL feature e lwload lt loadware patch filename s gt loads one or more loadware patches on the switch lwinst lt loadware patch number s gt rebuilds psdl rec to include new loadware e lwout lt loadware patch number s gt removes one or more loadware patches from the switch lwstat lt loadware patch number s gt displays status of loadware patches on sw
428. y 0 6 Key 17 20 23 Key 18 21 24 35 t 2 1 Key 19 22 25 coe Go 9 C 3C FUOC Ji Kev 16 553 AAA0668 Figure 34 Avaya 3904 Digital Deskphone key positions Note For Avaya 3904 and 3905 Digital Deskphones One button feature access keys for the Callers and Redial lists cannot be programmed on DBA or KBA modules Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Table 30 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key description on page 138 gives a description of the keys on the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Figure 35 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key positions on page 140 shows the physical placement of the keys on the Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone Table 30 Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key description Key Description Key 0 Primary ACD Directory Number equivalent to the In Calls Key Note The user can edit the label on Key 0 to display desired information Note The In Calls fixed key and the Primary DN line key are linked together and both represent Key 0 Key 1 4 Secondary Directory Number or Feature or Auto Dial 138 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphone key descriptions Key Description Note Keys 1 4 cannot be configured as the following features Message Waiting Transfer 3 Party Conference 6 Party Conference Call Forward Ring Again Call Park R
429. y it the user must enter a 4 digit password and press on the dial pad Alternating between the idle and active call display From the active call display press this key to show the idle display Prime function normal Signal Source feature key a Level 1 function Shift and Conf Busy Lamp Field key Used with the Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module as CGM key Prime function normal 8 gt Signal Destination feature key Level 1 function Shift Used with the Busy Lamp Field Console Graphics Module as the Mode key 46 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Switches Switches A slider control located below the dial pad between columns DI El and Fl controls thehandset and headset receive volume level See Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 on Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 A Power Fail Transfer PFT switch is located in the baseplate See Figure 11 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console rear left side and bottom views on page 44 on Figure 11 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console rear left side and bottom views on page 44 Both the line connector and the RS 232 connector for the PC port are located at the back of the console Shift key The Shift key is positioned in column FK row 1 just above the Hold key See Figure 10 Avaya 2250 Attendant Console top view on page 43 o
430. y to flashing when waiting calls exceed a certain number or when a call has been waiting longer than a specified time The maximum number of waiting calls and the maximum hold time for each waiting call to be answered can be set with a data administration task Refer to Avaya Features and Services Fundamentals Six Books NN43001 106_B1 B6 for more information An optional buzz is available to indicate when the first call enters the queue The number of waiting calls can be viewed on the LCD screen by pressing a key assigned on the attendant console On the Avaya 2250 Attendant Console the number of waiting calls can be displayed continuously on line 4 of the display if defined in LD15 and selected from the Options menu Alarm indicators Alarms appear on line 4 of the display MN indicates a minor alarm condition MJ indicates a major alarm A minor alarm is an indication of a minor system failure affecting a limited number of lines or trunks A major alarm indicates that Emergency Transfer may have been initiated See Emergency Transfer on page 79 Emergency Transfer If a major equipment or power failure halts local call processing preselected CO trunks are automatically connected to preselected stations predetermined and hard wired at installation Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 79 Attendant consoles time through relays in the system Emergency Transfer can also be activated manually by a switch underneat
431. ya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 04 00 Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 30 system Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 191 Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Flash Download Avaya 3900 Present Upgradeto Keycode Series Digital software software required Deskphones Upgrade steps 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 30 to Release 04 00 Re issue procedure for Phase and Phase II telephones above The Release 04 00 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III firmware for Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones 25 40 03 00 Yes Phase I Phase Follow the standard software 25 40B Il Phase Ill order process 04 00 Yes Phase Phase Follow the standard software Il Phase III order process 03 00 04 00 Yes Phase Phase Follow the standard software Il Phase III order process Table 58 Flash Download procedure matrix for Large Systems Present Upgrade to Keycode Avaya 3900 Upgrade steps software software required Series Digital Deskphones 24 25 25 08 Re Yes Phase 1 Call Avaya technical support issue to find out how to obtain any necessary upgrades 2 Follow the PSDL Installation Procedure see PSDL installation on page 210 4
432. ya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase III phones to Phase I II firmware 25 30 Yes Phase Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a Release 25 15 system 188 Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals March 2013 Comments infodev avaya com Summary of steps Present software Upgrade to software Keycode required Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Upgrade steps 1 Follow the Small System Release 25 15 to Release 25 30 procedure for Phase and Phase II telephones above The Release 25 30 contains Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase firmware for Avaya 3905 Digital Deskphones and Phase II firmware for Avaya 3902 3903 and 3904 Digital Deskphones Follow the Flash Download process to downgrade the Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase Ill phones to Phase I II firmware 25 40 25 40B Yes Phase I Phase II Follow the standard software order process Phase III Note This is not a standard process Avaya 3900 Series Digital Deskphones Phase IIl phones should not be configured on a

Telephones and Consoles Fundamentals Avaya Communication

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents